17419 1000397655 Catalog

92522-Catalog 92522-Catalog 92522-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

2016-09-04

: Pdf 1000397655-Catalog 1000397655-Catalog B4 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 124 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Table of Contents
Push Buttons and Operator Interface

19-1

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table of Contents

Section 19

Push Buttons and Operator Interface

16 mm XB6

(p. 19-4)

22 mm XB4

(p. 19-15)

30 mm Type K

(p. 19-55)

30 mm Type SK

(p. 19-68)

30 mm Type KX

(p. 19-87)

Type KY Enclosure

(p. 19-102)

Pendant Stations

(p. 19-115)

Type B Wall Station

(p. 19-99)

XVL Compact Light

(p. 19-107)

Type O Compact Light

(p. 19-107)

Type J Compact Light

(p. 19-106)

Indicating Banks

(p. 19-108)

Type A Foot Switch

(p. 19-120)

22 and 30 mm Most Common Complete Operators

Class 9001 Type K, SK (30 mm) and XB4, XB5 (22 mm) most common complete

operators assembled with contact blocks and suggested legend plates. Start-Stop,

Hand-Off-Auto, and other configurations are offered in this simplified quick selector.

19-2

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 16 mm Push Buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights with a plastic bezel are

intended for machine adjustment and set-up, such as conveyor systems and

measuring equipment.

19-4

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 22 mm Push Buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights with a metal bezel are

designed for industrial applications. They combine ease of installation and robustness.

19-15

XB5 22 mm, the plastic version of the XB4 unit, is particularly suited to applications

requiring a resistance to chemical agents and/or double electrical insulation.

19-34

30 mm Push Buttons

Class 9001 Type K Heavy Duty Oiltight/Watertight Control Units and Stations are

intended primarily for machine tool and industrial applications.

19-55

Class 9001 Type SK Non-Metallic Watertight operators are designed for use in highly

corrosive areas.

19-68

Class 9001 Type KX operators are Square Multifunction Control Units that mount in a

Type K mounting hole. This highly versatile line saves space by combining push

buttons and pilot lights into one common operator.

19-87

Class 9001 Type KY Heavy Duty Control Stations are ideally suited for commercial

and industrial applications.

19-102

Indicating Banks and Beacons

XVB, XVE, and XVP Indicating Banks and Beacons provide instant communication

within work groups and across the factory floor. These highly visible, illuminated

indicating banks of colored lights and audible alarms let factory personnel monitor and

control production quality in large automated areas. They also provide 360° indication.

19-108

Pendant Stations

Our full line of pendant stations for most crane and hoist applications range from the

light to medium duty BW and XAC pendants to the heavy duty SKYP pendants.

19-117

Compact Pilot Lights

The Compact Pilot light ranges include the Type J pilot light, push-to-test types

available in incandescent. The Type O is a low cost incandescent and the XVL is a

miniature LED type.

19-106

Foot Switches

The Type A foot switch is a heavy duty industrial foot switch which can be used in a

variety of industrial applications.

19-122

Rotary Cam Switches

K2 and K30–K150 Rotary Cam Switches. Miniature, Custom, and Power Switching

Cam Switches provide an inexpensive and versatile means of switching from 10 A logic

control through 150 A power switching.

19-124

Control Stations and Enclosures

XAL control stations are available pre-assembled or custom assembled. These control

stations use push buttons and pilot lights from the XB5 22 mm range. XAP enclosures

are available in glass reinforced polyester, die cast metal and flush mount.

19-95

Type B Standard Duty Control Stations in 1, 2, and 3 button configurations are

available as predetermined complete stations.

19-99

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK Common Operators, Complete with Contact Blocks

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.1: BLACK—Start Push Buttons

Operator

Style Description Contact

Block Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

30 mm

Industrial

(Metal)

KR1BH13 54. KN201 2.90

30 mm

Corrosion

Resistant

(Non-

Metallic)

SKR1BH13 54. KN101SP 2.90

Table 19.2: BLACK—Off-On Selector Switch

Operator

Style Description

Contact

Sequence

(Contact

Block

Included)

Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

30 mm

Industrial

(Metal)

KS11BH13 64. KN244 2.90

30 mm

Corrosion

Resistant

(Non-

Metallic)

SKS11BH13 64. KN144SP 2.90

Table 19.3: RED—120 Vac—On Pilot Light

Operator

Style Description Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

30 mm

Industrial

(Metal)

KP1R31 102. KN203 2.90

30 mm

Corrosion

Resistant

(Non-

Metallic)

SKP1R31 102. KN103SP 2.90

Table 19.4: RED—120 Vac—On Push-To-Test

Pilot Light

Operator

Style Description Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

30 mm

Industrial

(Metal)

KT1R31 131. KN203 2.90

30 mm

Corrosion

Resistant

(Non-

Metallic)

SKT1R31 131. KN103SP 2.90

File

CCN

E42259

NKCR

File

Class

LR 25490

3211 03

Marking

Table 19.5: RED—Stop Push Buttons

Operator

Style Description Contact

Block Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

30 mm

Industrial

(Metal)

KR1RH13 54. KN202 2.90

30 mm

Corrosion

Resistant

(Non-

Metallic)

SKR1RH13 54. KN102RP 2.90

Table 19.6: BLACK—Hand-Off-Auto

Selector Switch

Operator

Style Description

Contact

Sequence

(Contact

Block

Included)

Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

30 mm

Industrial

(Metal)

KS43BH13 64. KN260 2.90

30 mm

Corrosion

Resistant

(Non-

Metallic)

SKS43BH13 64. KN160SP 2.90

Table 19.7: GREEN—120 Vac—Off Pilot Light

Operator

Style Description Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

30 mm

Industrial

(Metal)

KP1G31 102. KN204 2.90

30 mm

Corrosion

Resistant

(Non-

Metallic)

SKP1G31 102. KN104SP 2.90

Table 19.8: GREEN—120 Vac—Off Push-To-Test

Pilot Light

Operator

Style Description Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

30 mm

Industrial

(Metal)

KT1G31 131. KN204 2.90

30 mm

Corrosion

Resistant

(Non-

Metallic)

SKT1G31 131. KN104RP 2.90

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number (if appropriate)

•Type or Catalog Number

100

001

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4–XB5 Common Operators, Complete with Contact Blocks

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.9: BLACK—Start Push Buttons

(flush head)

Operator

Style Description Contact

Block Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

XB4 Die

Cast

Chrome

1 N.O.

XB4BA21 35.00 ZBY2303 3.40

XB5

Double

Insulated

1 N.O.

XB5AA21 35.00 ZBY2303 3.40

Table 19.10: BLACK—Off-On Selector Switch

Operator

Style Description Contact

Block Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

XB4 Die

Cast

Chrome 1 N.O.

XB4BD21 46.00 ZBY2367 3.40

XB5

Double

Insulated

1 N.O.

XB5AD21 46.00 ZBY2367 3.40

Table 19.11: RED—120 Vac LED—On Pilot Light

Operator

Style Description Light

Module Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

XB4 Die

Cast

Chrome

120 Vac

Red LED XB4BVG4 65.00 ZBY2311 3.40

XB5

Double

Insulated

120 Vac

Red LED XB5AVG4 65.00 ZBY2311 3.40

Table 19.12: RED—40 mm Mushroom Emergency

Stop (Push-Pull)

Operator

Style Description Contact

Block Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

XB4 Die

Cast

Chrome

1 N.C.

XB4BT42 62.00 ZBY9330 3.40

XB5

Double

Insulated

1 N.C.

XB5AT42 62.00 ZBY9330 3.40

File

CCN

E164353

NKCR

File

Class

LR 44087

3211 03

Marking

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Type or Catalog Number

Table 19.13: RED—Stop Push Buttons

(extended head)

Operator

Style Description Contact

Block Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

XB4 Die

Cast

Chrome

1 N.C.

XB4BL42 35.00 ZBY2304 3.40

XB5

Double

Insulated

1 N.C.

XB5AL42 35.00 ZBY2304 3.40

Table 19.14: Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch

Operator

Style Description Contact

Block Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

XB4 Die

Cast

Chrome 1 N.O.

XB4BD33 62.00 ZBY2387 3.40

XB5

Double

Insulated

2 N.O.

XB5AD33 62.00 ZBY2387 3.40

Table 19.15: GREEN—120 Vac LED—Off Pilot Light

Operator

Style Description Light

Module Type $ Price Legend

Plate $ Price

XB4 Die

Cast

Chrome

120 Vac

Green

LED

XB4BVG3 65.00 ZBY2312 3.40

XB5

Double

Insulated

120 Vac

Green

LED

XB5AVG3 65.00 ZBY2312 3.40

Table 19.16: RED—40 mm Mushroom Emergency

Stop (Turn-To-Release)

Operator

Style Description Contact

Block Type $ Price

Legend

Plate

60 mm

Round

$ Price

XB4 Die

Cast

Chrome

1 N.C.

XB4BS542 100.00 ZBY9330 3.40

XB5

Double

Insulated

1 N.C.

XB5AS542 100.00 ZBY9330 3.40

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Characteristics and Complete Devices

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Note: Illuminated Push Buttons 120 Vac LED are available as Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs. Use 12–24 V table above.

Change Voltage Code (2nd B) to “G”. Example: XB6DW1B1B (White 24 V, 1 N.O.) becomes XB6DW1G1B.

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-12 and 19-13

Table 19.17: Characteristics

Environment

Conforming to

standards

IEC 947-1, IEC 947-5-1, IEC 947-5-4, EN 60947-5-1, JIS C 4520 and 852, UL 508,

CSA C22.2 No. 14

Product certifications UL, CSA

ASE, BV, JIS, RINA, LROS, DNV, GL: pending

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 529 & NF C 20-010

Conforming to UL 50 & CSA C22.2 No. 94

IP65

Type 1, 4, 4X and 12 (not for key selector switches)

Electrical characteristics of LED pilot lights

Voltage Limits, Current

Draw

12–24 V 6–30 Vac/dc, 15 mA

120 V 48–120 Vac, 20 mA

Electrical characteristics of contacts

Rated operational

characteristics

AC-15 B300, Ue = 240 Vac and Ie = 1.5 A or Ue 120 Vac and Ie = 3 A Continuous Thermal Current

5 A

DC-13 R300, Ue = 250 Vdc and Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 125 Vdc and Ie = 0.22 A

Cabling By Quick Connectors/Solder tabs 0.11 x 0.02 in. (2.8 x 0.5 mm)

Table 19.18: Illuminated Push Buttons (12–24 Vac/Vdc LED included)

Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs

Type of Push Type of Contact Color Rectangular Square Round $ Price

N.O. N.C. Catalog Number

Flush,

spring return

1—

White XB6DW1B1B XB6CW1B1B XB6AW1B1B

40.40

Green XB6DW3B1B XB6CW3B1B XB6AW3B1B

Yellow XB6DW5B1B XB6CW5B1B XB6AW5B1B

Blue XB6DW6B1B XB6CW6B1B XB6AW6B1B

—1 Red XB6DW4B2B XB6CW4B2B XB6AW4B2B 40.40

White XB6DW1B5B XB6CW1B5B XB6AW1B5B

47.60

Green XB6DW3B5B XB6CW3B5B XB6AW3B5B

Red XB6DW4B5B XB6CW4B5B XB6AW4B5B

Yellow XB6DW5B5B XB6CW5B5B XB6AW5B5B

Blue XB6DW6B5B XB6CW6B5B XB6AW6B5B

Flush, maintained

1—

White XB6DF1B1B XB6CF1B1B XB6AF1B1B

40.40

Green XB6DF3B1B XB6CF3B1B XB6AF3B1B

Yellow XB6DF5B1B XB6CF5B1B XB6AF5B1B

Blue XB6DF6B1B XB6CF6B1B XB6AF6B1B

—1 Red XB6DF4B2B XB6CF4B2B XB6AF4B2B 40.40

White XB6DF1B5B XB6CF1B5B XB6AF1B5B

47.60

Green XB6DF3B5B XB6CF3B5B XB6AF3B5B

Red XB6DF4B5B XB6CF4B5B XB6AF4B5B

Yellow XB6DF5B5B XB6CF5B5B XB6AF5B5B

Blue XB6DF6B5B XB6CF6B5B XB6AF6B5B

Extended,

spring return

1—

White XB6DE1B1B XB6CE1B1B XB6AE1B1B

40.40

Green XB6DE3B1B XB6CE3B1B XB6AE3B1B

Yellow XB6DE5B1B XB6CE5B1B XB6AE5B1B

Blue XB6DE6B1B XB6CE6B1B XB6AE6B1B

—1 Red XB6DE4B2B XB6CE4B2B XB6AE4B2B 40.40

White XB6DE1B5B XB6CE1B5B XB6AE1B5B

47.60

Green XB6DE3B5B XB6CE3B5B XB6AE3B5B

Red XB6DE4B5B XB6CE4B5B XB6AE4B5B

Yellow XB6DE5B5B XB6CE5B5B XB6AE5B5B

Blue XB6DE6B5B XB6CE6B5B XB6AE6B5B

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

Marked

File E164353

CCN NKCR

File LR 44087

Class 3211 03

XB6DW•••B

XB6CE•••B

XB6AF•••B

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Complete Devices

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aTrigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator.

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-12 and 19-13

Table 19.19: Pilot Lights (12–24 Vac/dc LED included)

Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs

Color

Rectangular Square Round

$ Price

Catalog Number

White XB6DV1BB XB6CV1BB XB6AV1BB

24.80

Green XB6DV3BB XB6CV3BB XB6AV3BB

Red XB6DV4BB XB6CV4BB XB6AV4BB

Yellow XB6DV5BB XB6CV5BB XB6AV5BB

Blue XB6DV6BB XB6CV6BB XB6AV6BB

Table 19.20: Pilot Lights (120 Vac LED)

Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs

Color Rectangular Square Round $ Price

Catalog Number

White XB6DV1GB XB6CV1GB XB6AV1GB

24.80

Green XB6DV3GB XB6CV3GB XB6AV3GB

Red XB6DV4GB XB6CV4GB XB6AV4GB

Yellow XB6DV5GB XB6CV5GB XB6AV5GB

Blue XB6DV6GB XB6CV6GB XB6AV6GB

Table 19.21: Push Buttons (Non-Illuminated)

Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs

Type of Push Type of Contact Color Rectangular Square Round $ Price

N.O. N.C. Catalog Number

Flush, spring return

1—

White XB6DA11B XB6CA11B XB6AA11B

23.80

Black XB6DA21B XB6CA21B XB6AA21B

Green XB6DA31B XB6CA31B XB6AA31B

Yellow XB6DA51B XB6CA51B XB6AA51B

Blue XB6DA61B XB6CA61B XB6AA61B

—1 Black XB6DA22B XB6CA22B XB6AA22B 23.80

Red XB6DA42B XB6CA42B XB6AA42B

White XB6DA15B XB6CA15B XB6AA15B

31.00

Black XB6DA25B XB6CA25B XB6AA25B

Green XB6DA35B XB6CA35B XB6AA35B

Red XB6DA45B XB6CA45B XB6AA45B

Yellow XB6DA55B XB6CA55B XB6AA55B

Blue XB6DA65B XB6CA65B XB6AA65B

Table 19.22: Trigger Action Emergency Stop Mushroom Head Push Buttons (Color Red)a

Shape of Head Type of Push Type of Contact Diameter

of Head (mm) Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Turn-to-release

—1 30XB6AS8342B 59.00

11 30XB6AS8345B 66.00

Key release

—1 30XB6AS9342B 71.00

11 30XB6AS9345B 79.00

Table 19.23: Circular Legends, 45 mm

Description Color Text Catalog Number $ Price

Circular legends, 45 mm Yellow

Blank ZB6Y7001

3.40Emergency stop ZB6Y7330

Arrêt d’urgence ZB6Y7130

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

XB6DV••B

XB6CV••B

XB6AV••B

XB6DA••B

XB6CA••B

XB6AA••B

XB6AS8345B

XB6AS9345B

ZB6Y7330

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Complete Devices

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Note: Indicates key withdrawal position.

aAs viewed from the front of the panel.

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-12 and 19-13

Table 19.24: Selector Switches (Switching Angle: Handle: 60o, Key: 70o)

Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs

Type of

Operator

Type of Contact Number and Type of

Positions Rectangular Square Round

$ Price

N.O. N.C. Catalog Number

Handle

1 — 2-maintained XB6DD221B XB6CD221B XB6AD221B 27.00

2-maintained XB6DD225B XB6CD225B XB6AD225B 34.20

3-maintained XB6DD235B XB6CD235B XB6AD235B 34.20

2 — 3-maintained XB6DD233B XB6CD233B XB6AD233B 34.20

Type of

Operator

Type of Contact Number and Type of

Positions Rectangular Square Round $ Price

N.O. N.C. Catalog Number

Key

2-maintained XB6DGC5B XB6CGC5B XB6AGC5B 62.00

2-maintained XB6DGB5B XB6CGB5B XB6AGB5B 62.00

3-maintained XB6DGH5B XB6CGH5B XB6AGH5B 62.00

2 — 3-maintained XB6DGH3B XB6CGH3B XB6AGH3B 62.00

Table 19.25: Selector Switch Sequence

2 Position Selector Switch

Contact block guide a

O X 1 N.O. (left or right)

X O 1 N.C. (left or right)

OX1 N.O.

and

XO1 N.C.

3 Position Selector Switch

Contact block guide a

O O X 1 N.O. (left)

X O X 2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side)

X O O 1 N.O. (right)

O X X 1 N.C. (right)

X X O 1 N.C. (left)

O X O 2 N.C. wired in series (side by side)

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

XB6DD•••B

XB6CD•••B

XB6AD•••B

XB6DG••B

XB6CG••B

XB6AG••B

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Electrical Components

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aIlluminated selector switches can be assembled by using a contact block/light module assembly in conjunction with a selector switch head, supplied

without handle, and a transparent handle. See page 19-10.

bThe LED must be the same color as the push button cap.

cThe LED must be the same color as the lens.

dOrder bulbs separately. See page 19-14.

eNeon bulb can only be used with a red, yellow, or white cap.

fElectrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for details.

Table 19.26: Contact Blocks and Light Modules for Illuminated Push Buttonsa

Description Supply Voltage Type of Contact Color of Light

Source Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Quick connectors/solder tabs

Integral LED b

12–24 Vac/Vdc

1—

White ZB6ZB11B

28.00

Green ZB6ZB31B

Ye l l o w ZB6ZB51B

Blue ZB6ZB61B

—1Red ZB6ZB42B 28.00

Ye l l o w ZB6ZB52B

White ZB6ZB15B

35.20

Green ZB6ZB35B

Red ZB6ZB45B

Ye l l o w ZB6ZB55B

Blue ZB6ZB65B

120 Vac

1—

White ZB6ZG11B

28.00

Green ZB6ZG31B

Ye l l o w ZB6ZG51B

Blue ZB6ZG61B

—1Red ZB6ZG42B 28.00

Ye l l o w ZB6ZG52B

White ZB6ZG15B

35.20

Green ZB6ZG35B

Red ZB6ZG45B

Ye l l o w ZB6ZG55B

Blue ZB6ZG65B

Direct for incandescent bulb

(not included)d< 24 Vac/Vdc

1— —ZB6ZH01B 23.80

—1 —ZB6ZH02B 23.80

11 —ZB6ZH05B 31.00

Table 19.27: Contact Blocks for Push Buttons and Selector Switches

Description Type of Contact Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Quick connectors/solder tabs

Contact blocks with mounting base

1—ZB6Z1B 9.40

—1ZB6Z2B 9.40

2—ZB6Z3B 16.60

—2ZB6Z4B 16.60

11ZB6Z5B 16.60

Table 19.28: Light Modules for Pilot Lights

Description Supply Voltage Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price

Quick connectors/solder tabsf

Integral LEDc

12–24 Vac/dc

White ZB6EB1B

16.60

Green ZB6EB3B

Red ZB6EB4B

Ye l l o w ZB6EB5B

Blue ZB6EB6B

120 Vac

White ZB6EG1B

16.60

Green ZB6EG3B

Red ZB6EG4B

Ye l l o w ZB6EG5B

Blue ZB6EG6B

With resistor for 95 V neon bulb (not included) de 110 Vac — ZB6EG0B 15.60

230 Vac — ZB6EM0B 15.60

Direct supply for 0.6 W max. incandescent bulb

(not included)d< 24 Vac/dc — ZB6EH0B 14.40

Table 19.29: Separate Contact Blocks (Maximum of 3 contacts per mounting base.)

Contact Material For use with mounting base Type of Contact Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Silver alloy Quick connectors/solder tabs 1—ZB6E1B 7.20

—1ZB6E2B 7.20

Gold flashed Quick connectors/solder tabs 1—ZB6E1E 12.40

—1ZB6E2E 12.40

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZB6ZB••B

ZB6ZH••B

ZB6Z•B

ZB6E••B

ZB6E•0B

ZB6E•B

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Illuminated Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFive different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue).

bTo order push button caps separately, see page 19-12.

cFive different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue).

dTo order the caps or lenses separately, see page 19-12.

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-12 and 19-13

Table 19.30: Heads for Illuminated Push Buttons

(To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-7)

Type of Push Color

Rectangular Square Round

$ Price

Catalog Number

Flush, spring return

White ZB6DW1 ZB6CW1 ZB6AW1

14.40

Green ZB6DW3 ZB6CW3 ZB6AW3

Red ZB6DW4 ZB6CW4 ZB6AW4

Ye l l o w ZB6DW5 ZB6CW5 ZB6AW5

Blue ZB6DW6 ZB6CW6 ZB6AW6

5 colors aZB6DW9 ZB6CW9 ZB6AW9 16.40

Without cap bZB6DW0 ZB6CW0 ZB6AW0 12.40

Flush, maintained

White ZB6DF1 ZB6CF1 ZB6AF1

14.40

Green ZB6DF3 ZB6CF3 ZB6AF3

Red ZB6DF4 ZB6CF4 ZB6AF4

Ye l l o w ZB6DF5 ZB6CF5 ZB6AF5

Blue ZB6DF6 ZB6CF6 ZB6AF6

5 colors aZB6DF9 ZB6CF9 ZB6AF9 16.40

Without capbZB6DF0 ZB6CF0 ZB6AF0 12.40

Extended, spring return

White ZB6DE1 ZB6CE1 ZB6AE1

14.40

Green ZB6DE3 ZB6CE3 ZB6AE3

Red ZB6DE4 ZB6CE4 ZB6AE4

Ye l l o w ZB6DE5 ZB6CE5 ZB6AE5

Blue ZB6DE6 ZB6CE6 ZB6AE6

5 colorsaZB6DE9 ZB6CE9 ZB6AE9 16.40

Without capbZB6DE0 ZB6CE0 ZB6AE0 12.40

Table 19.31: Heads for Pilot Lights

(To combine with light modules, see page 19-7.)

Color

Rectangular Square Round

$ Price

Catalog Number

White ZB6DV1 ZB6CV1 ZB6AV1

8.20

Green ZB6DV3 ZB6CV3 ZB6AV3

Red ZB6DV4 ZB6CV4 ZB6AV4

Yellow ZB6DV5 ZB6CV5 ZB6AV5

Blue ZB6DV6 ZB6CV6 ZB6AV6

5 colors cZB6DV9 ZB6CV9 ZB6AV9 10.20

Without lensdZB6DV0 ZB6CV0 ZB6AV0 6.20

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZB6DW•

ZB6CE•

ZB6AF•

ZB6DV•

ZB6CV•

ZB6AV•

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Non-Illuminated Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFive different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue).

bTo order push button caps separately, see page 19-12.

cTrigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator.

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-12 and 19-13

Table 19.32: Heads for Push Buttons

(To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-7.)

Type of Push Color Rectangular Square Round $ Price

Catalog Number

Flush, spring return

White ZB6DA1 ZB6CA1 ZB6AA1

14.40

Black ZB6DA2 ZB6CA2 ZB6AA2

Green ZB6DA3 ZB6CA3 ZB6AA3

Red ZB6DA4 ZB6CA4 ZB6AA4

Yellow ZB6DA5 ZB6CA5 ZB6AA5

Blue ZB6DA6 ZB6CA6 ZB6AA6

6 colorsaZB6DA9 ZB6CA9 ZB6AA9 16.40

Without cap bZB6DW0 ZB6CW0 ZB6AW0 12.40

Extended, spring return Red ZB6DL4 ZB6CL4 ZB6AL4 14.40

Table 19.33: Mushroom Heads for Push Buttons (24 mm)

Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Cap Catalog Number $ Price

Spring return

White ZB6AC1

24.80

Black ZB6AC2

Green ZB6AC3

Yellow ZB6AC5

Blue ZB6AC6

Table 19.34: Mushroom Heads for Trigger Action Push Buttons (30 mm)c

Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Cap Catalog Number $ Price

Turn-to-release Red ZB6AS834 49.60

Key release Red ZB6AS934 62.00

Table 19.35: Circular Legends, 45 mm

Description Color Text Catalog Number $ Price

Circular legends, 45 mm Yellow

Blank ZB6Y7001

3.40Emergency stop ZB6Y7330

Arrêt d’urgence ZB6Y7130

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZB6DA•

ZB6CA•

ZB6AA•

ZB6AC•

ZB6AS834

ZB6AS934

ZB6Y7330

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Selector Switches

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor bodies with 2 contact blocks, maximum.

bSwitching angle: maintained positions 90o.

cSee selector switch sequence charts on page 19-11.

dOrder handle separately (see Tables 19.38 and 19.39), for bodies with a maximum of 2 contact blocks.

eSwitching angle: maintained positions 90o.

fSee selector switch sequence charts on page 19-11.

gFor use in conjunction with head without handle (see Tables 19.36 and 19.37) and body/contact assembly for illuminated push buttons (see page 19-7).

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-12 and 19-13

Table 19.36: Heads for Non-Illuminated Selector Switchesac

(To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-7.)

Number and Type of Positions Color of

Handle Rectangular Square Round

$ Price

Catalog Number

Switching angle: maintained positions 60°, spring return positions 45°

2-maintained Black ZB6DD22 ZB6CD22 ZB6AD22

17.60

2-maintained Black ZB6DD28bZB6CD28bZB6AD28b

3-maintained Black ZB6DD23 ZB6CD23 ZB6AD23

2-spring return to center Black ZB6DD24 ZB6CD24 ZB6AD24

3-spring return to center Black ZB6DD25 ZB6CD25 ZB6AD25

3-spring return from right to center Black ZB6DD26 ZB6CD26 ZB6AD26

3-spring return from left to center Black ZB6DD27 ZB6CD27 ZB6AD27

Table 19.37: Heads for Illuminated Selector Switches df

(To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-7.)

Number and Type of Positions Rectangular Square Round $ Price

Catalog Number

Switching angle: maintained positions 60o, spring return positions 45o

2-maintained ZB6DD02 ZB6CD02 ZB6AD02

13.40

2-maintained ZB6DD08 eZB6CD08 eZB6AD08 e

3-maintained ZB6DD03 ZB6CD03 ZB6AD03

2-spring return to center ZB6DD04 ZB6CD04 ZB6AD04

3-spring return to center ZB6DD05 ZB6CD05 ZB6AD05

3-spring return from right to center ZB6DD06 ZB6CD06 ZB6AD06

3-spring return from left to center ZB6DD07 ZB6CD07 ZB6AD07

Table 19.38: Handles for Illuminated Selector Switches

Description Color Catalog Number $ Price

Handles for illuminated selector switches g

White ZB6YK1

4.20

Green ZB6YK3

Red ZB6YK4

Yellow ZB6YK5

Blue ZB6YK6

ZB6DD••

ZB6CD••

ZB6AD••

ZB6DD0•

ZB6CD0•

ZB6AD0•

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

Table 19.39: Handles for Non-Illuminated Selector Switches

Description Color Catalog Number $ Price

Handles for non-illuminated selector switches Black ZB6YD2 4.20

Red ZB6YD4

ZB6YK•

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Keyed Selector Switches

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Note: Indicates key withdrawal position.

aRonis 200 key standard. Other keys available, refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.

bAs viewed from the front of the panel.

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-12 and 19-13

Table 19.40: Heads for Ronis Key Operated Selector Switches a

(To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-7.)

Number and Type of Positions Key Withdrawal

Rectangular Square Round

$ Price

Catalog Number

Switching angle: maintained positions 70o, spring return positions 45o

2-maintained

Right-hand position ZB6DGA ZB6CGA ZB6AGA

45.60

Center position ZB6DGB ZB6CGB ZB6AGB

Both positions ZB6DGC ZB6CGC ZB6AGC

2-spring return from right to center Center position ZB6DGL ZB6CGL ZB6AGL

3-maintained

Left-hand position ZB6DGD ZB6CGD ZB6AGD

Center position ZB6DGE ZB6CGE ZB6AGE

Left-hand and center positions ZB6DGF ZB6CGF ZB6AGF

Right-hand position ZB6DGG ZB6CGG ZB6AGG

All 3 positions ZB6DGH ZB6CGH ZB6AGH

Left-hand and right-hand positions ZB6DGJ ZB6CGJ ZB6AGJ

Right-hand and center positions ZB6DGK ZB6CGK ZB6AGK

3-spring return from left to center

Right-hand position ZB6DGM ZB6CGM ZB6AGM

Center position ZB6DGN ZB6CGN ZB6AGN

Right-hand and center positions ZB6DGP ZB6CGP ZB6AGP

3-spring return from right to center

Left-hand position ZB6DGQ ZB6CGQ ZB6AGQ

Center position ZB6DGR ZB6CGR ZB6AGR

Left-hand and center positions ZB6DGS ZB6CGS ZB6AGS

3-spring return to center Center position ZB6DGT ZB6CGT ZB6AGT

ZB6DG•

ZB6CG•

ZB6AG•

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

Table 19.41: Selector Switch Sequence (using contact block assemblies, page 19-7)

2 Position Selector Switch

Contact block guide b

O X 1 N.O. (left or right)

X O 1 N.C. (left or right)

OX1 N.O.

and

XO1 N.C.

3 Position Selector Switch

Contact block guide b

O O X 1 N.O. (left)

X O X 2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side)

X O O 1 N.O. (right)

O X X 1 N.C. (right)

XXO1 N.C. (left)

O X O 2 N.C. wired in series (side by side)

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aAdditional legend plate sizes and markings are available in Catalog 9001CT0001.

Table 19.42: Push Button Caps—Unmarked

Application Color Rectangular Square Round $ Price

Catalog Number

Illuminated push buttons with

flush push

White ZB6YDW1 ZB6YCW1 ZB6YAW1

2.00

Green ZB6YDW3 ZB6YCW3 ZB6YAW3

Red ZB6YDW4 ZB6YCW4 ZB6YAW4

Ye l l o w ZB6YDW5 ZB6YCW5 ZB6YAW5

Blue ZB6YDW6 ZB6YCW6 ZB6YAW6

Illuminated push buttons with

extended push

White ZB6YDE1 ZB6YCE1 ZB6YAE1

2.00

Green ZB6YDE3 ZB6YCE3 ZB6YAE3

Red ZB6YDE4 ZB6YCE4 ZB6YAE4

Ye l l o w ZB6YDE5 ZB6YCE5 ZB6YAE5

Blue ZB6YDE6 ZB6YCE6 ZB6YAE6

Non-illuminated push buttons

White ZB6YDA1 ZB6YCA1 ZB6YAA1

2.00

Black ZB6YDA2 ZB6YCA2 ZB6YAA2

Green ZB6YDA3 ZB6YCA3 ZB6YAA3

Red ZB6YDA4 ZB6YCA4 ZB6YAA4

Ye l l o w Z B 6 Y DA 5 ZB6YCA5 ZB6YAA5

Blue ZB6YDA6 ZB6YCA6 ZB6YAA6

Table 19.43: Lens Caps

Application Color

Rectangular Square Round

$ Price

Catalog Number

Pilot lights

White ZB6YDV1 ZB6YCV1 ZB6YAV1

2.00

Green ZB6YDV3 ZB6YCV3 ZB6YAV3

Red ZB6YDV4 ZB6YCV4 ZB6YAV4

Yellow ZB6YDV5 ZB6YCV5 ZB6YAV5

Blue ZB6YDV6 ZB6YCV6 ZB6YAV6

Table 19.44: Standard Legend Plate (24 X 28 mm) for 8 X 21 mm Legend a

Description Background Color of Legend Catalog Number $ Price

Without legend insert — ZB6YD20 2.00

With blank legend insert White or yellow ZB6YD21 3.40

Black or red ZB6YD22 3.40

Table 19.45: 8 x 21 mm Marked Legends (for 24 x 28 mm legend holder ZB6YD20) a

Color Marking Catalog Number $ Price

White Text

Red Background (Stop and Fault)

Black Background (all others)

International

O-I ZB6Y2178

1.60

I-II ZB6Y2179

I-O-II ZB6Y2186

OZB6Y2190

English

HAND-O-AUTO ZB6Y2387

CLOSE ZB6Y2314

DOWN ZB6Y2308

FORWARD ZB6Y2305

FAULT ZB6Y2334

LEFT ZB6Y2310

OFF ZB6Y2312

ON ZB6Y2303

OPEN ZB6Y2313

RESET ZB6Y2323

REVERSE ZB6Y2306

RIGHT ZB6Y2309

RUN ZB6Y2311

STOP ZB6Y2304

UP ZB6Y2307

ZB6YDW•

ZB6YDE•

ZB6YDA•

ZB6YAW•ZB6YCW•

ZB6YCE• ZB6YAE•

ZB6YCA• ZB6YAA•

ZB6YAVZB6YDV• ZB6YCV•

ZB6YD20

ZB6Y2178

STOP

ZB6Y2304

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.46: Push Button Caps—Marked

Ink Marking Color:

White on colored cap

Black on white cap

Color Rectangular Square Round $ Price

Catalog Number

For non-illuminated push buttons

0White ZB6YD100 ZB6YC100 ZB6YA100

4.20

Black ZB6YD200 ZB6YC200 ZB6YA200

1White ZB6YD101 ZB6YC101 ZB6YA101

Black ZB6YD201 ZB6YC201 ZB6YA201

2White ZB6YD102 ZB6YC102 ZB6YA102

Black ZB6YD202 ZB6YC202 ZB6YA202

3White ZB6YD103 ZB6YC103 ZB6YA103

Black ZB6YD203 ZB6YC203 ZB6YA203

4White ZB6YD104 ZB6YC104 ZB6YA104

Black ZB6YD204 ZB6YC204 ZB6YA204

5White ZB6YD105 ZB6YC105 ZB6YA105

Black ZB6YD205 ZB6YC205 ZB6YA205

6White ZB6YD106 ZB6YC106 ZB6YA106

Black ZB6YD206 ZB6YC206 ZB6YA206

7White ZB6YD107 ZB6YC107 ZB6YA107

Black ZB6YD207 ZB6YC207 ZB6YA207

8White ZB6YD108 ZB6YC108 ZB6YA108

Black ZB6YD208 ZB6YC208 ZB6YA208

9White ZB6YD109 ZB6YC109 ZB6YA109

Black ZB6YD209 ZB6YC209 ZB6YA209

ON White ZB6YD117 ZB6YC117 ZB6YA117

Green ZB6YD317 ZB6YC317 ZB6YA317

OFF Black ZB6YD224 ZB6YC224 ZB6YA224

Red ZB6YD424 ZB6YC424 ZB6YA424

IWhite ZB6YD111 ZB6YC111 ZB6YA111

Green ZB6YD311 ZB6YC311 ZB6YA311

OBlack ZB6YD210 ZB6YC210 ZB6YA210

Red ZB6YD410 ZB6YC410 ZB6YA410

RBlack ZB6YD226 ZB6YC226 ZB6YA226

Blue ZB6YD626 ZB6YC626 ZB6YA626

START White ZB6YD140 ZB6YC140 ZB6YA140

Green ZB6YD340 ZB6YC340 ZB6YA340

STOP Black ZB6YD241 ZB6YC241 ZB6YA241

Red ZB6YD441 ZB6YC441 ZB6YA441

II White ZB6YD112 ZB6YC112 ZB6YA112

Black ZB6YD212 ZB6YC212 ZB6YA212

III White ZB6YD113 ZB6YC113 ZB6YA113

Black ZB6YD213 ZB6YC213 ZB6YA213

+White ZB6YD114 ZB6YC114 ZB6YA114

Black ZB6YD214 ZB6YC214 ZB6YA214

-White ZB6YD115 ZB6YC115 ZB6YA115

Black ZB6YD215 ZB6YC215 ZB6YA215

UP White ZB6YD127 ZB6YC127 ZB6YA127

Black ZB6YD227 ZB6YC227 ZB6YA227

DOWN White ZB6YD128 ZB6YC128 ZB6YA128

Black ZB6YD228 ZB6YC228 ZB6YA228

CLOSE White ZB6YD132 ZB6YC132 ZB6YA132

Black ZB6YD232 ZB6YC232 ZB6YA232

White ZB6YD119 ZB6YC119 ZB6YA119

Black ZB6YD219 ZB6YC219 ZB6YA219

White ZB6YD120 ZB6YC120 ZB6YA120

Black ZB6YD220 ZB6YC220 ZB6YA220

White ZB6YD121 ZB6YC121 ZB6YA121

Black ZB6YD221 ZB6YC221 ZB6YA221

White ZB6YD122 ZB6YC122 ZB6YA122

Black ZB6YD222 ZB6YC222 ZB6YA222

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZB6YD•10

ZB6YC•10

ZB6YA•10

ZB6YD•17

ZB6YD•19

ZB6YC•19

ZB6YA•19

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

a28 V bulb supplied, for use on 24 V.

b95 V bulb supplied, for use on 110/230 V.

Table 19.47: Accessories

Description Application Catalog Number $ Price

Body Fitting contact blocks ZB6Y009 2.00

Bezel tightening tool + bulb extractor Fixing the switch and changing bulbs ZB6Y905 4.20

Cap extractor Changing caps ZB6Y016 4.20

Contact block removal tool Removing contact blocks ZB6Y018 4.20

Three piece tool kit — ZB6Y019 12.40

Nut Fixing head to panel ZB6Y002 2.00

Anti-rotation plate Selector switches, Emergency Stops ZB6Y003 2.00

Adaptor Flush mounting a circular head push button or

pilot light in Ø 22 mm cut-out ZB6YA002 6.20

Shroud Protecting contacts against touching ZB6Y001 3.40

Protective cover

Circular and square head push buttons and

switches ZB6YA001 16.60

Rectangular head push buttons and switches ZB6YD001 16.60

Female Quick connector/Solder tab Sold in lots of 100 pieces ZB6Y004 0.42

Blanking plug Plugging an unused knockout ZB6Y005 4.20

Ronis key, 2 pieces Key operated selector switches and

emergency stop mushroom ZB6Y007 6.20

Incandescent bulbs, bayonet T1 1/4

6 V ZB6YA006 2.00

12 V ZB6YJ012 2.00

28 VaZB6YB028 2.00

Neon bulbs 110/230 V bZB6YG095 4.20

Link Operation of 3rd contact ZB6Y017 1.00

SiS Label Software Legend Design Software:

English, French, German, Spanish, Italian XBY2U 104.00

Sheets of peel-off legends, 66 legends

per sheet. For use with SiS label, size A4

(297 mm x 210 mm)

Pilot lights, rectangular ZB6YD003

6.20

Pilot lights, square ZB6YC003

Pilot lights, circular ZB6YA003

Illuminated push buttons, rectangular ZB6YD013

Illuminated push buttons, square ZB6YC013

Illuminated push buttons, circular ZB6YA013

Adapter For mounting 16 mm into 22 mm hole ZB6Y020 15.00

Table 19.48: Circular Legends, 45 mm

Description Color Text Catalog Number $ Price

Circular legends, 45 mm Yellow

Blank ZB6Y7001

3.40Emergency stop ZB6Y7330

Arrêt d’urgence ZB6Y7130

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZB6Y009

ZB6Y905

ZB6Y002 ZB6Y003

ZB6Y001 ZB6YA001

ZB6YD001 ZB6Y005

ZB6Y007

ZB6Y7330

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Characteristics

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.49: Environment

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 529 IP65, unless otherwise stated

IP66, for booted push button heads

Conforming to UL 50 and CSA C22.2 No. 94 Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, and 13, unless otherwise stated

Conforming to standards

IEC 947-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1, IEC 947-5-4,

EN 60947-1, JIS C 4520,

UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14

Product certifications

UL Listed, CSA

Standard single contacts with screw clamp terminals: A600; Q600

Double contacts with screw clamp terminals: A600; Q600

Light modules with screw clamp terminals

JOYSTICK XD4-PA: A600; R300

BV, RINA, LROS, DNV, GL (pending) Standard single contacts and double contacts with screw clamp terminals

Electrical Characteristics of Operators and Contact Blocks

Cabling capacity Conforming to IEC 947-1

Screw and captive clamp terminals

Min: 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm2) without cable end 1 x 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) for linking

Max:2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with cable end 2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) without cable ends

Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1) slotted for flat 4 and 5.5 mm screwdriver

Maximum Contact Block Usage XB4/ZB4 Maximum Number of Blocks

Push buttons (Non-Illuminated) 9

Selector switches (Non-Illuminated) 6

Push buttons and selectors (Illuminated) 6

Mushrooms, Push Pull (Non-Illuminated) 6

Mushrooms, Push Pull (Illuminated) 4

Mushrooms, Turn-to-Release (Non-Illuminated) 6

Mushrooms, Trigger Action (Non-Illuminated) 4

Push-on/Push-off (Non-Illuminated) 3

Push-on/Push-off (Illuminated) 2

Rated operational

characteristics

Conforming to

IEC/EN 60947-5-1

AC supply:

Utilization category AC-15

Standard blocks (single or double) with screw clamp terminals:

A600: Ue = 600 Vac and le = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 Vac and le = 3 A

or Ue = 120 Vac and le = 6 A

Continuous Thermal Current: 10 A

DC supply:

Utilization category DC-13

Standard single or double blocks with screw clamp terminals:

Q600: Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 Vdc and Ie = 0.27 A

or Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A

Joystick XD4-PA:

R300: Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.22 A or Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.1 A

Electrical durability

Conforming to

IEC/EN 60947-5-1

Appendix C

Operating rate

3600 operating cycles/hour. Load

factor: 0.5

AC supply for 1 million operating cycles,

utilization category AC-15

Standard blocks for screw clamp terminals:

24 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac

4 A 3 A 2 A

Standard double blocks with screw clamp terminals:

24 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac

3 A 1.5 A 1 A

DC supply for 1 million operating cycles,

utilization category DC-13

Standard single blocks for screw clamp terminals:

24 Vdc 110 Vdc

0.5 A 0.2 A

Standard double blocks with screw clamp terminals:

24 Vdc 110 Vdc

0.4 A 0.15 A

Electrical Characteristics of Light Modules

Cabling capacity Conforming to IEC 947-1

Screw and captive clamp terminals

Min: 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm2) without cable end 1 x 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) for linking

Max:2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with cable end

Specific Characteristics of Protected LED® Light Modules Only

Voltage limits Nominal voltage 24 V: 19.2 to 30 Vdc, 21.6 to 26.4 Vac; 120 V: 102 to 132 Vac; 240 V: 195 to 264 Vac

Current consumption Applicable to all colors

24 Vac/dc supply blocks: 18 mA

120 Vac supply blocks: 14 mA

240 Vac supply blocks: 14 mA

Marked

File E164353

CCN NKCR

File LR 44087

Class 3211 03

File E164353

CCN NKCR 2

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Complete Devices

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

Table 19.50: Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections)

Shape of

Head Type of Push Type of Contact Marking Color of Cap Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Flush

1— —

Black XB4BA21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA2)

35.00

Green XB4BA31 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA3)

Yellow XB4BA51 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA5)

Blue XB4BA61 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA6)

—1 — RedXB4BA42 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BA4) 35.00

11 —

Black XB4BA25 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA2)

51.00

Green XB4BA35 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA3)

Red XB4BA45 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA4)

Yellow XB4BA55 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA5)

Blue XB4BA65 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA6)

Flush 1 — “I”

(white) Green XB4BA3311 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA331) 40.60

Flush — 1 “O”

(white) Red XB4BA4322 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BA432) 40.60

Flush with clear

silicone boot

(color of pusher

unobscured)

1— —

Black XB4BP21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP2)

47.80

Green XB4BP31 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP3)

Yellow XB4BP51 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP5)

Blue XB4BP61 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP6)

—1 — RedXB4BP42 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BP4) 47.80

Extended

—1 — Red XB4BL42 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BL4) 35.00

11 — RedXB4BL45 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BL4) 51.00

Mushroom head

Ø 40 mm 1— — BlackXB4BC21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BC2) 51.00

Table 19.51: Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections)

Shape of

Head Type of Push Type of Contact Degree of Protection Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

N.O. N.C.

One flush green

push

(marked “I”)

One extended

red push

(marked “O”)

11 IP40 XB4BL845 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BL8434) 63.00

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

XB4BA31

XB4BA4322

XB4BP51

XB4BL42

XB4BC21

XB4BL845

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Complete Devices

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aTrigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator.

Note: The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s).

bSee page 19-22 for contact configurations.

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

Table 19.52: Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Ø 40 mm (Red)

(screw clamp terminal connections)

Shape of

Head Type of Push Type of Contact Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Trigger action

push-pulla11 XB4BT845 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BT84) 92.00

Trigger action

turn-to-releasea11 XB4BS8445 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BS844) 150.00

Trigger action

Key release a

(No. 455)

11 XB4BS9445 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BS944) 150.00

Push-pull — 1 XB4BT42 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BT4) 62.00

Turn-to-release — 1 XB4BS542 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BS54) 100.00

Key release

(No. 455) —1 XB4BS142 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BS14) 134.00

Table 19.53: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches and Key Switches (screw clamp terminal connections)b

Shape of

Head Type of Operator Type of Contact Number and Type of

Positions Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Standard lever, black

1 — 2-maintained XB4BD21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BD2) 46.00

1 1 2-maintained XB4BD25 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BD2) 62.00

2—

3-maintained XB4BD33 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BD3) 62.00

3-momentary to

center XB4BD53 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BD5) 68.00

Extended lever, black

1 — 2-maintained XB4BJ21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BJ2) 46.00

2—

3-maintained XB4BJ33 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BJ3) 62.00

3-momentary to

center XB4BJ53 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BJ5) 68.00

Key (No. 455)

1—

2-maintained

XB4BG21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG2) 112.00

XB4BG41 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG4) 112.00

2-momentary to

left XB4BG61 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG6) 112.00

2 — 3-maintained

XB4BG03 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BG0) 128.00

XB4BG33 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BG3) 128.00

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

XB4BT845

XB4BS9445

XB4BS542

XB4BG33

XB4BD33

XB4BJ33

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Complete Devices

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor 240 V LED, replace the last “B” or “G” in the catalog number with an “M”. For example, XB4BVB1 (24 V) becomes XB4BVM1 (240 V).

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

Table 19.54: Pilot Lights with Protected LED® (screw clamp terminal connections) a

Shape of Head Supply Voltage Color Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

24 Vac/dc

White XB4BVB1 (ZB4BVB1 + ZB4BV013)

65.00

Green XB4BVB3 (ZB4BVB3 + ZB4BV033)

Red XB4BVB4 (ZB4BVB4 + ZB4BV043)

Ye l l o w XB4BVB5 (ZB4BVB5 + ZB4BV053)

Blue XB4BVB6 (ZB4BVB6 + ZB4BV063)

110–120 Vac

White XB4BVG1 (ZB4BVG1 + ZB4BV013)

65.00

Green XB4BVG3 (ZB4BVG3 + ZB4BV033)

Red XB4BVG4 (ZB4BVG4 + ZB4BV043)

Ye l l o w XB4BVG5 (ZB4BVG5 + ZB4BV053)

Blue XB4BVG6 (ZB4BVG6 + ZB4BV063)

Table 19.55: Pilot Lights for BA9s Bulb (screw clamp terminal connections)

Shape of Head Supply Voltage Color Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

Direct supply, for BA9s (incandescent, LED, neon) V < 250 V, 2.4 W bulb (bulb not included)

< 250 Vac/dc

White XB4BV61 (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV01)

46.20

Green XB4BV63 (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV03)

Red XB4BV64 (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV04)

Ye l l o w XB4BV65 (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV05)

Transformer type with 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included

110–120 Vac

50/60 Hz

White XB4BV31 (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV01)

106.00

Green XB4BV33 (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV03)

Red XB4BV34 (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV04)

Ye l l o w XB4BV35 (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV05)

Table 19.56: Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) a

Shape of Head Description Type of Contact Supply Voltage Color of Push Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Flush

24 Vac/dc

White XB4BW31B5 (ZB4BW0B15 + ZB4BW313)

108.00

Green XB4BW33B5 (ZB4BW0B35 + ZB4BW333)

Red XB4BW34B5 (ZB4BW0B45 + ZB4BW343)

Yellow XB4BW35B5 (ZB4BW0B55 + ZB4BW353)

Blue XB4BW36B5 (ZB4BW0B65 + ZB4BW363)

110–120 Vac

White XB4BW31G5 (ZB4BW0G15 + ZB4BW313)

108.00

Green XB4BW33G5 (ZB4BW0G35 + ZB4BW333)

Red XB4BW34G5 (ZB4BW0G45 + ZB4BW343)

Yellow XB4BW35G5 (ZB4BW0G55 + ZB4BW353)

Blue XB4BW36G5 (ZB4BW0G65 + ZB4BW363)

Direct supply

for BA9s

2.4 W max.

bulb not

included

11< 250 Vac/dc

White XB4BW3165 (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW31)

90.00

Green XB4BW3365 (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW33)

Red XB4BW3465 (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW34)

Yellow XB4BW3565 (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW35)

Transformer

type

1.2 VA, 6 V secondary.

BA9s incandescent

bulb

included

110–120 Vac

50/60 Hz

White XB4BW3135 (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW31)

148.00

Green XB4BW3335 (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW33)

Red XB4BW3435 (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW34)

Yellow XB4BW3535 (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW35)

230–240 Vac

50/60 Hz

White XB4BW3145 (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW31)

148.00

Green XB4BW3345 (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW33)

Red XB4BW3445 (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW34)

Yellow XB4BW3545 (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW35)

Extended

24 Vac/dc

White XB4BW11B5 (ZB4BW0B15 + ZB4BW113)

103.00

Green XB4BW13B5 (ZB4BW0B35 + ZB4BW133)

Red XB4BW14B5 (ZB4BW0B45 + ZB4BW143)

Yellow XB4BW15B5 (ZB4BW0B55 + ZB4BW153)

Blue XB4BW16B5 (ZB4BW0B65 + ZB4BW163)

110–120 Vac

White XB4BW11G5 (ZB4BW0G15 + ZB4BW113)

103.00

Green XB4BW13G5 (ZB4BW0G35 + ZB4BW133)

Red XB4BW14G5 (ZB4BW0G45 + ZB4BW143)

Yellow XB4BW15G5 (ZB4BW0G55 + ZB4BW153)

Blue XB4BW16G5 (ZB4BW0G65 + ZB4BW163)

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

XB4BVB5

New!

XB4BV64

XB4BV33

XB4BW33B5

XB4BW3465

XB4BW3545

New!

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aColor cap to be ordered separately, see page 19-31.

bFor legend ordering information, see page 19-31.

cCap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions:

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

Table 19.57: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Unmarked

Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Cap Catalog Number $ Price

Flush, without color cap a—ZB4BA0 11.00

Flush, with set of 6 color caps

White

Black

Green

Red

Ye l l o w

Blue

ZB4BA9 13.00

Flush

White ZB4BA1

13.00

Black ZB4BA2

Green ZB4BA3

Red ZB4BA4

Ye l l o w ZB4BA5

Blue ZB4BA6

Gray ZB4BA8

Flush with transparent cap,

for insertion of legend b

White ZB4BA18

16.00

Green ZB4BA38

Red ZB4BA48

Ye l l o w ZB4BA58

Blue ZB4BA68

Booted (clear)

Color of cap unobscured

White ZB4BP1

25.80

Black ZB4BP2

Green ZB4BP3

Red ZB4BP4

Ye l l o w ZB4BP5

Blue ZB4BP6

Booted (clear)

for insertion of legend b

Color of cap unobscured

White ZB4BP18

29.00

Green ZB4BP38

Red ZB4BP48

Ye l l o w ZB4BP58

Blue ZB4BP68

Extended

White ZB4BL1

13.00

Black ZB4BL2

Green ZB4BL3

Red ZB4BL4

Ye l l o w ZB4BL5

Blue ZB4BL6

Guarded Head

White ZB4BA16

35.00

Black ZB4BA26

Green ZB4BA36

Red ZB4BA46

Ye l l o w ZB4BA56

Blue ZB4BA66

Table 19.58: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Premarked

Shape of Head Type of Push Marking Text Color Color of Cap Catalog Number $ Price

Flush

IWhite Green ZB4BA331

18.60

Black White ZB4BA131

START White Green ZB4BA333

Black White ZB4BA133

ON White Green ZB4BA341

Black White ZB4BA141

RESET White Black ZB4BA222

JOG White Black ZB4BA245

OWhite

Red ZB4BA432

Black ZB4BA232

STOP White Red ZB4BA434

Black ZB4BA234

OFF White Red ZB4BA435

Black ZB4BA235

cBlack White ZB4BA334

White Black ZB4BA335

Extended

OWhite

Red ZB4BL432

18.60

Black ZB4BL232

STOP White Red ZB4BL434

Black ZB4BL234

OFF White Red ZB4BL435

Black ZB4BL235

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZB4BA0

ZB4BP18

ZB4BL1

ZB4BA4

ZB4BA38

ZB4BA36

ZB4BA331

ZB4BA334

ZB4BL432

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aIP66 version utilizes boot (included).

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

Table 19.59: Mushroom Heads, Momentary

Shape of Head Diameter of Head Color of Head Catalog Number $ Price

30 mm

Black ZB4BC24

29.40

Green ZB4BC34

Red ZB4BC44

Ye l l o w ZB4BC54

Blue ZB4BC64

40 mm

Black ZB4BC2

29.40

Green ZB4BC3

Red ZB4BC4

Ye l l o w ZB4BC5

Blue ZB4BC6

60 mm

Black ZB4BR2

35.00

Green ZB4BR3

Red ZB4BR4

Ye l l o w ZB4BR5

Blue ZB4BR6

Table 19.60: Non-Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators

Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Push Catalog Number $ Price

Flush

White ZB4BH01

17.60

Black ZB4BH02

Green ZB4BH03

Red ZB4BH04

Yellow ZB4BH05

Blue ZB4BH06

Extended

White ZB4BH1

17.60

Black ZB4BH2

Green ZB4BH3

Red ZB4BH4

Yellow ZB4BH5

Blue ZB4BH6

Table 19.61: Two Head Operators, Momentary

Shape of Head Description Color of Pushers Degree of ProtectionaCatalog Number $ Price

No Marking

Two flush

Green IP40 ZB4BA8134 20.80

Red IP66 ZB4BA9134 37.20

White IP40 ZB4BA8112 20.80

Black IP66 ZB4BA9112 37.20

One flush

One extended

Green IP40 ZB4BL8334 20.80

Red IP66 ZB4BL9334 37.20

White IP40 ZB4BL8312 20.80

Black IP66 ZB4BL9312 37.20

Premarked

Two f l ush

(marked “I”)

(marked “O”)

Green IP40 ZB4BA8234 24.80

Red IP66 ZB4BA9234 41.40

White IP40 ZB4BA8212 24.80

Black IP66 ZB4BA9212 41.40

One flush

(marked “I”)

One extended

(marked “O”)

Green IP40 ZB4BL8434 24.80

Red IP66 ZB4BL9434 41.40

White IP40 ZB4BL8412 24.80

Black IP66 ZB4BL9412 41.40

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZB4BR2

ZB4BC24

ZB4BC2

ZB4BH02

ZB4BA8134

ZB4BL8312

ZB4BL9312

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Emergency Stop Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aTrigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator.

bOther key numbers:

—key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number.

—key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number.

—key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number.

—key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number.

Example: The catalog number for a head with key No. 421E for a 2 position maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal from the left-hand

position, becomes: ZB4BG212.

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

Table 19.62: Mushroom Heads for Maintained Push Buttons

Shape of Head Type of Push Diameter of Head Color Catalog Number $ Price

Trigger action

Push-pull a40 mm Red ZB4BT84 54.00

Trigger action

Turn-to-release a

30 mm Red ZB4BS834 112.00

40 mm Red ZB4BS844 112.00

Red marked “EMO” ZB4BS84430 118.00

Trigger action

Key release

(No. 455) a

30 mm Red ZB4BS934 112.00

40 mm Red ZB4BS944 b112.00

60 mm Red ZB4BS964 112.00

Push-pull

40 mm Black ZB4BT2 40.40

Red ZB4BT4

60 mm

Black ZB4BX2 46.00

Red ZB4BX4

Turn-to-release

30 mm Black ZB4BS42 78.00

Red ZB4BS44

40 mm

Black ZB4BS52 78.00

Red ZB4BS54

Red marked “EMO” ZB4BS5430 85.00

Ye l l o w ZB4BS55 78.00

Yellow marked

“Robot Stop” ZB4BS5550 85.00

60 mm Black ZB4BS62 90.00

Red ZB4BS64

Key release

(No. 455)

30 mm Black ZB4BS72 112.00

Red ZB4BS74

40 mm Black ZB4BS12 112.00

Red ZB4BS14 b

60 mm Black ZB4BS22 112.00

Red ZB4BS24

Table 19.63: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom Heads (yellow background)

Diameter Text Catalog Number $ Price

60 mm Blank ZBY9101

3.40

EMERGENCY STOP ZBY9330

90 mm Blank ZBY8101

EMERGENCY STOP ZBY8330

ZB4BS834

ZB4BT4

ZB4BS64

ZB4BS74

ZBY9330

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Selector Switches

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor colored lever, add the following code to the end of part number: 01–white, 03–green, 04–red, 05–yellow, 06–blue (Example: ZB4BD204).

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

Table 19.64: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches b

Color Number and Type of Positions

Standard Lever aExtended Lever

$ Price

Catalog Number

Black 2-maintained ZB4BD2 ZB4BJ2 24.00

Black 2-momentary from

right to left ZB4BD4 ZB4BJ4 29.40

Black 3-maintained ZB4BD3 ZB4BJ3 24.00

Black 3-momentary to center ZB4BD5 ZB4BJ5 29.40

Black 3-momentary from

left to center ZB4BD7 ZB4BJ7 29.40

Black 3-momentary from

right to center ZB4BD8 ZB4BJ8 29.40

Table 19.65: Non-Illuminated Key Switches b

Shape of Head Type of Operator Number and Type of Positions Catalog Number $ Price

Key (No. 455) c

Note:

The symbol indicates the

key withdrawal position(s).

2-maintained

ZB4BG2

90.00

ZB4BG4

2-momentary from

right to left ZB4BG6

3-maintained

ZB4BG0

ZB4BG3

ZB4BG03

ZB4BG5

ZB4BG9

ZB4BG09

3-momentary from

left to center ZB4BG1

116.00

3-momentary to center ZB4BG7

3-momentary from right to

center

ZB4BG8

ZB4BG08

bSee Table 19.66 for contact configurations.

cOther key numbers: —key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number.

—key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number.

—key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number.

—key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number.

Example: The catalog number for a head with key no. 421E for a 2 position maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal from the left-hand position,

becomes: ZB4BG212.

ZB4BD4

Standard Lever

ZB4BJ3

Extended Lever

New!

ZB4BG8

New!

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

Table 19.66: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies

Unit Type Selector Switches

2-position 3-position

Operator Plunger Position

Down

Contact Block Location L C R L C R L C R L C R L C R

Contacts N/O OOOXXXXXOOOOOXX

N/C XXXOOOOOXXXXXOO

Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed

315° 45° 315° 0° 45°

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Specialty Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aDo not use standard contact blocks ZBE10• (single) or ZBE20• (double).

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

Table 19.67: Potentiometer Operator (with Mounting Collar)

Shape of Head Description Application Catalog Number $ Price

For potentiometer with

shaft length 1.73 to 1.97 in.

(44 to 50 mm)

(potentiometer not included)

For shaft Ø 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) ZB4BD922

142.00

For shaft Ø 0.24 in. (6 mm) ZB4BD912

Table 19.68: Joysticks (54 mm, Extended Operating Shaft) a

Description Contact Operation Action Catalog Number $ Price

2 direction 1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction

Maintained XD4PA12

250.00

Momentary XD4PA22

4 direction 1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction

Maintained XD4PA14

316.00

Momentary XD4PA24

Table 19.69: Legends for Joysticks

Description For use with Color Catalog Number $ Price

Legends

30 x 48 mm for customer engraving 2 direction

Black one side

Red reverse ZBG2201

3.40

White one side

Yellow reverse ZBG2401

Legends

48 x 48 mm for customer engraving 4 direction

Black one side

Red reverse ZBG4201

White one side

Yellow reverse ZBG4401

Table 19.70: Two Position Toggle Switch

Shape of Head Color Type of Positions Catalog Number $ Price

Black Maintained ZB4BD28

46.60

Black Momentary ZB4BD48

ZB4BD922

XD4PA12

ZB4BD28

XB4BA8•1

Table 19.71: Reset Operators, Flush, Adjustable Shaft

Shape of Head Travel Actuation Distance Color Catalog Number $ Price

in. mm in. mm

0.39 10

0.24–0.63 6–16

Black XB4BA821

27.40Red XB4BA841

Blue XB4BA861

0.63–1.02 16–26

Black XB4BA822

27.40Red XB4BA842

Blue XB4BA862

0.55 14

1.18–5.12 30–130

Black XB4BA921

32.80Red XB4BA941

Blue XB4BA961

5.12–10.12 130–257

Black XB4BA922

41.00Red XB4BA942

Blue XB4BA962

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Pilot Lights

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor use in bright ambient conditions, for example, in sunlight.

bOrder bulb separately; see page 19-32. For BA9 LED, see page 19-120.

cFor 240 V LED, replace the last “B” or “G” in the catalog number with an “M”. For example, ZB4BVB1 (24 V) becomes ZB4BVM1 (240 V).

dFor Quick-Connect version, add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB4BVJ13 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 1/40" or 2 x 0.110").

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

Table 19.72: Pilot Light Heads

Shape of Head

For Use with Body

Comprising Light

Module Type

Color of Lens Catalog Number $ Price

Protected LED® only

White ZB4BV013

7.60

Green ZB4BV033

Red ZB4BV043

Yellow ZB4BV053

Blue ZB4BV063

Protected LED only

Fresnel (jeweled) lens a

White ZB4BV013S

7.60

Green ZB4BV033S

Red ZB4BV043S

Amber ZB4BV053S

Blue ZB4BV063S

For BA9s incandescent

bulb, neon or LED only b

White ZB4BV01

7.60

Green ZB4BV03

Red ZB4BV04

Yellow ZB4BV05

Blue ZB4BV06

Clear ZB4BV07

For BA9s incandescent

bulb, neon or LED

Fresnel (jeweled) lens b

White ZB4BV01S

7.60

Green ZB4BV03S

Red ZB4BV04S

Amber ZB4BV05S

Blue ZB4BV06S

Clear ZB4BV07S

Table 19.73: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module for BA9s Incandescent Bulb, Neon or LED)

Description Light Source Supply Voltage (V) Catalog Number $ Price

Screw clamp terminal connections

Direct supply BA9s bulb 2.4 W max.

Not included b<250 ZB4BV6 38.60

Direct supply BA9s incandescent

bulb included 24 v 2 Watt ZB4BV624 49.20

Direct supply BA9s incandescent

bulb included 120 v 2.4 Watt ZB4BV6120 49.20

Transformer type

1.2 VA, 6 V secondary

BA9s incandescent

bulb included

110–120 Vac

50/60 Hz ZB4BV3

98.00

230–240 Vac

50/60 Hz ZB4BV4

400–50 Hz ZB4BV5

440–480 Vac

60 Hz ZB4BV8

550–600 Vac

60 Hz ZB4BV9

Table 19.74: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module with Protected LED®) c

Light Source Supply Voltage Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price

Screw clamp terminal connections d

12 Vac/dc

White ZB4BVJ1

57.00

Green ZB4BVJ3

Red ZB4BVJ4

Yellow ZB4BVJ5

Blue ZB4BVJ6

24 Vac/dc

White ZB4BVB1

57.00

Green ZB4BVB3

Red ZB4BVB4

Yellow ZB4BVB5

Blue ZB4BVB6

24–120 Vac/dc

White ZB4BVBG1

57.00

Green ZB4BVBG3

Red ZB4BVBG4

Yellow ZB4BVBG5

Blue ZB4BVBG6

110–120 Vac

White ZB4BVG1

57.00

Green ZB4BVG3

Red ZB4BVG4

Yellow ZB4BVG5

Blue ZB4BVG6

Flashing 24 Vac/dc

White ZB4BV18B1

66.00

Green ZB4BV18B3

Red ZB4BV18B4

Yellow ZB4BV18B5

Blue ZB4BV18B6

110–120 Vac

White ZB4BV18G1

66.00

Green ZB4BV18G3

Red ZB4BV18G4

Yellow ZB4BV18G5

Blue ZB4BV18G6

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZB4BV063

ZB4BV04

ZB4BV043S

ZB4BV6

ZB4BV•

ZB4BV••

New!

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Illuminated Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

ZB4BW333

ZB4BW563

ZB4BW113

ZB4BW33

ZB4BW14

Table 19.75: Heads for Momentary Illuminated Push Buttons

Shape of Head Type of Push Color Catalog Number $ Price

Only use with Protected LED® light modules

Flush

White ZB4BW313

18.60

Green ZB4BW333

Red ZB4BW343

Ye l l o w ZB4BW353

Blue ZB4BW363

Flush with clear boot

White ZB4BW513

31.00

Green ZB4BW533

Red ZB4BW543

Ye l l o w ZB4BW553

Blue ZB4BW563

Flush for insertion of legend

White ZB4BA18

16.00

Green ZB4BA38

Red ZB4BA48

Ye l l o w ZB4BA58

Blue ZB4BA68

Extended

White ZB4BW113

13.00

Green ZB4BW133

Red ZB4BW143

Ye l l o w ZB4BW153

Blue ZB4BW163

Mushroom (40 mm)

Clear ZB4BW413

29.40

Green ZB4BW433

Red ZB4BW443

Ye l l o w ZB4BW453

Blue ZB4BW463

Only use with light modules for a BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED

Flush

White ZB4BW31

18.60

Green ZB4BW33

Red ZB4BW34

Ye l l o w ZB4BW35

Blue ZB4BW36

Clear ZB4BW37

Extended

White ZB4BW11

13.00

Green ZB4BW13

Red ZB4BW14

Ye l l o w ZB4BW15

Blue ZB4BW16

Clear ZB4BW17

ZB4BW643

Table 19.76: Heads for Maintained Illuminated Push Buttons

Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Lens Catalog Number $ Price

Only use with Protected LED light modules

Push/Pull Mushroom (40 mm)

Clear ZB4BW613

46.00

Green ZB4BW633

Red ZB4BW643

Ye l l o w ZB4BW653

Blue ZB4BW663

ZB4BH033

ZB4BH63

Table 19.77: Illuminated Push-On/Push-Off Operators

Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Lens Catalog Number $ Price

Only use with Protected LED light modules

Flush

White ZB4BH013

24.80

Green ZB4BH033

Red ZB4BH043

Yellow ZB4BH053

Blue ZB4BH063

Extended

White ZB4BH13

19.60

Green ZB4BH33

Red ZB4BH43

Yellow ZB4BH53

Blue ZB4BH63

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Illuminated Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor IP66 degree of protection, install clear sealing boot ZBW008, see page 19-33.

bDesignate color as follows: 1—white, 3—green, 4—red, 5—yellow, 6—blue.

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-29 to 19-31

ZB4BW812743

ZB4BW823743

ZB4BW841723

Table 19.78: Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary (IP40) a

Shape of Head Description Color of Pushers Catalog Number $ Price

Only use with Protected LED® light modules (Protected LED determines pilot light color)

1 flush

1 central pilot light

1 flush

Black ZB4BW812743

29.00

Red

Green ZB4BW813743

Red

White ZB4BW811723

Black

1 flush

1 central pilot light

1 extended

Black ZB4BW832743

29.00

Red

Green ZB4BW833743

Red

White ZB4BW831723

Black

Only use with Protected LED light modules (Protected LED determines pilot light color)—premarked

1 flush

(marked “I”)

1 central pilot light

1 flush

(marked “O”)

Black ZB4BW822743

33.20

Red

Green ZB4BW823743

Red

White ZB4BW821723

Black

1 flush

(marked “I”)

1 central pilot light

1 extended

(marked “O”)

Black ZB4BW842743

33.20

Red

Green ZB4BW843743

Red

White ZB4BW841723

Black

ZB4BK1343

Table 19.79: Illuminated Selector Switches, Standard Lever

Shape of Head Number and Type of Positions Catalog Number b$ Price

Only use with Protected LED light modules

2-maintained ZB4BK12•3 35.00

2-momentary from right to left ZB4BK14•3 51.00

3-maintained ZB4BK13•3 35.00

3-momentary to center ZB4BK15•3 51.00

3-momentary from right to center ZB4BK18•3 51.00

3-momentary from left to center ZB4BK17•3 51.00

Table 19.80: Sequence of Contacts on Illuminated Selector Switch Bodies

Unit Type Selector Switches

2-position 3-position

Operator Plunger Position

Down

Contact Block Location LRLRLRLRLR

Contacts N/O OO XX XOOOO X

N/C XXOOOXXXXO

Note: L=Left, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

New!

315° 45° 315° 0° 45°

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Electrical Components

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB4BZ1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110").

bFor Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZB4BZ1029).

cElectrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.

dElectrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.

eCan be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-28.

fFor 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: change “ZB4BW0B11 (24V) to ZB4BW0M11 (240V))

gOrder bulb separately, see page 19-32.

hCan be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-28.

ZB4BZ101

Table 19.81: Contact Blocks (Mounting Collar with Contact Blocks)

Description Type of Contact Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Screw clamp terminal connections

1—ZB4BZ101 22.00

—1ZB4BZ102 22.00

2—ZB4BZ103 38.20

—2ZB4BZ104 38.20

11ZB4BZ105 38.20

12ZB4BZ141 55.00

ZB4BW0••3

Table 19.82: Complete Bodies

(Mounting Collar + Single Contact Block + Light Module with Protected LED®)

Light Source

Type of Contact e

Color

Supply Voltage f

$ Price

N.O. N.C. 24 Vac/dc 110–120 Vac

Catalog Number

Screw clamp terminal connections

1—

White ZB4BW0B11 ZB4BW0G11

73.00

Green ZB4BW0B31 ZB4BW0G31

Red ZB4BW0B41 ZB4BW0G41

Ye l l o w ZB4BW0B51 ZB4BW0G51

Blue ZB4BW0B61 ZB4BW0G61

—1

White ZB4BW0B12 ZB4BW0G12

73.00

Green ZB4BW0B32 ZB4BW0G32

Red ZB4BW0B42 ZB4BW0G42

Ye l l o w ZB4BW0B52 ZB4BW0G52

Blue ZB4BW0B62 ZB4BW0G62

2—

White ZB4BW0B13 ZB4BW0G13

90.00

Green ZB4BW0B33 ZB4BW0G33

Red ZB4BW0B43 ZB4BW0G43

Ye l l o w ZB4BW0B53 ZB4BW0G53

Blue ZB4BW0B63 ZB4BW0G63

White ZB4BW0B15 ZB4BW0G15

90.00

Green ZB4BW0B35 ZB4BW0G35

Red ZB4BW0B45 ZB4BW0G45

Ye l l o w ZB4BW0B55 ZB4BW0G55

Blue ZB4BW0B65 ZB4BW0G65

New!

ZB4BW06•

ZB4BW0•5

Table 19.83: Mounting Collar, Contact Block and Light Module (with screw clamp terminal connections) g

Supply Light Source Supply Voltage Type of Contact gColor of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Screw clamp terminal connections

Direct supply

BA9s

2.4 W max. bulb

Not included g

< 250 Vac/dc

1— — ZB4BW061 55.00

—1 — ZB4BW062 55.00

2— — ZB4BW063 71.00

11 — ZB4BW065 71.00

Transformer type

1.2 VA, 6 V

secondary

BA9s

incandescent

bulb included

110–120 Vac

50/60 Hz

1— — ZB4BW031 114.00

11 — ZB4BW035 130.00

230–240 Vac

50/60 Hz

1— — ZB4BW041 114.00

11 — ZB4BW045 130.00

440–480 Vac

60 Hz

1— — ZB4BW081 114.00

11 — ZB4BW085 130.00

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Electrical Components

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZBE1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110").

bFor Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1029).

cCannot stack additional contact blocks onto these blocks.

dElectrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details.

eElectrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details.

fSee page 19-32 for bulb information.

ZB4BZ009

Table 19.84: Body/Mounting Collar

For use with Catalog Number $ Price

Electrical block (contact or light module) ZB4BZ009 5.40

ZBE101

ZBE203

Table 19.85: Add-On Contact Block (with screw clamp terminal connections) de

Description Type of Contact Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Standard single

contact blocksab

1—ZBE101 16.40

—1ZBE102 16.40

Standard double

contact blocksab

2—ZBE203 33.20

—2ZBE204 33.20

11ZBE205 33.20

Special contact blocks

(for low power switching

and dust protected) c

1—ZBE1016 32.80

—1ZBE1026 32.80

ZBVB•

Table 19.86: Light Modules (with screw clamp terminal connections) de

Description Supply Voltage Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price

12 Vac/dc

White ZBVJ1

52.00

Green ZBVJ3

Red ZBVJ4

Yellow ZBVJ5

Blue ZBVJ6

24 Vac/dc

White ZBVB1

52.00

Green ZBVB3

Red ZBVB4

Yellow ZBVB5

Blue ZBVB6

110–120 Vac

White ZBVG1

52.00

Green ZBVG3

Red ZBVG4

Yellow ZBVG5

Blue ZBVG6

24–120 Vac/dc

White ZBVBG1

52.00

Green ZBVBG3

Red ZBVBG4

Yellow ZBVBG5

Blue ZBVBG6

230–240 Vac

White ZBVM1

52.00

Green ZBVM3

Red ZBVM4

Yellow ZBVM5

Blue ZBVM6

Direct supply for BA9s

2.4 W max. bulb

Not included f

<250 Vac/dc — ZBV6 33.20

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

New!

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Legend Holders

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor marked legends, see page 19-30.

bStart functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above).

cFor custom Legends, see page 19-30.

ZBZ32

ZBY•101

ZBY2303

Table 19.87: Standard (30 x 40 mm) Legend Holders for 8 x 27 mm Legends

Description Legend Catalog Number $ Price

Color Text

Without legend a—— ZBZ32 2.00

With blank legend

(for engraving)

Black or red background — ZBY2101 3.40

White or yellow background — ZBY4101

Custom Legend

(Specify Engraving)

2 lines of 11 characters

(including spaces)

maximum per line

Black background White ZBY2002

14.20

Red background White ZBY2004

White background Black ZBY4001

Yellow background Black ZBY4005

With legend marked with

international language Black or red background b

O (black background) ZBY2146

3.40

O (red background) ZBY2931

IZBY2147

II ZBY2148

O-I ZBY2178

I-II ZBY2179

I-O-II ZBY2186

With legend marked with

English language Black or red backgroundb

AUTO ZBY2115

3.40

AUTO-HAND ZBY2364

AUTO-O-HAND ZBY2385

CLOSE ZBY2314

DOWN ZBY2308

EMERGENCY STOP ZBY2330

FAST ZBY2328

FORWARD ZBY2305

FOR-REV ZBY2371

HAND ZBY2316

HAND-OFF-AUTO ZBY2387

INCH ZBY2321

JOG ZBY2382

LEFT ZBY2310

OFF ZBY2312

OFF-ON ZBY2367

ON ZBY2311

OPEN ZBY2313

POWER ON ZBY2326

RESET (red background) ZBY2323

RESET (black background) ZBY2322

REVERSE ZBY2306

RIGHT ZBY2309

RUN ZBY2334

SLOW ZBY2327

START ZBY2303

STOP ZBY2304

STOP-START ZBY2366

UP ZBY2307

ZBZ33

ZBY610•

Table 19.88: Large (30 x 50 mm) Legend Holders for 18 x 27 mm Legends

Description cColor Catalog Number $ Price

Without legend insert —ZBZ33 2.00

With blank legend insert Black or red background ZBY6101 3.40

White or yellow background ZBY6102

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Legend Inserts Only

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aStart functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above).

ZBY02178

ZBY02303

Table 19.89: Marked Legends for 8 x 27 mm (for 30 x 40 mm legend holders ZBZ32)

Color Marking Text Catalog Number $ Price

Black or red background a

International

O (black background) ZBY02146

1.70

O (red background) ZBY02931

IZBY02147

II ZBY02148

O-I ZBY02178

I-II ZBY02179

I-O-II ZBY02186

English

AUTO ZBY02115

1.70

AUTO-HAND ZBY02364

AUTO-O-HAND ZBY02385

CLOSE ZBY02314

DOWN ZBY02308

EMERGENCY STOP ZBY02330

FAST ZBY02328

FORWARD ZBY02305

FOR-REV ZBY02371

HAND ZBY02316

HAND-OFF-AUTO ZBY02387

INCH ZBY02321

JOG ZBY02382

LEFT ZBY02310

OFF ZBY02312

OFF-ON ZBY02367

ON ZBY02311

OPEN ZBY02313

POWER ON ZBY02326

RESET (red background) ZBY02323

RESET (black background) ZBY02322

REVERSE ZBY02306

RIGHT ZBY02309

RUN ZBY02334

SLOW ZBY02327

START ZBY02303

STOP ZBY02304

STOP-START ZBY02366

UP ZBY02307

Table 19.90: Legends for Customer Engraving (inserts only)

Description For use with Color Catalog Number $ Price

8 x 27 mm 30 x 40 mm legend holders Black or red background ZBY0101

1.70

White or yellow background ZBY0102

18 x 27 mm 30 x 50 mm legend holders Black or red background ZBY5101

White or yellow background ZBY5102

Table 19.91: Legends for Factory Engraving (inserts only)

Description For use with Color Text Catalog Number $ Price

8 x 27 mm Custom Legend/Insert Only (Specify

Engraving) 2 lines of 11 characters (including

spaces) maximum per line

(Example: ZBY01002 marked “Robot”)

30 x 40 mm

legend holders

Black background White ZBY01002

12.20

Red background White ZBY01004

White background Black ZBY01001

Yellow background Black ZBY01005

18 x 27 mm Custom Legend/Insert Only (Specify

Engraving) 3 lines of 11 characters (including

spaces) maximum per line

(Example: ZBY05002 marked “Robot”)

30 x 50 mm

legend holders

Black background White ZBY05002

12.20

Red background White ZBY05004

White background Black ZBY05001

Yellow background Black ZBY05005

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aSet of 6 different colored caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue.

bStart functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified).

cDouble injection molded marking.

dCap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions:

ZBY1101

Table 19.92: Sheets of Legends for Push Buttons, Switches, and Pilot Lights

Description Marking Text Catalog Number $ Price

Sheets of 66 circular peel-off

transparent self-adhesive legends

Blank ZBY1101 6.20

International

OZBY1146

10.40

IZBY1147

II ZBY1148

III ZBY1149

STOP ZBY1304

ZBY1912

English

HAND ZBY1316

10.40

OFF ZBY1312

ON ZBY1311

START ZBY1303

SiS Label Software Legend Design Software: English, French, German, Spanish, Italian XBY2U 104.00

ZBA•

ZBL•

Table 19.93: Push Button Caps—Unmarked

For use with Type of Push Color Catalog Number $ Price

ZB4BA0

push button heads

Flush

White ZBA1

2.00

Black ZBA2

Green ZBA3

Red ZBA4

Yellow ZBA5

Blue ZBA6

6 colors aZBA9 4.20

Extended

White ZBL1

2.00

Black ZBL2

Green ZBL3

Red ZBL4

Yellow ZBL5

Blue ZBL6

6 colors aZBL9 4.20

ZBA•33

Table 19.94: Push Button Caps—Marked

For use with Type of Push Marking Color of Cap Catalog Number $ Price

Text bColor

ZB4BA0

push button heads Flush

I cWhite Green ZBA331

4.20

Black White ZBA131

START cWhite Green ZBA333

Black White ZBA133

ON White Green ZBA341

Black White ZBA141

UP cBlack White ZBA343

DOWN cWhite Black ZBA344

White Green ZBA345

White Black ZBA245

White Green ZBA346

Black White ZBA334 d

White Black ZBA335 d

O cWhite Red ZBA432

Black ZBA232

STOP cWhite Red ZBA434

Black ZBA234

OFF White Red ZBA435

Black ZBA235

R cWhite Blue ZBA639

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aRequires a ZB4BZ009 body/mounting collar for mounting, see page 19-28.

bFor additional information, refer to publication 0106HO9802.

cStandard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends ZBY• •T listed above.

dOnly when mounted on control stations. Use special legends ZBY• •T.

Table 19.95: Accessories

Description Application Color Catalog Number $ Price

Padlocking kit

Conforming to EN 418/ISO 13850 c

(See legends below)

For Emergency Stop function only, with the following

Ø 40 trigger-action push buttons:

XB4BT8•

XB4BS8•

XB4BS9•

ZB4BT8•

ZB4BS8•

ZB4BS9•

Yellow ZBZ3605 108.00

Metal guards

Padlockable

For Emergency Stop function only with the

following Ø 40 mm trigger-action push buttons:

XB4BT8•

XB4BS8•

XB4BS9•

ZB4BT8•

ZB4BS8•

ZB4BS9•

Chromium Plated ZBZ1600

108.00

Black ZBZ1602

Red ZBZ1604

Yellow ZBZ1605

Blue ZBZ1606

Plastic guardsb

Round Guard for ZB4BS5430

EMO Mushroom Operators Yellow ZB4BZ1905

25.80

Narrow Flange Guard for ZB4BS5430 or

ZB4BS84430 EMO Mushroom Operators Yellow ZB4BZ2005

Trigger Action Guard for ZB4BS84430

EMO Mushroom Operators Yellow ZB4BZ2105

Padlockable flaps For push buttons Black ZB4BZ62 32.80

Red ZB4BZ64

Mounting kit For push buttons ZB4B• with flush mounting bezel head

For 30 mm mounting hole. Minimum quantity 10 ZB4BZ011 16.60

Metal blanking plug, round chromium

plated aFor Ø 22 mm control and signalling units ZB4SZ3 11.00

Plastic blanking plug, round black with

mounting nut For Ø 22 mm control and signalling units ZB5SZ3 11.00

Description Marking Color Catalog Number $ Price

Ø 60 mm Legend

for padlocking device ZBZ3605

Without Yellow ZBY9101T 3.40

EMERGENCY STOP Yellow ZBY9330T

ZB4BZ011

ZBZ160•

ZB4SZ3 ZB5SZ3

ZB4BZ6•

Ø 8 mm maximum

Ø 6 mm minimum

ZBZ3605

New!

DL1CE••

XBFX13

DL1CF•••

ZBZ8

Table 19.96: BA9s Bulbs and Associated Accessories

Description Characteristics Catalog Number $ Price

Replacement bulbs

(Type BA9s)

Incandescent

6 V, 1.2 W DL1CB006

11.00

12 V, 2 W DL1CE012

24 V, 2 W DL1CE024

120–130 V, 2.4 W DL1CE130

Neon bulbs 120–130 V DL1CF110 15.20

230–240 V DL1CF220

Bulb extractor — XBFX13 11.00

Lens cap tightening tool Illuminated push buttons with flush push ZBZ8 6.20

Power driver bits for mounting and wiring

(package of 5) Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1) ZB4BZ905 52.00

Mounting Adapter For mounting 22 mm push button in 30 mm KO ZBZ41 10.40

ZBZ•8

Table 19.97: Bellows Seals for Harsh Environments (IP 69K) d

Description For use with Color &

Material

Sold in

Lots of Catalog Number $ Price

Bellows Seals for harsh environments

(Humidity, dust, high-pressure cleaning)

Any Harmony XB4 metal,

mushroom head push button d,

Ø 40 mm or Ø 60 mm (except ZB4BR•16)

Red 2ZBZ48

12.40

Silicone

Black 2ZBZ28

EPDM

New!

ZBG455

ZBG455P

Table 19.98: Replacement Keys

Description Key Number Catalog Number $ Price

Set of 2 keys

455 ZBG455

11.00

421E ZBG421E

458A ZBG458A

520E ZBG520E

3131A ZBG3131A

Set of 2 keys,

One of which is supplied booted (rubber boot)

455 ZBG455P

23.40

421E ZBG421EP

458A ZBG458AP

520E ZBG520EP

3131A ZBG3131AP

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

New!

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

ZBP0

ZBW008

Table 19.99: Clear Boots

Description For use with Material Catalog Number $ Price

Single boots Booted push buttons with circular head Neoprene ZBP0 12.40

Booted push buttons with circular head used in food industry applications Silicone ZBP0A 12.40

Double boots Double-headed push buttons, with or without pilot light Neoprene ZBW008 32.80

Double-headed push buttons used in food industry applications Silicone ZBW008A 32.80

ZBV01•3

ZBV01•

Table 19.100: Lens Caps

For use with Color Catalog Number $ Price

Lens caps for PROTECTED LED® light modules

Pilot lights

White ZBV0113

5.40

Green ZBV0133

Red ZBV0143

Ye l l o w ZBV0153

Blue ZBV0163

Illuminated push buttons with flush push

White ZBW9113

5.40

Green ZBW9133

Red ZBW9143

Ye l l o w ZBW9153

Blue ZBW9163

Illuminated push buttons with extended push

White ZBW9313

5.40

Green ZBW9333

Red ZBW9343

Ye l l o w ZBW9353

Blue ZBW9363

Lens caps for BA9 light modules

Pilot lights

White ZBV011

5.40

Green ZBV013

Red ZBV014

Ye l l o w ZBV015

Blue ZBV016

Clear ZBV017

Illuminated push buttons with flush push

White ZBW911

5.40

Green ZBW913

Red ZBW914

Ye l l o w ZBW915

Blue ZBW916

Clear ZBW917

Illuminated push buttons with extended push

White ZBW931

5.40

Green ZBW933

Red ZBW934

Ye l l o w ZBW935

Blue ZBW936

Clear ZBW937

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Characteristics

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.101: Environment

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 529 IP65, unless otherwise stated

IP66, for booted push button heads

Conforming to UL 50 and CSA C22.2 No. 94 Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, and 13, unless otherwise stated

Conforming to standards

IEC 947-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1, IEC 947-5-4,

EN 60947-1, JIS C 4520,

UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14

Product certifications

UL Listed, CSA

Standard single contacts with screw clamp terminals: A600; Q600

Double contacts with screw clamp terminals: A600; Q600

Light modules with screw clamp terminals

JOYSTICK XD4-PA: A600; R300

BV, RINA, LROS, DNV, GL (pending) Standard single contacts and double contacts with screw clamp terminals

Electrical Characteristics of Operators and Contact Blocks

Cabling capacity Conforming to IEC 947-1

Screw and captive clamp terminals

Min: 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm2) without cable end

1 x 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) for linking

Max: 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with cable end

2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) without cable ends

Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1) slotted for flat 4 and 5.5 mm screwdriver

Maximum Contact Block

Usage XB5/ZB5 Maximum Number of Blocks

Push buttons (Non-Illuminated) 9

Selector switches (Non-Illuminated) 6

Push buttons (Illuminated) 6

Selector Switches (Illuminated) 4

Mushrooms, Push Pull (Non-Illuminated) 6

Mushrooms, Push Pull (Illuminated) 4

Mushrooms, Turn-to-Release (Non-Illuminated) 6

Mushrooms, Trigger Action (Non-Illuminated) 4

Push-on/Push-off (Non-Illuminated) 3

Push-on/Push-off (Illuminated) 2

Rated operational

characteristics

Conforming to

IEC/EN 60947-5-1

AC supply:

Utilization category AC-15

Standard blocks (single or double) with screw clamp terminals:

A600: Ue = 600 Vac and le = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 Vac and le = 3 A

or Ue = 120 Vac and le = 6 A

Continuous Thermal Current 10 A

DC supply:

Utilization category DC-13

Standard single or double blocks with screw clamp terminals:

Q600: Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 Vdc and Ie = 0.27 A

or Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A

Joystick XD4PA:

R300: Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.22 A or Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.1 A

Electrical durability

Conforming to

IEC/EN 60947-5-1

Appendix C

Operating rate

3600 operating cycles/hour.

Load factor: 0.5

AC supply for 1 million operating cycles,

utilization category AC-15

Standard blocks for screw clamp terminals:

24 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac

4 A 3 A 2 A

Standard double blocks with screw clamp terminals:

24 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac

3 A 1.5 A 1 A

DC supply for 1 million operating cycles,

utilization category DC-13

Standard single blocks for screw clamp terminals:

24 Vdc 110 Vdc

0.5 A 0.2 A

Standard double blocks with screw clamp terminals:

24 Vdc 110 Vdc

0.4 A 0.15 A

Electrical Characteristics of Light Modules

Cabling capacity Conforming to IEC 947-1

Screw and captive clamp terminals

Min: 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm2) without cable end

1 x 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) for linking

Max: 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with cable end

Specific Characteristics of PROTECTED LED® Light Modules Only

Voltage limits Nominal voltage

24 V: 19.2 to 30 Vdc, 21.6 to 26.4 Vac;

120 V: 102 to 132 Vac;

240 V: 195 to 264 Vac

Current consumption Applicable to all colors

24 Vac/Vdc supply blocks: 18 mA

120 Vac supply blocks: 14 mA

240 Vac supply blocks: 14 mA

Specific Characteristics of Hour Counters and Annunciators

Voltage limits Hour counter and annunciator ± 10% of nominal voltage

Current consumption Hour counter

XB5DSB: 7 to 15 mA

XB5DSG: 8 mA

XB5DSM: 8 mA

Annunciator 5 mA

Marked

File E164353

CCN NKCR

File LR 44087

Class 3211 03

File E164353

CCN NKCR 2

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Complete Devices

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

XB5AA31

XB5AA4322

XB5AP51

XB5AL42

XB5AC21

Table 19.102: Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections)

Shape of

Head Type of Push Type of Contact Marking Color of Cap Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Flush

1— —

Black XB5AA21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA2)

35.00

Green XB5AA31 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA3)

Yellow XB5AA51 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA5)

Blue XB5AA61 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA6)

—1 — Red XB5AA42 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AA4) 35.00

11 —

Black XB5AA25 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA2)

51.00

Green XB5AA35 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA3)

Red XB5AA45 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA4)

Yellow XB5AA55 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA5)

Blue XB5AA65 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA6)

Flush 1 — “I”

(white) Green XB5AA3311 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA331) 40.60

Flush — 1 “O”

(white) Red XB5AA4322 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AA432) 40.60

Flush with clear

silicone boot

(color of pusher

unobscured)

1— —

Black XB5AP21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP2)

47.80

Green XB5AP31 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP3)

Yellow XB5AP51 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP5)

Blue XB5AP61 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP6)

—1 — Red XB5AP42 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AP4) 47.80

Extended

—1 — Red XB5AL42 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AL4) 35.00

11 — RedXB5AL45 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AL4) 35.00

Mushroom head

Ø 40 mm 1— — BlackXB5AC21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AC2) 51.00

XB5AL845

Table 19.103: Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections)

Shape of

Head Type of Push Type of Contact Degree of Protection Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

N.O. N.C.

One flush green

push (marked “I”)

One extended red

push (marked “O”)

11 IP40 XB5AL845 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AL8434) 63.00

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Complete Devices

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aTrigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator.

bSee 19-42 for contact configurations.

Note: The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s)

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

XB5AS9445

XB5AT42

XB5AS542

Table 19.104: Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Ø 40 mm (Red)

(screw clamp terminal connections)

Shape of Head Type of Push

Type of Contact

Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Trigger action push-pulla11XB5AT845 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AT84) 92.00

Trigger action turn-to-releasea11XB5AS8445 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AS844) 150.00

Trigger action Key release

(No. 455)a11XB5AS9445 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AS944) 150.00

Push-pull — 1 XB5AT42 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AT4) 62.00

Turn-to-release — 1 XB5AS542 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS54) 100.00

Key release (No. 455) — 1 XB5AS142 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS14) 134.00

XB5AD33

XB5AJ33

XB5AG33

Table 19.105: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches and Key Switches (screw clamp terminal connections) b

Shape of

Head Type of Operator

Type of Contact Number and Type of

Positions Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Standard lever, black

1 — 2-maintained XB5AD21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AD2) 46.00

1 1 2-maintained XB5AD25 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AD2) 62.00

2—

3-maintained XB5AD33 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AD3) 62.00

3-momentary to

center XB5AD53 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AD5) 68.00

Extended lever, black

1 — 2-maintained XB5AJ21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AJ2) 46.00

2—

3-maintained XB5AJ33 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AJ3) 62.00

3-momentary to

center XB5AJ53 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AJ5) 68.00

Key (No. 455)

1—

2-maintained

XB5AG21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG2) 112.00

XB5AG41 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG4) 112.00

2-momentary to

left XB5AG61 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG6) 112.00

2 — 3-maintained

XB5AG03 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AG0) 128.00

XB5AG33 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AG3) 128.00

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Complete Devices

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: XB5APVB1 (24V) to XB5APVM1 (240V))

bFor bulb information, refer to page 19-53

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

XB5AVB1

XB5AV63

XB5AV34

Table 19.106: Pilot Lights with Protected LED® (screw clamp terminal connections) a

Shape of Head Supply Voltage Color Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

24 Vac/dc

White XB5AVB1 (ZB5AVB1 + ZB5AV013)

65.00

Green XB5AVB3 (ZB5AVB3 + ZB5AV033)

Red XB5AVB4 (ZB5AVB4 + ZB5AV043)

Yellow XB5AVB5 (ZB5AVB5 + ZB5AV053)

Blue XB5AVB6 (ZB5AVB6 + ZB5AV063)

110–120 Vac

White XB5AVG1 (ZB5AVG1 + ZB5AV013)

65.00

Green XB5AVG3 (ZB5AVG3 + ZB5AV033)

Red XB5AVG4 (ZB5AVG4 + ZB5AV043)

Yellow XB5AVG5 (ZB5AVG5 + ZB5AV053)

Blue XB5AVG6 (ZB5AVG6 + ZB5AV063)

Table 19.107: Pilot Lights for BA9s Bulb (screw clamp terminal connections)

Shape of Head Supply Voltage Color Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

Direct supply, for BA9s (incandescent, LED, neon) V < 250 V, 2.4 W bulb (bulb not included) b

<250 Vac/dc

White XB5AV61 (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV01)

46.20

Green XB5AV63 (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV03)

Red XB5AV64 (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV04)

Yellow XB5AV65 (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV05)

Transformer type with 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included

110–120 Vac

50/60 Hz

White XB5AV31 (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV01)

106.00

Green XB5AV33 (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV03)

Red XB5AV34 (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV04)

Yellow XB5AV35 (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV05)

New!

XB5AW3465

XB5AW31B5

XB5AW3335

Table 19.108: Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) a

Shape of Head Description Type of Contact Supply Voltage Color of Push Catalog Number (Components) $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Flush

24 Vac/dc

White XB5AW31B5 (ZB5AW0B15 + ZB5AW313)

108.00

Green XB5AW33B5 (ZB5AW0B35 + ZB5AW333)

Red XB5AW34B5 (ZB5AW0B45 + ZB5AW343)

Yellow XB5AW35B5 (ZB5AW0B55 + ZB5AW353)

Blue XB5AW36B5 (ZB5AW0B65 + ZB5AW363)

110–120 Vac

White XB5AW31G5 (ZB5AW0G15 + ZB5AW313)

108.00

Green XB5AW33G5 (ZB5AW0G35 + ZB5AW333)

Red XB5AW34G5 (ZB5AW0G45 + ZB5AW343)

Yellow XB5AW35G5 (ZB5AW0G55 + ZB5AW353)

Blue XB5AW36G5 (ZB5AW0G65 + ZB5AW363)

Direct supply for

BA9s

2.4 W max. bulb

not included

11< 250 Vac/dc

White XB5AW3165 (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW31)

90.00

Green XB5AW3365 (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW33)

Red XB5AW3465 (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW34)

Yellow XB5AW3565 (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW35)

Transformer type

1.2 VA, 6 V

secondary.

BA9s

incandescent

bulb included

110–120 Vac

50/60 Hz

White XB5AW3135 (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW31)

148.00

Green XB5AW3335 (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW33)

Red XB5AW3435 (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW34)

Yellow XB5AW3535 (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW35)

230–240 Vac

50/60 Hz

White XB5AW3145 (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW31)

148.00

Green XB5AW3345 (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW33)

Red XB5AW3445 (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW34)

Yellow XB5AW3545 (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW35)

Extended

24 Vac/dc

White XB5AW11B5 (ZB5AW0B15 + ZB5AW113)

103.00

Green XB5AW13B5 (ZB5AW0B35 + ZB5AW133)

Red XB5AW14B5 (ZB5AW0B45 + ZB5AW143)

Yellow XB5AW15B5 (ZB5AW0B55 + ZB5AW153)

Blue XB5AW16B5 (ZB5AW0B65 + ZB5AW163)

110–120 Vac

White XB5AW11G5 (ZB5AW0G15 + ZB5AW113)

103.00

Green XB5AW13G5 (ZB5AW0G35 + ZB5AW133)

Red XB5AW14G5 (ZB5AW0G45 + ZB5AW143)

Yellow XB5AW15G5 (ZB5AW0G55 + ZB5AW153)

Blue XB5AW16G5 (ZB5AW0G65 + ZB5AW163)

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

New!

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aOrder color cap separately, see page 19-52.

bSix colored caps included with head (white, black, green, red, yellow, blue).

cFor legend ordering information see page 19-52.

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

ZB5AA0

ZB5AA5

ZB5AL3

ZB5AP1

ZB5CA2

Table 19.109: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Unmarked

Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Cap Catalog Number $ Price

Flush, without color cap a—ZB5AA0 11.00

Flush, with set of 6 color caps 6 colors bZB5AA9 13.00

Flush

White ZB5AA1

13.00

Black ZB5AA2

Green ZB5AA3

Red ZB5AA4

Yellow ZB5AA5

Blue ZB5AA6

Gray ZB5AA8

Flush with transparent cap,

for insertion of legend c

White ZB5AA18

16.00

Green ZB5AA38

Red ZB5AA48

Yellow ZB5AA58

Blue ZB5AA68

Extended

White ZB5AL1

13.00

Black ZB5AL2

Green ZB5AL3

Red ZB5AL4

Yellow ZB5AL5

Blue ZB5AL6

Booted (clear)

Color of cap unobscured

White ZB5AP1

25.80

Black ZB5AP2

Green ZB5AP3

Red ZB5AP4

Yellow ZB5AP5

Blue ZB5AP6

Booted (clear)

for insertion of legend c

Color of cap unobscured

White ZB5AP18

29.00

Green ZB5AP38

Red ZB5AP48

Yellow ZB5AP58

Blue ZB5AP68

Flush Plunger

(with high guard)

White ZB5AA14

32.20

Black ZB5AA24

Green ZB5AA34

Red ZB5AA44

Yellow ZB5AA54

Blue ZB5AA64

Flush

White ZB5CA1

27.00

Black ZB5CA2

Green ZB5CA3

Red ZB5CA4

Yellow ZB5CA5

Blue ZB5CA6

Extended

White ZB5CL1

27.00

Black ZB5CL2

Green ZB5CL3

Red ZB5CL4

Yellow ZB5CL5

Blue ZB5CL6

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aCap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions:

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

ZB5AA331

ZB5AA432

ZB5AL232

Table 19.110: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Premarked

Shape of Head Type of Push Marking Color of Cap Catalog Number $ Price

Text Color

Flush

IWhite Green ZB5AA331

18.60

Black White ZB5AA131

START White Green ZB5AA333

Black White ZB5AA133

ON White Green ZB5AA341

Black White ZB5AA141

TWhite Green ZB5AA345

OWhite Red ZB5AA432

Black ZB5AA232

STOP White Red ZB5AA434

Black ZB5AA234

OFF White Red ZB5AA435

Black ZB5AA235

UP Black White ZB5AA343

DOWN White Black ZB5AA344

aBlack White ZB5AA334

White Black ZB5AA335

Extended

OWhite Red ZB5AL432

18.60

Black ZB5AL232

STOP White Red ZB5AL434

Black ZB5AL234

OFF White Red ZB5AL435

Black ZB5AL235

Flush

IWhite Green ZB5CA331 32.00

OWhite Red ZB5CA432 32.00

ZB5AC24

ZB5AC2

ZB5AR4

Table 19.111: Mushroom Heads, Momentary

Shape of Head Diameter of Head Color of Head Catalog Number $ Price

30 mm

Black ZB5AC24

29.40

Green ZB5AC34

Red ZB5AC44

Ye l l o w ZB5AC54

Blue ZB5AC64

40 mm

Black ZB5AC2

29.40

Green ZB5AC3

Red ZB5AC4

Ye l l o w ZB5AC5

Blue ZB5AC6

60 mm

Black ZB5AR2

35.00

Green ZB5AR3

Red ZB5AR4

Ye l l o w ZB5AR5

Blue ZB5AR6

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

ZB5AH04

Table 19.112: Non-Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators

Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Push Catalog Number $ Price

Flush

White ZB5AH01

17.60

Black ZB5AH02

Green ZB5AH03

Red ZB5AH04

Ye l l o w ZB5AH05

Blue ZB5AH06

Extended

White ZB5AH1

17.60

Black ZB5AH2

Green ZB5AH3

Red ZB5AH4

Ye l l o w ZB5AH5

Blue ZB5AH6

Flush

White ZB5CH01

35.20

Black ZB5CH02

Green ZB5CH03

Red ZB5CH04

Ye l l o w ZB5CH05

Blue ZB5CH06

ZB5AL8334

ZB5AL8434

ZB5AL9334

Table 19.113: Two Head Operators, Momentary

Shape of Head Description Color of Pushers Degree of Protection Catalog Number $ Price

No Marking

Two flush

Green

Red

IP40 ZB5AA8134 20.80

IP66 ZB5AA9134 37.20

White

Black

IP40 ZB5AA8112 20.80

IP66 ZB5AA9112 37.20

One flush

One extended

Green

Red

IP40 ZB5AL8334 20.80

IP66 ZB5AL9334 37.20

White

Black

IP40 ZB5AL8312 20.80

IP66 ZB5AL9312 37.20

Premarked

Two f l ush

(marked “I”)

(marked “O”)

Green

Red

IP40 ZB5AA8234 24.80

IP66 ZB5AA9234 41.40

White

Black

IP40 ZB5AA8212 24.80

IP66 ZB5AA9212 41.40

One flush

(marked “I”)

One extended

(marked “O”)

Green

Red

IP40 ZB5AL8434 24.80

IP66 ZB5AL9434 41.40

White

Black

IP40 ZB5AL8412 24.80

IP66 ZB5AL9412 41.40

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Emergency Stop Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aOther key numbers:

—key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number.

—key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number.

—key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number.

—key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number.

Example: The catalog number for a Ø 40 mm red mushroom head for a trigger action, maintained push button, with release by

key no. 421E becomes: ZB5AS94412.

bTrigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator.

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

ZB5AS844

ZB5AS934

ZB5AT4

ZB5AS54

ZB5AS64

Table 19.114: Mushroom Heads for Maintained Push Buttons

Shape of Head Type of Push Diameter of Head Color Catalog Number $ Price

Trigger action

Push-pull b40 mm Red ZB5AT84 54.00

Trigger action

Turn-to-release b

30 mm Red ZB5AS834 112.00

40 mm Red ZB5AS844 112.00

Trigger action

Key release

(No. 455) b

30 mm Red ZB5AS934 112.00

40 mm Red ZB5AS944 a112.00

60 mm Red ZB5AS964 112.00

Push-pull

30 mm Black ZB5AT24 40.40

Red ZB5AT44

40 mm Black ZB5AT2 40.40

Red ZB5AT4

60 mm Black ZB5AX2 46.00

Red ZB5AX4

Turn-to-release

30 mm Black ZB5AS42 78.00

Red ZB5AS44

40 mm

Black ZB5AS52

78.00Red ZB5AS54

Yellow ZB5AS55

60 mm Black ZB5AS62 90.00

Red ZB5AS64

Key release

(No. 455)

30 mm Black ZB5AS72 112.00

Red ZB5AS74

40 mm Black ZB5AS12 112.00

Red ZB5AS14 a

60 mm Black ZB5AS22 112.00

Red ZB5AS24

ZBY9330

Table 19.115: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom Heads (yellow background)

Diameter Text Catalog Number $ Price

60 mm Blank ZBY9101

3.40

EMERGENCY STOP ZBY9330

90 mm Blank ZBY8101

EMERGENCY STOP ZBY8330

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Selector Switches

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor colored lever, add the following code to the end of catalog number: 01—white, 03—green, 04—red, 05—yellow, 06—blue (Example: ZB5AD204).

Note: The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s).

bOther key numbers:

—key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number.

—key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number.

—key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number.

—key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number.

—key no. 8D1: add the suffix D to the catalog number.

Example: The catalog number for a head with key no. 421E for a 2 position maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal from the left-hand

position, becomes: ZB5AG212

ZB5AD•

Standard Lever

ZB5AJX•

Extended Lever

Table 19.116: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches

Color Number and Type of Positions

Standard Lever aExtended Lever

$ Price

Catalog Number

Black 2-maintained ZB5AD2 ZB5AJ2 24.00

Black 2-momentary from

right to left ZB5AD4 ZB5AJ4 29.40

Black 3-maintained ZB5AD3 ZB5AJ3 24.00

Black 3-momentary to center ZB5AD5 ZB5AJ5 29.40

Black 3-momentary from

left to center ZB5AD7 ZB5AJ7 29.40

Black 3-momentary from

right to center ZB5AD8 ZB5AJ8 29.40

New!

ZB5AG•

Table 19.117: Non-Illuminated Key Switches

Shape of Head Type of Operator Number and Type of Positions Catalog Number b$ Price

Key (No. 455)

2-maintained

ZB5AG2

90.00

ZB5AG4

ZB5AG02

2-momentary from

right to left ZB5AG6

3-maintained

ZB5AG0

ZB5AG3

ZB5AG5

ZB5AG9

ZB5AG09

3-momentary from

left to center ZB5AG1

116.00

3-momentary to center ZB5AG7

3-momentary from right to

center

ZB5AG8

ZB5AG08

New!

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

Table 19.118: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies

Unit Type Selector Switches

2-position 3-position

Operator Plunger Position

Down

Contact Block Location L C R L C R L C R L C R L C R

Contacts N/O OOOXXXXXOOOOOXX

N/C XXXOOOOOXXXXXOO

Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed

315° 45° 315° 0° 45°

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Specialty Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aDo not use standard contact blocks ZBE10• (single) or ZBE20• (double)

bUR E191025, XHNR2 and XHNR8.

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

Table 19.119: Reset Operators

Shape of Head Actuation Distance Text Color Catalog Number $ Price

IN mm

Flush Adjustable Shaft

0.67–4.72 17–120

Without

Green XB5AA831

34.20Red XB5AA841

Blue XB5AA861

ORedXB5AA84101 41.40

RBlueXB5AA86102 41.40

4.72–10.12 120–257

Without

Green XB5AA832

39.40Red XB5AA842

Blue XB5AA862

ORedXB5AA84201 45.60

RBlueXB5AA86202 45.60

Extended

0.67–4.72 17–120 O Red XB5AL84101 41.40

4.72–10.12 120–257 O Red XB5AL84201 45.60

Table 19.120: Potentiometer Operator (with Mounting Collar)

Shape of Head Description Application Catalog Number $ Price

For potentiometer with

shaft length 1.73 to 1.97 in.

(44 to 50 mm)

(potentiometer not included)

For shaft Ø 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) ZB5AD922

142.00

For shaft Ø 0.24 in. (6 mm) ZB5AD912

Table 19.121: Joystick (54 mm, Extended Operating Shaft) a

Description Contact Operation Action Catalog Number $ Price

2 direction 1 step 1 N.O. contact

per direction

Maintained XD5PA12

250.00

Momentary XD5PA22

4 direction 1 step 1 N.O. contact

per direction

Maintained XD5PA14

316.00

Momentary XD5PA24

Table 19.122: Legends for Joystick

Description For use with Catalog Number $ Price

Legends

30 x 48 mm for engraving 2 direction

Black one side

Red reverse ZBG2201

3.40

White one side

Ye l l o w r e v e r s e ZBG2401

Legends

48 x 48 mm for engraving 4 direction

Black one side

Red reverse ZBG4201

White one side

Ye l l o w r e v e r s e ZBG4401

Table 19.123: Hour Counters b

Characteristics Supply Voltage Catalog Number $ Price

Indication 0–9999.9

12–24 Vdc or Vac, 50/60 Hz XB5DSB

348.00120 Vac, 60 Hz XB5DSG

230–240 Vac, 50 Hz XB5DSM

Table 19.124: Buzzer b

Characteristics Supply Voltage Catalog Number $ Price

85 db buzzer:4kHz, continuous or intermittent

(IP40 NEMA 1)

24 Vdc or Vac, 50/60 Hz XB5KSB

166.00120 Vac, 60 Hz XB5KSG

230–240 Vac, 50 Hz XB5KSM

Table 19.125: Two Position Toggle Switch

Shape of Head Color Type of Positions Catalog Number $ Price

Black Maintained ZB5AD28

46.60

Black Momentary ZB5AD48

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

XB5AA

XD5PA12

XB5DS•

XB5KS•

ZB5AD28

IDiscount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Pilot Lights

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor use in bright ambient conditions (i.e., sunlight).

bOrder bulb separately; see page 19-32. For BA9 LED, see page 19-120.

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

ZB5AV053

ZB5AV01

ZB5CV063

Table 19.126: Pilot Light Heads

Shape of Head For use with Body Comprising Light Module Type Color of Lens Catalog Number $ Price

Protected LED® only

White ZB5AV013

7.60

Green ZB5AV033

Red ZB5AV043

Yellow ZB5AV053

Blue ZB5AV063

Protected LED only Fresnel (jeweled) lens a

White ZB5AV013S

7.60

Green ZB5AV033S

Red ZB5AV043S

Amber ZB5AV053S

Blue ZB5AV063S

For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED only b

White ZB5AV01

7.60

Green ZB5AV03

Red ZB5AV04

Yellow ZB5AV05

Blue ZB5AV06

Clear ZB5AV07

For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED Fresnel (jeweled)

lens b

White ZB5AV01S

7.60

Green ZB5AV03S

Red ZB5AV04S

Amber ZB5AV05S

Blue ZB5AV06S

Clear ZB5AV07S

Protected LED only

White ZB5CV013

27.00

Green ZB5CV033

Red ZB5CV043

Yellow ZB5CV053

Blue ZB5CV063

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Pilot Lights

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aOrder bulb separately, see page 19-53.

bFor Quick-Connect version, add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB5AVJ13 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110").

cFor 240 V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: ZB5AVB1 (24V) to ZB5AVM1 (240V))

ZB5AV6

ZB5AV3

Table 19.127: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module for BA9s Incandescent Bulb, Neon or LED)

Description Light Source Supply Voltage (V) Catalog Number $ Price

Screw clamp terminal connections

Direct supply BA9s bulb 2.4 W max.

Not included a<250 ZB5AV6 38.60

Direct supply BA9s incandescent

bulb included 24 V 2 W ZB5AV624 49.20

Direct supply BA9s incandescent

bulb included 120 V 2.4 W ZB5AV6120 49.20

Transformer type

1.2 VA, 6 V secondary

BA9s incandescent

bulb included

110–120 Vac

50/60 Hz ZB5AV3

98.00

230–240 Vac

50/60 Hz ZB5AV4

400–50 Hz ZB5AV5

440–480 Vac

60 Hz ZB5AV8

550–600 Vac

60 Hz ZB5AV9

ZB5AV••

Table 19.128: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module with Protected LED®) bc

Light Source Supply Voltage Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price

Screw clamp terminal connections

12 Vac/dc

White ZB5AVJ1

57.00

Green ZB5AVJ3

Red ZB5AVJ4

Yellow ZB5AVJ5

Blue ZB5AVJ6

24 Vac/dc

White ZB5AVB1

57.00

Green ZB5AVB3

Red ZB5AVB4

Yellow ZB5AVB5

Blue ZB5AVB6

24–120 Vac/dc

White ZB5AVBG1

57.00

Green ZB5AVBG3

Red ZB5AVBG4

Yellow ZB5AVBG5

Blue ZB5AVBG6

110–120 Vac

White ZB5AVG1

57.00

Green ZB5AVG3

Red ZB5AVG4

Yellow ZB5AVG5

Blue ZB5AVG6

Flashing

24 Vac/dc

White ZB5AV18B1

66.00

Green ZB5AV18B3

Red ZB5AV18B4

Yellow ZB5AV18B5

Blue ZB5AV18B6

110–120 Vac

White ZB5AV18G1

66.00

Green ZB5AV18G3

Red ZB5AV18G4

Yellow ZB5AV18G5

Blue ZB5AV18G6

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

New!

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Illuminated Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

ZB5AW313

ZB5AW363

ZB5AW143

ZB5CW313

ZB5AW33

Table 19.129: Heads for Momentary Illuminated Push Buttons

Shape of Head Type of Push Color Catalog Number $ Price

Only use with Protected LED® light modules

Flush

White ZB5AW313

18.60

Green ZB5AW333

Red ZB5AW343

Yellow ZB5AW353

Blue ZB5AW363

Flush with clear boot

White ZB5AW513

31.00

Green ZB5AW533

Red ZB5AW543

Yellow ZB5AW553

Blue ZB5AW563

Flush for insertion of legend

White ZB5AA18

16.00

Green ZB5AA38

Red ZB5AA48

Yellow ZB5AA58

Blue ZB5AA68

Extended

White ZB5AW113

13.00

Green ZB5AW133

Red ZB5AW143

Yellow ZB5AW153

Blue ZB5AW163

Flush for insertion of legend

White ZB5CW313

27.00

Green ZB5CW333

Red ZB5CW343

Yellow ZB5CW353

Blue ZB5CW363

Extended

White ZB5CW113

27.00

Green ZB5CW133

Red ZB5CW143

Yellow ZB5CW153

Blue ZB5CW163

Only use with light modules for a BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED

Flush

White ZB5AW31

18.60

Green ZB5AW33

Red ZB5AW34

Yellow ZB5AW35

Blue ZB5AW36

Clear ZB5AW37

Extended

White ZB5AW11

13.00

Green ZB5AW13

Red ZB5AW14

Yellow ZB5AW15

Blue ZB5AW16

Clear ZB5AW17

Table 19.130: Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators

Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Lens Catalog Number $ Price

Only use with Protected LED light modules

Flush

White ZB5AH013

24.80

Green ZB5AH033

Red ZB5AH043

Yellow ZB5AH053

Blue ZB5AH063

Extended

White ZB5AH13

19.60

Green ZB5AH33

Red ZB5AH43

Yellow ZB5AH53

Blue ZB5AH63

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Illuminated Operators

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor IP66 degree of protection, install clear sealing boot ZBW008, see page 19-54.

bDesignate color as follows: 1—white, 3—green, 4—red, 5—yellow, 6—blue

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-50 to 19-52

ZB5AW833743

ZB5AW823743

ZB5AW843743

Table 19.131: Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary (IP40) a

Shape of Head Description Color of Pushers Catalog Number $ Price

Only use with Protected LED® light modules (Protected LED determines pilot light color)

1 flush

1 central pilot light

1 flush

Black ZB5AW812743

29.00

Red

Green ZB5AW813743

Red

White ZB5AW811723

Black

1 flush

1 central pilot light

1 extended

Black ZB5AW832743

29.00

Red

Green ZB5AW833743

Red

White ZB5AW831723

Black

Only use with Protected LED light modules (Protected LED determines pilot light color)—premarked

1 flush

(marked “I”)

1 central pilot light

1 flush

(marked “O”)

Black ZB5AW822743

33.20

Red

Green ZB5AW823743

Red

White ZB5AW821723

Black

1 flush

(marked “I”)

1 central pilot light

1 extended

(marked “O”)

Black ZB5AW842743

33.20

Red

Green ZB5AW843743

Red

White ZB5AW841723

Black

ZB5AW7•

Table 19.132: Heads for Maintained Illuminated Push Buttons

Shape of Head Type of Push Color Catalog Number $ Price

Only use with Protected LED light modules

Turn-to-Release Mushroom (40 mm)

White ZB5AW713

63.00

Green ZB5AW733

Red ZB5AW743

Yellow ZB5AW753

Blue ZB5AW763

ZB5AK1213

ZB5AK1463

Table 19.133: Illuminated Selector Switches, Standard Lever

Shape of Head Number and Type of Positions Catalog Number b$ Price

Only use with Protected LED light modules

2-maintained ZB5AK12b335.00

2-momentary from right to left ZB5AK14b351.00

3-maintained ZB5AK13b335.00

3-momentary to center ZB5AK15b351.00

3-momentary from right to center ZB5AK18b351.00

3-momentary from left to center ZB5AK17b351.00

Table 19.134: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies

Unit Type Selector Switches

2-position 3-position

Operator Plunger Position

Down

Contact Block Location L C R L C R L C R L C R L C R

Contacts N/O OOOXXXXXOOOOOX X

N/C XXXOOOOOXXXXXOO

Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed

New!

315° 45° 315° 0° 45°

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Electrical Components

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB5AZ1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110").

bFor Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZB5AZ1029).

cElectrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more information.

dElectrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more information.

eFor 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: change “ZB5AW0B11 (24V) to ZB5AW0M11 (240V))

fCan be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-49.

gOrder bulb separately, see page 19-53.

ZB5AZ101

Table 19.135: Contact Blocks (Mounting Collar with Contact Blocks) abcd

Description Type of Contact Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Screw clamp terminal connections

1—ZB5AZ101 22.00

—1ZB5AZ102 22.00

2—ZB5AZ103 38.20

—2ZB5AZ104 38.20

11ZB5AZ105 38.20

12ZB5AZ141 55.00

ZB5AW0••1

Table 19.136: Complete Bodies

(Mounting Collar + Single Contact Block + Light Module with Protected LED®)

Light Source

Type of Contact

Color

Supply Voltage e

$ Price

N.O. N.C. 24 Vac/dc 110–120 Vac

Catalog Number

Screw clamp terminal connections

1—

White ZB5AW0B11 ZB5AW0G11

73.00

Green ZB5AW0B31 ZB5AW0G31

Red ZB5AW0B41 ZB5AW0G41

Yellow ZB5AW0B51 ZB5AW0G51

Blue ZB5AW0B61 ZB5AW0G61

—1

White ZB5AW0B12 ZB5AW0G12

73.00

Green ZB5AW0B32 ZB5AW0G32

Red ZB5AW0B42 ZB5AW0G42

Yellow ZB5AW0B52 ZB5AW0G52

Blue ZB5AW0B62 ZB5AW0G62

2—

White ZB5AW0B13 ZB5AW0G13

90.00

Green ZB5AW0B33 ZB5AW0G33

Red ZB5AW0B43 ZB5AW0G43

Yellow ZB5AW0B53 ZB5AW0G53

Blue ZB5AW0B63 ZB5AW0G63

White ZB5AW0B15 ZB5AW0G15

90.00

Green ZB5AW0B35 ZB5AW0G35

Red ZB5AW0B45 ZB5AW0G45

Yellow ZB5AW0B55 ZB5AW0G55

Blue ZB5AW0B65 ZB5AW0G65

New!

Table 19.137: Mounting Collar, Contact Block and Light Module (with screw clamp terminal connections) f

Supply Light Source Supply Voltage Type of Contact fColor of Light

Source Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Screw clamp terminal connections

Direct supply

BA9s

2.4 W max. bulb

Not included g

< 250 Vac/dc

1— — ZB5AW061 55.00

—1 — ZB5AW062 55.00

2— — ZB5AW063 71.00

11 — ZB5AW065 71.00

Transformer type

1.2 VA, 6 V

secondary

BA9s

incandescent

bulb included

110–120 Vac

50/60 Hz

1— — ZB5AW031 114.00

11 — ZB5AW035 130.00

230–240 Vac

50/60 Hz

1— — ZB5AW041 114.00

11 — ZB5AW045 130.00

440–480 Vac

60 Hz

1— — ZB5AW081 114.00

11 — ZB5AW085 130.00

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZB5AW065

ZB5AW035

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Electrical Components

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1013) (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110").

bFor Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1029).

cCannot stack additional contact blocks onto these blocks.

dElectrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details.

eElectrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details.

ZB5AZ009

Table 19.138: Body/Mounting Collar

For use with Catalog Number $ Price

Electrical block (contact or light module) ZB5AZ009 5.40

ZBE101

ZBE203

Table 19.139: Add-On Contact Block (with screw clamp terminal connections) de

Description Type of Contact Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Standard single

contact blocksab

1—ZBE101 16.40

—1ZBE102 16.40

Standard double

contact blocksab

2—ZBE203 33.20

—2ZBE204 33.20

11ZBE205 33.20

Special contact blocks

(for low power switching

and dust protected) c

1—ZBE1016 32.80

—1ZBE1026 32.80

ZBVB•

Table 19.140: Light Modules (with screw clamp terminal connections)de

Description Supply Voltage Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price

12 Vac/dc

White ZBVJ1

52.00

Green ZBVJ3

Red ZBVJ4

Yellow ZBVJ5

Blue ZBVJ6

24 Vac/dc

White ZBVB1

52.00

Green ZBVB3

Red ZBVB4

Yellow ZBVB5

Blue ZBVB6

110–120 Vac

White ZBVG1

52.00

Green ZBVG3

Red ZBVG4

Yellow ZBVG5

Blue ZBVG6

24–120 Vac/dc

White ZBVBG1

52.00

Green ZBVBG3

Red ZBVBG4

Yellow ZBVBG5

Blue ZBVBG6

230–240 Vac

White ZBVM1

52.00

Green ZBVM3

Red ZBVM4

Yellow ZBVM5

Blue ZBVM6

Direct supply for BA9s

2.4 W max. bulb

Not included

See page 19-53

< 250 Vac/dc — ZBV6 33.20

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

New!

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Legend Holders

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor legends, see page 19-51.

bStart functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above).

cFor custom legends, please see page 19-51

ZBZ32

ZBY•101

ZBY2303

Table 19.141: Standard (30 x 40 mm) Legend Holders for 8 x 27 mm Legends

Description Legend Catalog Number $ Price

Color Text

Without legend insert a—— ZBZ32 2.00

With blank legend insert

(for engraving)

Black or red background — ZBY2101 3.40

White or yellow background — ZBY4101

Custom legend plate and insert

(specify engraving)

2 lines of 11 characters

(including spaces)

maximum per line

Black background White ZBY2002

14.20

Red background White ZBY2004

White background Black ZBY4001

Yellow background Black ZBY4005

With international language marked

legend Black or red backgroundb

O (black background) ZBY2146

3.40

O (red background) ZBY2931

IZBY2147

II ZBY2148

O-I ZBY2178

I-II ZBY2179

I-O-II ZBY2186

With English language

marked legend Black or red backgroundb

AUTO ZBY2115

3.40

AUTO-HAND ZBY2364

AUTO-O-HAND ZBY2385

CLOSE ZBY2314

DOWN ZBY2308

EMERGENCY STOP ZBY2330

FAST ZBY2328

FORWARD ZBY2305

FOR-REV ZBY2371

HAND ZBY2316

HAND-OFF-AUTO ZBY2387

INCH ZBY2321

JOG ZBY2382

LEFT ZBY2310

OFF ZBY2312

OFF-ON ZBY2367

ON ZBY2311

OPEN ZBY2313

POWER ON ZBY2326

RESET (red background) ZBY2323

RESET (black background) ZBY2322

REVERSE ZBY2306

RIGHT ZBY2309

RUN ZBY2334

SLOW ZBY2327

START ZBY2303

STOP ZBY2304

STOP-START ZBY2366

UP ZBY2307

ZBZ33 ZBY610•

Table 19.142: Large (30 x 50 mm) Legend Holders for 18 x 27 mm Legends

Description cFor use with Color Catalog Number $ Price

Without legend insert Circular and square heads — ZBZ33 2.00

With blank legend insert Circular and square heads Black or red background ZBY6101 3.40

White or yellow background ZBY6102

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Legends, Inserts Only

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aStart functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above).

ZBY02178

ZBY02303

Table 19.143: Marked Legends for 8 x 27 mm (for 30 x 40 mm legend holders ZBZ32)

Color Marking Text Catalog Number $ Price

Black or red backgrounda

International

O (black background) ZBY02146

1.70

O (red background) ZBY02931

IZBY02147

II ZBY02148

O-I ZBY02178

I-II ZBY02179

I-O-II ZBY02186

English

AUTO ZBY02115

1.70

AUTO-HAND ZBY02364

AUTO-O-HAND ZBY02385

CLOSE ZBY02314

DOWN ZBY02308

EMERGENCY STOP ZBY02330

FAST ZBY02328

FORWARD ZBY02305

FOR-REV ZBY02371

HAND ZBY02316

HAND-OFF-AUTO ZBY02387

INCH ZBY02321

JOG ZBY02382

LEFT ZBY02310

OFF ZBY02312

OFF-ON ZBY02367

ON ZBY02311

OPEN ZBY02313

POWER ON ZBY02326

RESET (red background) ZBY02323

RESET (black background) ZBY02322

REVERSE ZBY02306

RIGHT ZBY02309

RUN ZBY02334

SLOW ZBY02327

START ZBY02303

STOP ZBY02304

STOP-START ZBY02366

UP ZBY02307

Table 19.144: Legends for Customer Engraving (inserts only)

Description For use with Color Catalog Number $ Price

8 x 27 mm 30 x 40 mm legend holders Black or red background ZBY0101

1.70

White or yellow background ZBY0102

18 x 27 mm 30 x 50 mm legend holders Black or red background ZBY5101

White or yellow background ZBY5102

Table 19.145: Legends for Factory Engraving (inserts only)

Description For use with Color Text Catalog Number $ Price

8 x 27 mm

Custom legend/insert only

(specify engraving)

2 lines of 11 characters

(including spaces)

maximum per line

Example: ZBY01002 marked

“Robot”

30 x 40 mm legend holders

Black background White ZBY01002

12.20

Red background White ZBY01004

White background Black ZBY01001

Yellow background Black ZBY01005

18 x 27 mm

Custom legend/insert only

(specify engraving)

3 lines of 11 characters

(including spaces)

maximum per line

Example: ZBY05002 marked

“Robot”

30 x 50 mm legend holders

Black background White ZBY05002

12.20

Red background White ZBY05004

White background Black ZBY05001

Yellow background Black ZBY05005

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aSet of 6 different colored caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue.

bDouble injection molded marking.

cCap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions:

Table 19.146: Sheets of Legends for Push Buttons, Switches, and Pilot Lights

Description Marking Text Catalog Number $ Price

Sheets of 66 circular

peel-off transparent self-

adhesive legends

Blank–Round ZBY1101 6.20

Blank–Square legends ZBCY1101 6.20

International

OZBY1146

10.40

IZBY1147

II ZBY1148

III ZBY1149

STOP ZBY1304

ZBY1912

English

HAND ZBY1316

10.40

OFF ZBY1312

ON ZBY1311

START ZBY1303

SiS Label Software Legend Design Software: English, French, German, Spanish, Italian XBY2U 108.00

Table 19.147: Push Button Caps—Unmarked

For use with Type of Push Color Catalog Number $ Price

ZB5AA0 push button heads

Flush

White ZBA1

2.00

Black ZBA2

Green ZBA3

Red ZBA4

Ye l l o w ZBA5

Blue ZBA6

6 colors aZBA9 4.20

Extended

White ZBL1

2.00

Black ZBL2

Green ZBL3

Red ZBL4

Ye l l o w ZBL5

Blue ZBL6

6 colors aZBL9 4.20

Table 19.148: Push Button Caps—Marked

For use with Type of Push Marking Color of Cap Catalog Number $ Price

Text Color

ZB5AA0

push button heads Flush

I bWhite Green ZBA331

4.20

Black White ZBA131

START bWhite Green ZBA333

Black White ZBA133

ON White Green ZBA341

Black White ZBA141

UP bBlack White ZBA343

DOWNbWhite Black ZBA344

White Green ZBA345

White Black ZBA245

White Green ZBA346

Black White ZBA334c

White Black ZBA335c

ObWhite Red ZBA432

Black ZBA232

STOPbWhite Red ZBA434

Black ZBA234

OFF White Red ZBA435

Black ZBA235

RbWhite Blue ZBA639

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZBY1101

ZBA•

ZBL•

ZBA•33

IDiscount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aMounting nut included with blanking plug.

bStandard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends ZBY• •T listed above.

cOnly when mounted on control stations. Use special legends ZBY• •T.

ZBZ160•

ZB4SZ3 ZB5SZ3

ZB4BZ6•

Ø 8 mm maximum

Ø 6 mm minimum

ZBZ3605

Table 19.149: Accessories

Description Application Color Catalog Number $ Price

Padlocking kit

Conforming to EN 418/ISO 13850 b

(See legends below)

For Emergency Stop function only, with the following

Ø40 mm trigger-action push buttons:

XB5AT8•

XB5AS8•

XB5AS9•

ZB5AT8•

ZB5AS8•

ZB5AS9•

Yellow ZBZ3605 108.00

Metal guards

Padlockable

For Emergency stop function only with the following

Ø40 mm trigger-action push buttons:

XB5AT8•

XB5AS8•

XB5AS9•

ZB5AT8•

ZB5AS8•

ZB5AS9•

Chromium Plated ZBZ1600

108.00

Black ZBZ1602

Red ZBZ1604

Yellow ZBZ1605

Blue ZBZ1606

Plastic guards

Round Guard for ZB5AS5430

EMO Mushroom Operators Yellow ZB4BZ1905

25.80

Narrow Flange Guard for ZB5AS5430 or ZB5AS84430

EMO Mushroom Operators Yellow ZB4BZ2005

Trigger Action Guard for ZB5AS84430

EMO Mushroom Operators Yellow ZB4BZ2105

Padlockable flaps For push buttons Black ZB4BZ62 32.80

Red ZB4BZ64

Plastic blanking plug, roundaFor Ø22 mm units with round heads Black ZB5SZ3 11.00

Plastic blanking plug, squareaFor Ø22 mm units with square heads Black ZB5SZ5 11.00

Square insert To give square appearance to ZB5A round heads Black ZB5AZ31 2.00

Mounting nut Operator — ZB5AZ901 4.40

Tool For tightening mounting nut ZB5AZ901 — ZB5AZ905 12.40

Plate Anti-rotation of head — ZB5AZ902 2.00

Description Marking Color Catalog Number $ Price

Ø60 mm Legend

for padlocking device ZBZ3605

Without Yellow ZBY9101T 3.40

EMERGENCY STOP Yellow ZBY9330T

New!

DLCE••• DL1CF•••

XBFX13 ZBZ8

Table 19.150: BA9s Bulbs and Associated Accessories

Description Characteristics Catalog Number $ Price

Replacement bulbs

(Type BA9s)

Incandescent

6 V, 1.2 W DL1CB006

11.00

12 V, 2 W DL1CE012

24 V, 2 W DL1CE024

120–130 V, 2.4 W DL1CE130

Neon bulbs 120–130 V DL1CF110 15.20

230–240 V DL1CF220

Bulb extractor — XBFX13 11.00

Lens cap tightening tool Illuminated push buttons with flush push ZBZ8 6.20

Power driver bits for mounting and wiring

(package of 5) Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1) ZB4BZ905 52.00

Mounting Adapter For mounting 22 mm push button in 30 mm knockout ZBZ41 10.40

ZBZ•8

Table 19.151: Bellows Seals for Harsh Environments (IP 69K) c

Description For use with Color &

Material

Sold in

Lots of Catalog Number $ Price

Bellows Seals for harsh environments

(Humidity, dust, high-pressure cleaning)

XB5 plastic mushroom head push button c,

Ø40 mm or Ø60 mm (except ZB4BR•16)

Red 2ZBZ48

12.40

Silicone

Black 2ZBZ28

EPDM

New!

ZBG455

ZBG455P

Table 19.152: Replacement Keys

Description Key Number Catalog Number $ Price

Set of 2 keys

455 ZBG455

11.00

421E ZBG421E

458A ZBG458A

520E ZBG520E

3131A ZBG3131A

Set of 2 keys,

One of which is supplied booted (rubber boot)

455 ZBG455P

23.40

421E ZBG421EP

458A ZBG458AP

520E ZBG520EP

3131A ZBG3131AP

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

New!

IDiscount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

ZBP0

ZBW008

ZBV01•3

ZBV01•

Table 19.153: Clear Boots

Description For use with Material Catalog Number $ Price

Single boots

Booted push buttons with circular head Neoprene ZBP0 12.40

Booted push buttons with circular head used in food

industry applications Silicone ZBP0A 12.40

Double boots

Double-headed push buttons, with or without pilot light Neoprene ZBW008 32.80

Double-headed push buttons used in food industry

applications Silicone ZBW008A 32.80

Table 19.154: Lens Caps

For use with Color Catalog Number $ Price

Lens caps for Protected LED® light modules

Pilot lights

White ZBV0113

5.40

Green ZBV0133

Red ZBV0143

Ye l l o w ZBV0153

Blue ZBV0163

Illuminated push buttons with flush push

White ZBW9113

5.40

Green ZBW9133

Red ZBW9143

Ye l l o w ZBW9153

Blue ZBW9163

Illuminated push buttons with extended push

White ZBW9313

5.40

Green ZBW9333

Red ZBW9343

Ye l l o w ZBW9353

Blue ZBW9363

Circular lens caps for BA9s light modules

Pilot lights

White ZBV011

5.40

Green ZBV013

Red ZBV014

Ye l l o w ZBV015

Blue ZBV016

Clear ZBV017

Illuminated push buttons with flush push

White ZBW911

5.40

Green ZBW913

Red ZBW914

Ye l l o w ZBW915

Blue ZBW916

Clear ZBW917

Illuminated push buttons with extended push

White ZBW931

5.40

Green ZBW933

Red ZBW934

Ye l l o w ZBW935

Blue ZBW936

Clear ZBW937

Square lens caps for Protected LED light modules (ZB5C operators only)

Pilot lights White ZBCV0113

9.40

Green ZBCV0133

Red ZBCV0143

Ye l l o w ZBCV0153

Blue ZBCV0163

Illuminated push buttons with flush push White ZBCW9113

9.40

Green ZBCW9133

Red ZBCW9143

Ye l l o w ZBCW9153

Blue ZBCW9163

Illuminated push buttons with extended push White ZBCW9313

9.40

Green ZBCW9333

Red ZBCW9343

Ye l l o w ZBCW9353

Blue ZBCW9363

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.155: Electrical characteristics

Rated operational characteristics a AC-15 3 A, 240 V

c DC-13 0.55 A, 125 V

Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC 947-1 V Ui = 250 degree of pollution 3 (except pilot lights with incandescent bulb: degree of pollution 2)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Conforming to IEC 947-1 kV Uimp = 2.5

Contact material Normal environment and usage Silver alloy

Contact operation N/C or N/O Slow break

Positive operation Conforming to IEC 947-5-2 N N/C contact(s) with positive opening operation

Short-circuit protection Conforming to IEC 947-5-1 A Cartridge fuse mounted upstream: 10

Cabling capacity Conforming to IEC 947-1 mm2

mm2

Screw clamp terminals (cross headed or slotted screw)

Minimum: 1 x 0.22

Maximum: 2 x 1.5

Recommended tightening torque: 0.8 N.m

Thermal current lth A 10

Maximum operation current

AC supply:

utilization category AC-15

Contact making capacity

120

7200

240

7200

480

7200

600

7200

Breaking capacity

120

720

240

720

480

1.5

720

600

1.2

720

DC supply:

utilization category DC-13 V

Contact making capacity and breaking capacity

125

0.55

250

0.27

600

0.1

Table 19.156: Environment

Conforming to standards IEC 947-1, IEC 947-5-1, IEC 947-5-4, EN 60947-5-1, JIS C 4520 and 852, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14

Product certifications UL508, NEMA A600-Q600

Protective treatment standard version TC

Ambient air temperature around the

device

Storage °C - 40 to + 70

Operation °C - 25 to + 70

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 68-2-6 gn Frequency: 2 to 500 Hz: 7

Ford Standard EA-1

Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 68-2-27 gn Half sine wave: 50 gn

Electric shock protection Conforming to IEC 536 Class II

Degree of protection for the

metal bezel range

Conforming to IEC 529 and

NF C 20-010 IP 66

Conforming to NEMA Types 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12, and 13

Degree of protection for the

plastic bezel range

Conforming to IEC 529 and

NF C 20-010 IP 66

Conforming to NEMA Types 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, and 13

Mechanical life

(in millions of operating cycles)

Push buttons, spring return 5

Illuminated push buttons 5

Selector switches and key switches 0.5

Mounting position All positions

Approvals

Push Buttons and Selector Switches—

Pilot Lights and Illuminated Push Buttons

Full Voltage and Resistor (120 V max.);

Pilot Lights and Illuminated Push Buttons Transformer.

Push Buttons and Selector Switches—

Pilot Lights and Illuminated Push Buttons

Full Voltage and Resistor (120 V max.); Pilot Lights and

Illuminated Push Buttons Transformer.

File E42259

CCN NKCR

File LR25490

Class 3211 03 Marked

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Basic Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-85

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-77

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78

H Contact Block Assembly Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Legend Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-81

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-83

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-86

Table 19.157: Non-Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

Contact blocks and legend plate not included unless otherwise noted.

Description Color

Operator with

1 N.O. and 1 N.C.

Contact (KA1)

$ Price

Operator with

1 N.O. Contact

(KA2)

Operator with

1 N.C. Contact

(KA3)

$ Price

Operator Only

with No

Contacts

$ Price

9001KR1B

Full Guard

Black KR1BH13

54.00

KR1BH5 KR1BH6

39.90

KR1B

25.70

Red KR1RH13 KR1RH5 KR1RH6 KR1R

Green KR1GH13 KR1GH5 KR1GH6 KR1G

Universal aKR1UH13 KR1UH5 KR1UH6 KR1U

Other bKR1bH13 KR1bH5 KR1bH6 KR1b

9001KR3B

No Guard

Black KR3BH13 KR3BH5 KR3BH6 KR3B

Red KR3RH13 KR3RH5 KR3RH6 KR3R

Green KR3GH13 KR3GH5 KR3GH6 KR3G

Universal aKR3UH13 KR3UH5 KR3UH6 KR3U

Other bKR3bH13 KR3bH5 KR3bH6 KR3b

9001KR2B

Extended Guard

Black KR2BH13 KR2BH5 KR2BH6 KR2B

Red KR2RH13 KR2RH5 KR2RH6 KR2R

Green KR2GH13 KR2GH5 KR2GH6 KR2G

Universal aKR2UH13 KR2UH5 KR2UH6 KR2U

OtherbKR2bH13 KR2bH5 KR2bH6 KR2b

9001KR4B

1-3/8 in. (35 mm)

Diameter

Mushroom Button

Snap-In Mushroom Button

Black KR4BH13

83.00

KR4BH5 KR4BH6 68.00 KR4B 54.00

Red KR4RH13 KR4RH5 KR4RH6 68.00 KR4R 54.00

Red fKR4R05H13 KR4R05H5 KR4R05H6 72.00 KR4R05 57.00

Green KR4GH13 KR4GH5 KR4GH6 68.00 KR4G 54.00

Other dKR4dH13 KR4dH5 KR4dH6 68.00 KR4d54.00

Screw-On Mushroom Button With Set Screw Security e

Black KR24BH13

83.00

KR24BH5 KR24BH6

68.00

KR24B

54.00

Red KR24RH13 KR24RH5 KR24RH6 KR24R

Green KR24GH13 KR24GH5 KR24GH6 KR24G

OtherdKR24dH13 KR24dH5 KR24dH6 KR24d

9001KR5B

2-1/4 in. (57 mm)

Diameter

Mushroom Button

Snap-In Mushroom Button

Black KR5BH13

83.00

KR5BH5 KR5BH6 68.00 KR5B 54.00

Red KR5RH13 KR5RH5 KR5RH6 68.00 KR5R 54.00

Red fKR5R05H13 KR5R05H5 KR5R05H6 72.00 KR5R05 57.00

Green KR5GH13 KR5GH5 KR5GH6 68.00 KR5G 54.00

OtherdKR5dH13 KR5dH5 KR5dH6 68.00 KR5d54.00

Screw-On Mushroom Button With Set Screw Securitye

Black KR25BH13

83.00

KR25BH5 KR25BH6

68.00

KR25B

54.00

Red KR25RH13 KR25RH5 KR25RH6 KR25R

Green KR25GH13 KR25GH5 KR25GH6 KR25G

OtherdKR25dH13 KR25dH5 KR25dH6 KR25d

aThe universal push button operators contain one each of the following color inserts: black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue and white.

bSee Table 19.158 for color code.

cKnob has the words “Emergency Stop” in raised letters highlighted in white for readability.

dSee Table 19.158 for color code.

eSee Table 19.158 for Metal button price adder.

Table 19.158: Color Codes

Color

KR1, 2, 3

Place Color Code

in Type Number b

KR4, 5, 24, 25

Place Color Code

in Type Number d

For KR24R, G, B METAL Button eFor KR25R, G, B METAL Button e

Blue

Ye l l o w

White

Orange

Gray

—

Add “M” behind the Color

Code

Example: KR24RM

$ Price Adder Add “M” behind the Color

Code

Example: KR25RM

$ Price Adder

5.50 13.50

New! New!

Table 19.159: Contact Sequences (for page 19-57)

9001 KR8RH1 or H13

Pull Ctr Push

(KA1) KA3 X O O

KA2 O O X

9001 KR8RH25

Pull Ctr Push

KA3 X O O

KA5 X X O

KA2 O O X

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.160: Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Multifunction Operators

Meets UL Type 13/NEMA 13 and UL Type 6/NEMA 6, which UL and NEMA consider an equivalent to UL Type 4/NEMA 4.

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact blocks not included unless otherwise noted.

9001KR7U

9001KR11U

Description Color

With 2 N.O.

Contacts

(2 KA2)

With 1 N.O. &

1 N.C. Contact

(KA2, KA3)

$ Price Without

Contacts i$ Price

Momentary

Dual

Function

Universal a

Green-Red

Other b

KR6UH7

KR6GRH7

KR6bH7

KR6UH37

KR6GRH37

KR6bH37

83.

KR6U

KR6GR

KR6b

54.

Momentary

Interlocked

Dual Function

Universala

Green-Red

Other b

KR67UH7

KR6GRH7

KR67bH7

KR67UH37

KR6GRH37

KR67bH37

111.

KR67U

KR67GR

KR67b

83.

Maintained

Interlocked

Dual Function

Universal a

Green-Red

Other b

KR7UH7

KR6GRH7

KR7bH7

KR7UH37

KR6GRH37

KR7bH37

111.

KR7U

KR7GR

KR7b

83.

Description Color Contacts j (KA1) $ Price Without

Contacts i$ Price

Both Buttons

Maintained Interlocked

Assembly

Universal c

Other d—KR11UH1

KR11dH1 108. KR11U

KR11d80.

One Button Momentary

One Button Maintained

Interlocked Assembly

Universal c

Otherd—KR12UH1H1

KR12dH1H1 165. KR12U

KR12d108.

aUniversal for KR6, KR67, KR7 includes 2 inserts each of black, red and green.

bChoose one color for each button. R = red, G = green, B = Black. Example: A KR6 with left red and right black = KR6RB

cUniversal for KR11, KR12 includes 2 each of black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue, white.

dChoose one color for each button from table and insert color code in type number. Example: A KR11 with top button gray and bottom button orange = KR11ES

KR9R94H13

Set Screw Style

Description lColor

With 2 N.C.

Contacts

(1 KA3, 1 KA5)

With 1 N.O. &

1 N.C. Contact

(1 KA1)

$ Price Without

Contacts i$ Price

3 Position Non-Illuminated

Momentary Pull

Maintained Neutral

Momentary Push m

Red

Green

Other e

KR8RH25

KR8GH25

KR8eH25

—

86.

KR8R

KR8G

KR8e

57.

2 Position Non-Illuminated

Maintained Pull

Maintained Push n

Red k

Green

Other e

—

KR9RH13

KR9GH13

KR9eH13

114.

KR9R

KR9G

KR9e

86.

Set Screw Style Red — KR9R94H13 117. KR9R94 89.

9001KR9P1

1.625 in. Diameter Knob

For 1-3/8 in. or 2-1/4 in. Diameter Knob l

Includes Type KN379

Legend Plate Marked

Pull To Start Push To Stop

Description lVoltage

With Red Knob

and 2 N.C.

Contacts

(1 KA3, 1 KA5)

With Other

Color Knob and

2 N.C. Contacts

(1 KA3, 1 KA5)

$ Price

With Other Color

Knob Without

Contacts i

$ Price

3 Position Illuminated

Momentary Pull

Maintained Neutral

Momentary Pushm

110-120 V, 50-60 Hz

Other—Transformer, LED, Flashing g

Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon h

KR8P1RH25

KR8PfRH25

KR8P1eH25

KR8PfeH25

162.

143.

KR8P1e

KR8Pfe

134.

114.

Description lVoltage

With Redk Knob

and 1 N.O. &

1 N.C. Contact

(KA1)

With Other Color

Knob and 1 N.O.

& 1 N.C. Contact

(KA1)

$ Price

With Other Color

Knob Without

Contacts

$ Price

2 Position Illuminated

Maintained Pull

Maintained Push

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz

Other—Transformer, LED, Flashing g

Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon h

KR9P1RH13

KR9PfRH13

KR9P1eH13

KR9PfeH13

191.

171.

KR9P1e

KR9Pfe

162.

143.

eChoose one color from the Color Codes table below, and insert the color code in Type number. Example: KR9 with a yellow knob = KR9Y

fAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-77. Example: KR8P with a 277 V 50–60 Hz voltage = KR8P8

gThe knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, for example, for a green LED, use a green knob.

hOn neon light modules, use clear knobs only.

iThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-80. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-80 to the end of the operator Type

number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

jKR11UH1 has 1 KA1 (1 N.O., 1 N.C.) and KR12UH1H1 has 2 KA1 (2 N.O., 2 N.C.).

kTo obtain a red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” printed on the red knob—substitute “R05” in place of “R” and add $2.10 to the price.

lFor 1-3/8 in. or 2-1/4 in. Dia. Knob:

a) Order Type -20 or -21 knob from page 19-84.

b) Order 9001K54 adapter (no charge)—allows Type -20 or -21 knob to fit on push pull operators. Voids UL and NEMA 6 rating.

c) Can order assembled operator by adding color code to Type -20 or -21. Example: 9001KR9R would be 9001KR9R20 or 9001KR9R21. No price adder.

mSee page 19-56 for contact sequences.

nSee Table 19.161 below.

When ordering, please

specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

Table 19.161: Other Color Code Selection

Color KR6, KR7, KR67 KR11, KR12 KR8, KR9 n For KR9R, G, Y (Non-III)

Black oBBB Description $ Price Adder

RedRRR Metal Button, 40 mm

Add M94 after KR9R, G, Y

Example: KR9RM94

27.40Green G G G

Blue L L

Ye l l o w — Y Y Metal Button, 60 mm

Add M95 after KR9R, G, Y

Example: KR9RM95

35.40White — W W

Orange o—S S

Clear — — C

Amber — — A

Gray — E —

oThese colors are not available on illuminated push-pull operators.

New!

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Basic Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-85

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-77

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78

H Contact Block Assembly Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Legend Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-81

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-83

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-86

Table 19.162: Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

Legend plate and contact block not included unless otherwise noted.

Description

Volt age

and

Frequency

Style

With Red Color

Cap and 1 N.O.

and 1 N.C.

Contact (KA1)

With Green Color

Cap and 1 N.O.

and 1 N.C.

Contact (KA1)

$ Price g

With Other Color

Cap Without

Contact Block a

$ Price h

9001K1L1

Full Guard

Illuminated

Push Button

Clear Plastic Top

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer K1L1RH13 K1L1GH13 140. K1L1e111.

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer K1L7RH13 K1L7GH13 140. K1L7e111.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage K1L35RH13 K1L35GH13 120. K1L35e92.

For other voltages

see Table b

Transformer or Flashing K1LbRH13 K1LbGH13 140. K1Lbe 111.

Full Voltage K1LbRH13 K1LbGH13 120. K1Lbe 92.

Resistor or NeoncK1LbRH13 K1LbGH13 120. K1Lbe 92.

LED dK1LbRH13 K1LbGH13 140. K1Lbe 111.

9001K3L1

Full Guard

Illuminated

Push Button

Metal Top

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer K3L1RH13 K3L1GH13 140. K3L1e111.

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer K3L7RH13 K3L7GH13 140. K3L7e111.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage K3L35RH13 K3L35GH13 120. K3L35e92.

For other voltages

see Table b

Transformer or Flashing K3LbRH13 K3LbGH13 140. K3Lbe 111.

Full Voltage K3LbRH13 K3LbGH13 120. K3Lbe 92.

Resistor or Neon cK3LbRH13 K3LbGH13 120. K3Lbe 92.

LED dK3LbRH13 K3LbGH13 140. K3Lbe 111.

9001K2L1

No Guard

Illuminated

Push Button

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer K2L1RH13 K2L1GH13 131. K2L1e102.

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer K2L7RH13 K2L7GH13 131. K2L7e102.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage K2L35RH13 K2L35GH13 111. K2L35e83.

For other voltages

see Table b

Transformer or Flashing K2LbRH13 K2LbGH13 131. K2Lbe 102.

Full Voltage K2LbRH13 K2LbGH13 111. K2Lbe 83.

Resistor or Neon cK2LbRH13 K2LbGH13 111. K2Lbe 83.

LED dK2LbRH13 K2LbGH13 131. K2Lbe 102.

9001K2LR20

1-3/8 in. (35 mm)

Illuminated

Mushroom

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer K2L1R20H13 K2L1G20H13 131.

Order K2L be

Above f

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer K2L7R20H13 K2L7G20H13 131.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage K2L35R20H13 K2L35G20H13 111.

For other voltages

see Table b

Transformer or Flashing K2LbR20H13 K2LbG20H13 131.

Full Voltage K2LbR20H13 K2LbG20H13 111.

Resistor or Neon cK2LbR20H13 K2LbG20H13 111.

LED dK2LbR20H13 K2LbG20H13 131.

9001K2LR21

2-1/4 in. (57 mm)

Illuminated

Mushroom

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer K2L1R21H13 K2L1G21H13 131.

Order K2L be

Above f

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer K2L7R21H13 K2L7G21H13 131.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage K2L35R21H13 K2L35G21H13 111.

For other voltages

see Table b

Transformer or Flashing K2LbR21H13 K2LbG21H13 131.

Full Voltage K2LbR21H13 K2LbG21H13 111.

Resistor or Neon cK2LbR21H13 K2LbG21H13 111.

LED dK2LbR21H13 K2LbG21H13 131.

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H”

number chosen from page 19-80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from Table 19.219 or 19.220 on page 19-77. Example: K2La with 240 Vac/dc = K2L25

cOn neon light modules, use clear color caps only.

dThe cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for red LED, use red color cap.

eAdd the color code as chosen from the color cap table. Example: K2L25c with a blue 13⁄8 mushroom button = K2L25L20

fThe only difference between a no guard (K2Lq) operator and mushroom button operator is the color cap.

gPrice includes operator, light module, contact block, and color cap.

hPrice includes operator, light module, and color cap.

Table 19.163: Color Caps

Color Color Codes

eK1L, K2L, K3L e 1-3/8 in. Mushroom e 2-1/4 in. Mushroom

Red

Green

Blue

Ye l l o w

White

Clear

Amber

R20

G20

L20

Y20

W20

C20

A20

R21

G21

L21

Y21

W21

C21

A21

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.164: Non-Illuminated 2 Position Selector Switch Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

Contact Block Required 1—Contact Closed

0—Contact Open

Contact

Block

Position

Quantity

and

Type

Mount

Side Left Right Left Right

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

#2 10 01

or or

KA2 KA2

#2 01 10

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

#1 10 01

or or

KA2 KA2

#1 01 10

Cam (see page 19-64) E D $ Price

Non-Illuminated Operators Type Type

Manual Return

Operator Onlya

Without Knob KS11 KS12 28.50

With Standard Black Knob KS11B KS12B 35.10

With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.166)bKS11bKS12b35.10

Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 1, 2, 3)cd KS11KcKS12Kc92.00

With Contact Block(s)

With Standard Knob

With 1 KA1 on Side #2 KS11BH13 —64.00

With 1 KA1 on Side #1 KS11BH1 —64.00

With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on Side #2 KS11BH2 —92.00

Spring Return from Left

Operator Only a

Without Knob KS25 —47.60

With Standard Black Knob KS25B —54.00

With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.166) bKS25b—54.00

Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 2 only) cKS25K2 —111.00

Spring Return From Right

Operator Only a

Without Knob —KS34 47.60

With Standard Black Knob —KS34B 54.00

With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.166) b— KS34b54.00

Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 1 Only) c—KS34K1 111.00

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H” number

chosen from page 19-80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the color code as chosen from knob color table at right. Example: KS11b with a green gloved-hand knob = KS11FG

cAdd the key withdrawal code from key withdrawal code table below. Example: KS11Kc with key withdrawal in the right position only = KS11K2

dAll key operated devices come standard with Square D key no. E10 (key only part no. is 2941101100, $6.60 per key).

Other key changes are available. For additional information, refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.

Top View

Side 2

Side 1

Operator Locating

Notch

Table 19.165: Key Withdrawal Code c

Code Position

1 Left Only

2Right Only

3 Left and Right

Table 19.166: Selector Switch Knobs

Standard Knob Gloved-Hand Knob Coin Operated

Color bKnob Code Type bKnob Code Type bKnob Code Type $ Price

Black B B11 FB B25 TB B18

6.60

Red R R8 FR R24 TR R16

Green G G8 FG G24 TG G16

Yellow Y Y8 FY Y24 TY Y16

Orange S S11 FS S25 ——

Blue L L8 FL L24 TL L16

White W W8 FW W24 ——

Amber A A8 FA A24 ——

Clear C C8 FC C24 TC C16

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

fAdd form number to standard Type number, e.g., Type K11J1 Form Y178.

Basic Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-85

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-77

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78

H Contact Block Assembly Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Legend Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-81

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-83

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-86

Table 19.167: Illuminated 2 Position Selector Switch Operators – UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13

For use in hazardous locations – See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

Contact Block Required 1 — Contact Closed

0 — Contact Open

Contact

Block

Position

Quantity and Type

KA1 or KA2 or KA3

Mount on Side

KA1 or KA2 or KA3

Left Right Left Right

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

#2 10 01

KA2 KA2

#2 01 10

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

#1 10 01

KA2 KA2

#1 01 10

Cam (see page 19-64) E D

Illuminated Operators Type Type $ Price

Manual Return a

•Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

•With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

•Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED d

•Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistore

•With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED d

•With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

K11J1

K11J1R

K11Jb

K11Jbc

K12J1

K12J1R

K12Jb

K12Jbc

105.

111.

105.

86.

111.

92.

Spring Return from Left a

•Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

•With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

•Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED d

•Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

•With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED d

•With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistore

K25J1

K25J1R

K25Jb

K25Jbc

—

123.

131.

123.

105.

131.

111.

Spring Return From Right a

•Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

•With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

•Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED d

•Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

•With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED d

•With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

—

K34J1

K34J1R

K34Jb

K34Jbc

123.

131.

123.

105.

131.

111.

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H” number

chosen from page 19-80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-77. Example: K25Jb with 208 Vac = K25J3.

cAdd the color code as chosen from Table 19.168. Example: K25J35c with a green knob = K25J35G.

dThe knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, for example, with a red LED, use a red knob.

eOn neon light modules, use clear knobs only.

Top View

Side 2

Side 1

Operator Locating

Notch

Table 19.168: Selector Switch Knobs

Standard Knob Gloved-Hand

Knob

Coin Operated

Color c Knob Code Type c Knob Code Type c Knob Code Type $ Price

Red

Green

Yellow

Blue

White

Amber

Clear

R24

G24

Y24

L24

W24

A24

C24

—

R16

G16

Y16

L16

—

C16

6.60

Table 19.169: Two Color Selector Switch

Used to indicate red in left position and green in right position on illuminated operators.

Knob Factory Assembled

Form Number f$ Price Adder

Standard Y178 28.50

Gloved-Hand Y1781 28.50

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.170: Non-Illuminated 3 Position Selector Switch Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

Contact Block Required 1—Contact Closed 0—Contact Open

Contact

Block

Position

Quantity

and

Type

Mount

Side

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

KA1 or

KA3

KA1

#2 or

KA3

#2 100 100 001 100 100 100 100 010 110

KA2 KA2

#2 011 001 010 010 001 011 011 100 001

KA1 or

KA3

KA1

#1 or

KA3

#1 001 100 001 100 010 001 101 001 011

KA2 KA2

#1 110 001 010 010 001 100 010 010 100

Cam (see page 19-64) B C D E F G J L M

Non-Illuminated Operators Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type $ Price

Manual Return

Operator Only a

•Without Knob

•With Standard Black Knob

•With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.172) b

•Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4 through 10) cd

With Contact Block(s)

•With Standard Black Knob (For Other Colors, Replace B in

Type Number with Color Code from Table 19.172.)

•With 1 KA1 on side #2 (H13)

•With 1 KA1 on side #1 (H1)

•With 1 KA1 on side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 (H2)

KS42

KS42B

KS42b

KS42Kc

KS42BH13

KS42BH1

KS42BH2

KS43

KS43B

KS43b

KS43Kc

KS43BH13

KS43BH1

KS43BH2

KS44

KS44B

KS44b

KS44Kc

KS44BH13

KS44BH1

KS44BH2

KS45

KS45B

KS45b

KS45Kc

KS45BH13

KS45BH1

KS45BH2

KS46

KS46B

KS46b

KS46Kc

KS46BH13

KS46BH1

KS46BH2

KS47

KS47B

KS47b

KS47Kc

KS47BH13

KS47BH1

KS47BH2

KS49

KS49B

KS49b

KS49Kc

KS49BH13

KS49BH1

KS49BH2

KS401

KS401B

KS401b

KS401Kc

KS401BH13

KS401BH1

KS401BH2

KS402

KS402B

KS402b

KS402Kc

KS402BH13

KS402BH1

KS402BH2

28.50

35.10

92.00

64.00

92.00

Spring Return from Left to Center

Operator Only a

•Without Knob

•With Standard Black Knob

•With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.172) b

•Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 5, 6 or 9 only) cd

KS62

KS62B

KS62b

KS62Kc

KS63

KS63B

KS63b

KS63Kc

KS64

KS64B

KS64b

KS64Kc

KS65

KS65B

KS65b

KS65Kc

KS66

KS66B

KS66b

KS66Kc

KS67

KS67B

KS67b

KS67Kc

KS69

KS69B

KS69b

KS69Kc

KS601

KS601B

KS601b

KS601Kc

KS602

KS602B

KS602b

KS602Kc

47.60

54.00

111.00

Spring Return From Right to Center

Operator Only a

•Without Knob

•With Standard Black Knob

•With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.172) b

•Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4, 5 or 7 Only) cd

KS72

KS72B

KS72b

KS72Kc

KS73

KS73B

KS73b

KS73Kc

KS74

KS74B

KS74b

KS74Kc

KS75

KS75B

KS75b

KS75Kc

KS76

KS76B

KS76b

KS76Kc

KS77

KS77B

KS77b

KS77Kc

KS79

KS79B

KS79b

KS79Kc

KS701

KS701B

KS701b

KS701Kc

KS702

KS702B

KS702b

KS702Kc

47.60

54.00

111.00

Spring Return Both Sides to Center

Operator Only a

•Without Knob

•With Standard Black Knob

•With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.172) b

•Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 5 Only) d

KS52

KS52B

KS52 b

KS52K5

KS53

KS53B

KS53b

KS53K5

KS54

KS54B

KS54b

KS54K5

KS55

KS55B

KS55b

KS55K5

KS56

KS56B

KS56b

KS56K5

KS57

KS57B

KS57b

KS57K5

KS59

KS59B

KS59b

KS59K5

KS501

KS501B

KS501b

KS501K5

KS502

KS502B

KS502b

KS502K5

47.60

54.00

111.00

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H” number

chosen from page 19-80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the color code as chosen from Table 19.172. Example: KS43b with a green gloved-hand knob = KS43FG

cAdd the key withdrawal code from Table 19.171. Example: KS43Kc with key withdrawal in the right position only = KS43K6

dAll key operated devices come standard with Square D key no. E10 (key only part no. is 2941101100, $6.60 per key).

Other key changes are available. For additional information, refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.

Top View

Side 2

Side 1

Operator Locating

Notch

Table 19.171: cKey Withdrawal Codes

Code Position

4 Left Only

5 Center Only

6Right Only

7 Left and Center

8 Left and Right

9 Center and Right

10 Left, Center and Right

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

Table 19.172: Selector Switch Knobs

Standard Knob Gloved-Hand Knob Coin Operated

Color bKnob Code Type bKnob Code Type bKnob Code Type $ Price

Black

Red

Green

Yellow

Orange

Blue

White

Amber

Clear

B11

S11

B25

R24

G24

Y24

S25

L24

W24

A24

C24

—

B18

R16

G16

Y16

—

L16

—

C16

6.60

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

fNon-Illuminated only.

Basic Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-85

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-77

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78

H Contact Block Assembly Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Legend Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-81

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-83

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-86

Table 19.173: Illuminated 3 Position Selector Switch Operators

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

CONTACT BLOCK REQUIRED 1 — Contact Closed 0 — Contact Open

Contact

Block

Position

Quantity

and

Type

Mount

Side

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

Center

Left Right

KA1 or

KA3

KA1

#2 or

KA3

#2 100 100 001 100 100 100 100 010 110

KA2 KA2

#2 011 001 010 010 001 011 011 100 001

KA1 or

KA3

KA1

#1 or

KA3

#1 001 100 001 100 010 001 101 001 011

KA2 KA2

#1 110 001 010 010 001 100 010 010 100

Cam (see page 19-64) B C D E F G J L M

Illuminated Operators Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type $ Price

Manual Return a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED d

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED d

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

K42J1

K42J1R

K42Jb

K42Jbc

K43J1

K43J1R

K43Jb

K43Jbc

K44J1

K44J1R

K44Jb

K44Jbc

K45J1

K45J1R

K45Jb

K45Jbc

K46J1

K46J1R

K46Jb

K46Jbc

K47J1

K47J1R

K47Jb

K47Jbc

K49J1

K49J1R

K49Jb

K49Jbc

K401J1

K401J1R

K401Jb

K401Jbc

K402J1

K402J1R

K402Jb

K402Jbc

105.

111.

105.

86.

111.

92.

Spring Return Left To Center a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED d

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED d

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

K62J1

K62J1R

K62Jb

K62Jbc

K63J1

K63J1R

K63Jb

K63Jbc

K64J1

K64J1R

K641b

K64Jb

K64Jbc

K65J1

K65J1R

K65Jb

K65Jbc

K66J1

K66J1R

K66Jb

K66Jbc

K67J1

K67J1R

K67Jb

K67Jbc

K69J1

K69J1R

K69Jb

K69Jbc

K601J1

K601J1R

K601Jb

K601Jbc

K602J1

K602J1R

K602Jb

K602Jbc

123.

131.

123.

105.

131.

111.

Spring Return Right To Center a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LEDd

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistore

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED d

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

K72J1

K72J1R

K72Jb

K72Jbc

K73J1

K73J1R

K73Jb

K73Jbc

K74J1

K74J1R

K74Jb

K74Jbc

K75J1

K75J1R

K75Jb

K75Jbc

K76J1

K76J1R

K76Jb

K76Jbc

K77J1

K77J1R

K77Jb

K77Jbc

K79J1

K79J1R

K79Jb

K79Jbc

K701J1

K701J1R

K701Jb

K701Jbc

K702J1

K702J1R

K702Jb

K702Jbc

123.

131.

123.

105.

131.

111.

Spring Return Both Sides To Center a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED d

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED d

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e

K52J1

K52J1R

K52Jb

K52Jbc

K53J1

K53J1R

K53Jb

K53Jbc

K54J1

K54J1R

K54Jb

K54Jbc

K55J1

K55J1R

K55Jb

K55Jbc

K56J1

K56J1R

K56Jb

K56Jbc

K57J1

K57J1R

K57Jb

K57Jbc

K59J1

K59J1R

K59Jb

K59Jbc

K501J1

K501J1R

K501Jb

K501Jbc

K502J1

K502J1R

K502Jb

K502Jbc

123.

131.

123.

105.

131.

111.

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H”

number chosen from 19-80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-77. Example: K43Jb with 208 Vac = K43J3

cAdd the color code as chosen from Table 19.174. Example: K43J35c with a green knob = K43J35G

dThe knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, for example, for a red LED, use a red knob.

eOn neon light modules, use clear knobs only.

Top View

Side 2

Side 1

Operator Locating

Notch

Table 19.174: Selector Switch Knobs

Standard Knob Gloved-Hand Knob Coin Operated

Color Knob Code Type Knob Code Type Knob Code Type $ Price

Black f

Red

Green

Yellow

Orange f

Blue

White

Amber

Clear

B11

S11

B25

R24

G24

Y24

S25

L24

W24

A24

C24

—

B18

R16

G16

Y16

—

L16

—

C16

6.60

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

hNon-Illuminated only.

Table 19.175: Non-Illuminated and Illuminated 4 Position Selector Switch Operators

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13

Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

Contact Block Required 1—Contact Closed

0—Contact Open

Contact Block Position Quantity and Type

KA1 or KA2 or KA3

Mount on Side

KA1 or KA2 or KA3

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

1000

KA2 KA2

#2 0010

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

#1 0001

KA2 KA2

#1 0100

Non-Illuminated Operators Cam

(see page 19-64) Type $ Price

Manual Return a

Operator Only a

•Without Knob

•With Standard Black Knob

•With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.177) b

•Key Operated with E10 Key (Codes 11, 12, 13, 14, 15) cd

KS88

KS88B

KS88b

KS88Kc

28.50

35.10

92.00

Spring Return From Left—Spring Return From Right—

Maintained in the Two Mid Positions

Operator Only a

•Without Knob

•With Standard Black Knob

•With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.177)b

KS89

KS89B

KS89b

47.60

54.00

Illuminated Operators

Manual Return a

•Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

•With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

•Without Knob and With Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED f

•Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor g

•With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED f

•With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor g

K88J1

K88J1R

K88Je

K88Jeb

105.00

111.00

105.00

86.00

111.00

92.00

Spring Return From Left—Spring Return From Right—

Maintained in the Two Mid Positions

•Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

•With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer

•Without Knob and With Other Voltages Transformer, Flashing or LED f

•Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor g

•With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED f

•With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor g

K89J1

K89J1R

K89Je

K89Jeb

123.00

131.00

123.00

105.00

131.00

111.00

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see 19-85. Add the “H” number

chosen from page 19-80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the color code as chosen from Table 19.177. Example: KS88b with a green gloved-hand knob = KS88FG.

cAdd the key withdrawal code from Table 19.176. Example: KS88Kc with key withdrawal in the right position only = KS88K12.

dAll key operated devices come standard with Square D key number E10 (key only part no. is 2941101100, $6.60 per key).

Other key changes are available at no extra cost. For additional information, refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.

eAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-77. Example: K88Je with 208 Vac = K88J3

fThe knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, for example, for red LED, use red knob.

gOn neon light modules, use clear knobs only.

Top View

Side 2

Side 1

Operator Locating

Notch

Table 19.176: c Key Withdrawal Code

Code

Position

11 1 and 4

12 4 only

13 1 only

14 1, 2, 3 and 4

15 2, 3 and 4

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

Table 19.177: Selector Switch Knobs

Standard Knob Gloved-Hand Knob Coin Operated

Color bKnob Code Type bKnob Code Type bKnob Code Type $ Price

Black h

Red

Green

Ye l l o w

Orange h

Blue

White

Amber

Clear

B11

S11

B25

R24

G24

Y24

S25

L24

W24

A24

C24

—

B18

R16

G16

Y16

—

L16

—

C16

6.60

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K, KX, and SK Selector Switch Guide

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Shown below is a simplified method of selecting a selector switch to

meet almost any combination of contact sequences.

Step No. 1

Determine the contact sequence(s) required. Set up a target table like

the one shown for the example below.

Step No. 2

Look for a cam type common to all sequences in table Table 19.178,

Table 19.179, or Table 19.180. For the example above, Table 19.179

would be used. For the contact sequences A (1 0 0), B (0 1 0) and

C (0 0 1) of the example above, cam types F and L are common to all

three sequences.

Step No. 3

Next, use the cam type common to all the sequences (if several cam

types are common, choose one) to find the operator type number. Go to

the proper page number as indicated in the table below:

If for the example above a manual return operator with a standard black

knob is required and:

The F cam type is chosen, the operator type number is:

•Type K—Class 9001 Type KS46B (from page 19-61)

•Type SK—Class 9001 Type SKS46B (from page 19-73)

•Type KX—Class 9001 Type KXSDFB (from page 19-89)

The L cam type is chosen, the operator type number is:

•Type K—Class 9001 Type KS401B (from page 19-61)

•Type SK—Class 9001 Type SKS401B (from page 19-73)

•Type KX—Class 9001 Type KXSDLB (from page 19-89)

Step No. 4:

Determine the contact blocks required by using the same table in Step

No. 2.

If, for the example above, the F cam type is chosen:

•Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 2 for sequence A (1 0 0).

•Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 1 for sequence B (0 1 0).

•Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 1 or 2 for sequence C (0 0 1).

If, for the example above, the L cam type is chosen:

•Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 2 for sequence A (1 0 0).

•Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 1 or a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 2

for sequence B (0 1 0).

•Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 1 for sequence C (0 0 1).

One Type KA1 double circuit block can be used in place of one Type

KA2 single circuit block plus one Type KA3 single circuit block mounted

on the same side. aType KA5 must be the last block on either side. If more than one KA5 is required on either

side—contact your local Square D sales office.

Note: For Outline Dimensions see Catalog 9001CT0001

For “H” Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Contact Sequence

0—contact open 1—contact closed

A100

B010

C001

Number of

Positions Push Button Line Page Number

2 Type K, Type SK, Type KX 19-59 to 19-60, 19-71 to 19-72, 19-86

3 Type K, Type SK, Type KX 19-61 to 19-62, 19-73 to 19-74, 19-89

4 Type K, Type SK, Type KX 19-63, 19-75, 19-90

Table 19.178: 2 Position Selector Switch

If you require

contact sequence— Use Cam

Type

Use

Contact

Block Type

Mount on

side no.

(See page 19-80)

10EKA31 or 2

DKA21 or 2

01EKA21 or 2

DKA31 or 2

Table 19.179: 3 Position Selector Switch

If you require

contact sequence— Use Cam Type

Use

Contact

Block

Type

Mount on

side no.

(See page

19-80)

100

GMKA2 1

LKA2 2

CE KA3 1

BC EFGJ KA3 2

BGJKA5a2

010

DE J L KA2 1

DE KA2 2

FKA31

LKA3 2

001

CF KA21 or 2

BD GL KA3 1

DKA32

BKA5a1

MKA2 2

110

BKA21

CF KA5a1 or 2

MKA3 2

011

BGJKA22

GKA5a1

LKA5a2

MKA3 1

101

JKA31

DE J L KA5a1

DE KA5a2

Table 19.180: 4 Position Selector Switch

If you require

contact sequence— Use Cam

Type

Use Contact

Block Type

Mount on

side no.

(See page 19-80)

1 0 0 0 H (A) KA3 2

0 1 0 0 H (B) KA2 1

0010 H (C) KA2 2

0001 H (D) KA3 1

1 0 0 1 H A & D Wired in Parallel

1 1 0 0 H A & B Wired in Parallel

0 1 1 0 H B & C Wired in Parallel

0 0 1 1 H C & D Wired in Parallel

1 1 1 0 H A, B & C Wired in Parallel

0 1 1 1 H B, C & D Wired in Parallel

1 0 1 0 H A & C Wired in Parallel

0 1 0 1 H B & D Wired in Parallel

1101 H KA5a2

1011 H KA5a1

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

KA1 KA3 KA2

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Pilot Lights

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-77.

EXAMPLE: KTaR31 with 60 Vac red LED = KT37LRR31

bAdd the color code as chosen from Table 19.182.

EXAMPLE: KP1b with a blue fresnel cap = KP1L31

cThe cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g.,

for green LED, use green color cap.

dOn neon light modules, use clear color caps only.

eOn remote test pilot lights use only full voltage or resistor voltage

assembly codes.

Do not choose LED, neon or transformer codes. For AC use only.

Table 19.181: Pilot Lights—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4 & 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

Legend plates not included.

Description Voltage Style

With Red

Fresnel Color

Cap

With Green

Fresnel Color

Cap

With Other

Color Cap $ Price Without

Color Cap $ Price

Standard Pilot Light

(Plastic Fresnel Color

Cap Shown)

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz

24–28 Vac/dc

Transformer

Full Voltage

KP1R31

KP7R31

KP35R31

KP1G31

KP7G31

KP35G31

KP1b

KP7b

KP35b

102.

83.

KP1

KP7

KP35

95.

77.

For other voltages

see page 19-77.

Transformer, Flashing or LED c

Full Voltage, Neon or Resistor d

KPaR31

KPaG31

KPab

102.

83.

KPa

95.

77.

Push-To-Test Pilot Light

(Glass Color Cap Shown)

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz

24–28 Vac/dc

Transformer

Full Voltage

KT1R31

KT7R31

KT35R31

KT1G31

KT7G31

KT35G31

KT1b

KT7b

KT35b

131.

111.

KT1

KT7

KT35

123.

105.

For other voltages

see page 19-77.

Transformer, Flashing or LED c

Full Voltage, Neon or Resistor d

KTaR31

KTaG31

KTab

131.

111.

KTa

123.

105.

Remote Test Pilot Light

(Glass Color Cap Shown)

120 Vac Only

24–28 Vac Only

for other voltages

Resistor e

Full Voltage e

KTR38R31

KTR35R31

KTR38G31

KTR35G31

KTR38b

KTR35b

131.

KTR38

KTR35

123.

See page 19-77.eFull Voltage or Resistor eKTRaR31 KTRaG31 KTR ab 131. KTRa123.

Table 19.182: Color Caps

Color

b Plastic Fresnel b Plastic Domed b Glass

Amber

Blue

Clear

Green

Red

White

Ye l l o w

A31

L31

C31

G31

R31

W31

Y31

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

MO.L.

STOP

START

Test

STOP

LSI

(TEST) C

(TEST) C L2

(SIG) CR

(TEST) C

START

TEST

BUTTON

L1 L2

(SIG)

Push-To-Test Pilot Light

Remote Test Pilot Light

Typical Wiring Diagrams

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Specialty Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks—a total of four (4) contact blocks can be used. Add the “H” number chosen from page

19-80 to the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact block not included.

Inserts are field convertible. For colors not listed, order operator without insert, plus separate color insert from page 19-

84. Up to two Type KA contact blocks can be mounted in tandem (total of four blocks). Selector push buttons cannot be

illuminated.

bOrder color inserts from page 19-84.

cCams are not interchangeable.

dMaintained in right position only. Function in the right position is similar to a turn to release action. Refer to catalog 9001CT0001.

For use in hazardous locations. See page 19-79. Key operated push buttons are used wherever unauthorized use of a

push button is discouraged. Examples are locking a Start push button in the extended position or locking a Stop push

button in the depressed position. The operator can also be locked in the flush position—holding all contacts open. Up to

two Type KA contact blocks can be mounted in tandem (total of four blocks).

Legend Plate and Contact Block Not Included (“X” = locked position) e

eAll key operated push buttons are furnished as standard with Square D no. E10 key change. See catalog 9001CT0001 for other key changes.

Without Latch

With Latch

Table 19.183: Joy Stick Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 for use in hazardous locations

See page 19-79. Contact blocks and legend plate not included unless noted.

Description Operator

With Contacts $ Price Operator

Without Contacts a$ Price

3 Position—

Center Off

Momentary Contact—

Spring Return to Center

Without Latch K71H7

197

K71

168.

With Latch K70H7 K70

Maintained Contact Without Latch K73H7 K73

With Latch K72H7 K72

3 Position—

Center Off

Momentary Contact—

Spring Return to Center

Without Latch K31H8

197

K31

168.

With Latch K30H8 K30

Maintained Contact Without Latch K33H8 K33

With Latch K32H8 K32

5 Position—

Center Off

Momentary Contact—

Spring Return to Center

Without Latch K35H2

263

K35

206.

With Latch K34H2 K34

Maintained Contact Without Latch K37H2 K37

With Latch K36H2 K36

Table 19.184: Contact Arrangements

Operator

Positions

Contact

Block

Type

Contact

Block

Location

Contact

Handle position (with reference to Nib)

The joy stick operator is ideal for applications

where only one circuit is to be energized at one

time. The three position joy stick closes one

circuit in each Up-Down or Right-Left position

with all circuits open in center position. The five

position operator closes one circuit in each Up,

Down, Left and Right position with all circuits

open in center position.

Momentary contact operators are spring return to

the center position. Maintained operators remain

in position and must be returned manually.

Operators with latch cannot be operated until the

latch button in center of handle is pressed.

OFF

KA3 POS 1 (3) A — 1 0 — 0

KA3 POS 2 (4) A — 0 0 — 1

KA2 POS 1 (3) B 1 — 0 0 —

KA2 POS 2 (4) B 0 — 0 1 —

KA1 POS 1 (3) A01000

B10000

KA1 POS 2 (4) A00001

B00010

(1) Contact Closed (0) Contact Open

Table 19.185: Selector Push Button Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13

Contact Block

Required

Two Position Operators Three Position

Operators

0—Contact Open 1—Contact Closed F—Free D—Depressed

Quantity

and Type

Mount

on Side

Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Center Right

FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FDdFD FD FD

1 KA1

00 10 00 10 00 11 11 10 10 00 10 —0 10 10 11 Order

Contact

Blocks

From

Pages

19-78,

19-79.

01 01 01 00 01 00 00 01 01 01 01 —1 01 00 00

1 KA1

00 11 00 10 11 00 10 11 11 00 10 —0 11 10 10

01 00 01 00 00 01 01 00 00 01 01 —1 00 00 01

Cam cPRSTYZ U

Color Insert Type Type Type Type Type Type Type $ Price

Without Insert b

Black

KQ11 KQ12 KQ13 KQ14 KQ15 KQ18 dKQ27 53.

KQ11B KQ12B KQ13B KQ14B KQ15B KQ18B dKQ27B 54.

Table 19.186: Key Operated Push Button – UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13

Description Lockable Positions Type $ Price

Extended Flush Depressed

Push button operable only with key in lock. Key is removable in locked position only.

—

KR131

KR132

KR133

KR137

83.

Push button operable with or without key in lock. Push button can be locked with key

only. Key removable in both locked or unlocked position.

—

KR141

KR142

KR143

KR147

To lock the unit, rotate the key with the button in the extended position. Then, push the

button to lock it in the position indicated at right. Key is removable only in this position.

—

KR152

KR153

12 3 4

Selector Push Button

9001KQ

Key Operated Push Button

9001KR

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Specialty Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

eFor enclosed versions see page 19-103.

Note: When mounted in top or bottom hole of a Type K enclosure, device

requires one additional space below or above operator. When mounted

other than in top or bottom hole, device may require two additional

spaces, one above and one below operator. Closing plates must be

installed on unused holes.

Potentiometer with Dial

Plate 9001K21

Table 19.187: Potentiometer d with Dial Plate a—NEMA 4, 13 (Not UL Listed)

Watts Description Type $ Price

Operator only—Single Pot K20 134.

Operator with Single Pot K21b191.

Operator only—Tandem Pot K22 209.

Operator with Tandem Pot K23 c266.

Table 19.188: Potentiometer Suffixes

Suffix bOhms Suffix bOhms Suffix bOhms Suffix cTandem Pots Ohms

Front Rear

01 50 07 5k 13 500k 82 1000 1000

02 100 08 10k 37 750k 83 5000 5000

38 200 40 15k 14 1.0 M 85 10k 10k

03 250 09 25k 15 2.5 M 88 50k 50k

04 500 35 35k 16 5.0 M 89 100k 100k

05 1000 10 50k 17 5.0 M

32 1500 36 75k

39 2000 11 100k

06 2500 12 250k

33 3500

aThe dial plate only catalog number is 6517512701. $2.90.

bFor complete Type number, add the suffix number from Table 19.188 to the Type number from Table 19.187. Example: Type K2105

cFor complete Type number, add the suffix number from Table 19.188 to the Type number from Table 19.187. Example: Type K2382

d1/4” diameter, 7/8” long shaft. +/- 10% accuracy.

Emergency Break-Glass

Operator 9001K15 Table 19.189: Emergency Break-Glass Operator—

UL 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13e

Type $ Price

K15 83.

Operator is held in a depressed position by a glass disc. When the glass disc

is broken with the hammer, button returns to a normal extended position.

Package of 5 discs included with operator.

Table 19.190: 9001K15 Replacement Parts

Description Part Number $ Price

Ye l l o w bu mp er 3105211101 9.50

Hammer and chain 3105206750 38.20

Lower ring nut 6512232801 11.10

Top ring nut 9001K40 2.90

Package of 5 replacement discs 9001K57 11.10

Clip to hold hammer 2540902240 1.70

Rocker Arm Operating

Lever 9001K50

Table 19.191: Rocker Arm Operating Lever

Type $ Price

K50 51.00

Allows two standard push buttons to be operated independently of each other. Price does not include push buttons or legend plates. Order push buttons and legend

plates from Pages 19-81, 19-82,and 19-56—specify which marking is to be inverted.

Push-on Push-off Module

9001K85

Table 19.192: Alternate Action—Push-on, Push-off Module

Type $ Price

K85 28.50

This module can be added to standard 9001 Type K, KX, SK or T momentary push button operators. Contact blocks mounted behind this module (maximum of 2) are

held in the depressed position when the operator is pressed once, and released to their normal position when the operator is pressed again. For a N.C. circuit, use a

9001KA3 or the N.C. contact of either a 9001KA1 or 9001KA4. For a N.O. circuit, use the N.O. contact of either a 9001KA4 or 9001KA6.

Time Delay Push Button

9001KRD

Table 19.193: Off Delay Push Button—

UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13

Description

Type (All Colors)

Full

Guard

Extended

Guard

Guard $ Price

Timed Contact

1 N.O. and 1 N.C.

KRD1UH1 KRD2UH1 KRD3UH1 168.

Timed Contact

2 N.O. and 2 N.C.

KRD1UH2 KRD2UH2 KRD3UH2 311.

Timing period is adjustable from 0.1 second to 60 seconds and begins after button

has been released. Devices include a pack of seven color inserts for color coding

the push button. See 19-84 for Universal color insert. Contacts are quick make-

quick break.

Table 19.194: Wobble Stick

For easy operation of any standard

push button.

Type $ Price

K8 28.50

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP10 CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Non-Illuminated Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aThe universal push button operators include one each of the following color inserts: black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue and white.

bSee Table 19.196.

cKnob has the words “Emergency Stop” in raised letters highlighted in white for readability.

dSee Table 19.196.

eThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-

80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

Basic Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-85

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-77

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78

H Contact Block Assembly Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Legend Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-81

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-83

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-86

Table 19.195: Non-Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

Contact blocks and legend plate not included unless otherwise noted.

Description Color

Operator with

1 N.O. and

1 N.C. Contact

(KA1)

$ Price

Operator with

1 N.O. Contact

(KA2)

Operator with

1 N.C. Contact

(KA3)

$ Price Operator Only

No Contacts e$ Price

9001SKR1B

Full Guard

Black SKR1BH13 54.00 SKR1BH5 SKR1BH6 39.90 SKR1B 25.70

Red SKR1RH13 54.00 SKR1RH5 SKR1RH6 39.90 SKR1R 25.70

Green SKR1GH13 54.00 SKR1GH5 SKR1GH6 39.90 SKR1G 25.50

Universal aSKR1UH13 54.00 SKR1UH5 SKR1UH6 39.90 SKR1U 25.70

Other bSKR1bH13 54.00 SKR1bH5 SKR1bH6 39.90 SKR1b25.70

9001SKR3B

No Guard

Black SKR3BH13 54.00 SKR3BH5 SKR3BH6 39.90 SKR3B 25.70

Red SKR3RH13 54.00 SKR3RH5 SKR3RH6 39.90 SKR3R 25.70

Green SKR3GH13 54.00 SKR3GH5 SKR3GH6 39.90 SKR3G 25.70

Universal aSKR3UH13 54.00 SKR3UH5 SKR3UH6 39.90 SKR3U 25.70

Other bSKR3bH13 54.00 SKR3bH5 SKR3bH6 39.90 SKR3b25.70

9001SKR2B

Extended Guard

Black SKR2BH13 54.00 SKR2BH5 SKR2BH6 39.90 SKR2B 25.70

Red SKR2RH13 54.00 SKR2RH5 SKR2RH6 39.90 SKR2R 25.70

Green SKR2GH13 54.00 SKR2GH5 SKR2GH6 39.90 SKR2G 25.70

Universal aSKR2UH13 54.00 SKR2UH5 SKR2UH6 39.90 SKR2U 25.70

Other bSKR2b54.00 SKR2bH5 SKR2bH6 39.90 SKR2b25.70

9001SKR4B

1-3/8 in. (35 mm)

Mushroom Button

Snap-In Mushroom Button

Black SKR4BH13 83.00 SKR4BH5 SKR4BH6 68.00 SKR4B 54.00

Red SKR4RH13 83.00 SKR4RH5 SKR4RH6 68.00 SKR4R 54.00

Red cSKR4R05H13 86.00 SKR4R05H5 SKR4R05H6 72.00 SKR4R05 57.00

Green SKR4GH13 83.00 SKR4GH5 SKR4GH6 68.00 SKR4G 54.00

Other dSKR4dH13 83.00 SKR4dH5 SKR4dH6 68.00 SKR4d54.00

Screw-On Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security

Black SKR24BH13 83.00 SKR24BH5 SKR24BH6 68.00 SKR24B 54.00

Red SKR24RH13 83.00 SKR24RH5 SKR24RH6 68.00 SKR24R 54.00

Green SKR24GH13 83.00 SKR24GH5 SKR24GH6 68.00 SKR24G 54.00

Other dSKR24dH13 83.00 SKR24dH5 SKR24dH6 68.00 SKR24d54.00

9001SKR5

2-1/4 in. (57 mm)

Mushroom Button

Snap-In Mushroom Button

Black SKR5BH13 83.00 SKR5BH5 SKR5BH6 68.00 SKR5B 54.00

Red SKR5RH13 83.00 SKR5RH5 SKR5RH6 68.00 SKR5R 54.00

Red cSKR5R05H13 86.00 SKR5R05H5 SKR5R05H6 72.00 SKR5R05 57.00

Green SKR5GH13 83.00 SKR5GH5 SKR5GH6 68.00 SKR5G 54.00

Other dSKR5dH13 83.00 SKR5dH5 SKR5dH6 68.00 SKR5d54.00

Screw-On Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security

Black SKR25BH13 83.00 SKR25BH5 SKR25BH6 68.00 SKR25B 54.00

Red SKR25RH13 83.00 SKR25RH5 SKR25RH6 68.00 SKR25R 54.00

Green SKR25GH13 83.00 SKR25GH5 SKR25GH6 68.00 SKR25G 54.00

Other dSKR25dH13 83.00 SKR25dH5 SKR25dH6 68.00 SKR25d54.00

Table 19.196: Color Codes

Color b SKR1, 2, 3 Place Color Code in Type Number d SKR4, 5, 24, 25 Place Color Code in Type Number

Blue L L

Ye l l o w Y Y

White W —

Orange S S

Gray E —

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Multifunction Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

cTo obtain a red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” printed on the red

knob—substitute R05 in place of “R” and add $2.10 to the price.

dChoose one color from Table 19.198 and insert the color code in the

Type number. Example: SKR9d with a yellow knob = SKR9Y

eAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-77.

Example: SKR8Pe with 277 V 50–60 Hz = SKR8P8

fThe knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen; e.g.,

for green LED, use green knob.

gOn neon light modules, use clear knobs only.

hThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For

maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H”

number chosen from page 19-80 to the end of the operator type number

and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

iSKR11UH1 has 1 KA1(1 N.O., 1 N.C.) and SKR12UH1H1 has 2 KA1

(2 N.O., 2 N.C.).

jFor positions, refer to Tables 19.199 and 19.200. kThese colors are not available on illuminated push-pull operators.

Table 19.197: Multifunction Operators—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

Legend plate and contact blocks not included unless otherwise noted.

Interlocked Assembly Description Color Contacts i$ Price Without Contacts h$ Price

9001SKR11U

Interlocked Assembly

Both Buttons Maintained

Universal aSKR11UH1 108. SKR11U 80.

Other bSKR11bH1 SKR11b

Interlocked Assembly

One Button Momentary Universal aSKR12UH1H1

165.

SKR12U

108.

Interlocked Assembly

One Button Maintained Other bSKR12bH1H1 SKR12b

aUniversal for SKR11,12 includes 2 each of black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue, white.

bChoose one color for each button from table and insert color code in type number, top button first.

Example: An SKR11 with top button gray and bottom button orange = SKR11ES

Non-Illuminated Description Color

With 2 N.C.

Contacts

(1 KA3, 1 KA5)

With 1 N.O. /1

N.C.

Contact (1 KA1)

$ Price Without

Contacts h$Price

9001SKR9R

Non-Illuminated

1-5/8 in. Diameter Knob

Includes Type KN179WP

Legend Plate Marked

Pull To Start Push To Stop

3 Position

Momentary Pull-

Maintained Neutral-

Momentary Push j

Red SKR8RH25 —

86.

SKR8R

57.Green SKR8GH25 —SKR8G

Other dSKR8dH25 — SKR8d

2 Positionc

Maintained Pull-

Maintained Push

Red — SKR9RH13

114.

SKR9R

86.Green — SKR9GH13 SKR9G

Other d—SKR9dH13 SKR9d

Illuminated Description Voltage

With Red Knob and 2

N.C. Contacts

(1 KA3, 1 KA5)

With Other Color

Knob and 2 N.C.

Contacts

$ Price

With Other Color

Knob Without

Contacts h

$ Price

9001SKR9P1

Illuminated

1-5/8 in. Diameter Knob

Includes Type KN179WP

Legend Plate Marked

Pull to Start Push To Stop

3 POSITION

Momentary Pull-

Maintained Neutral-

Momentary Push j

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz SKR8P1RH25 SKR8P1dH25

162.

SKR8P1d

134.

Other—Transformer, LED,

Flashing fSKR8PeRH25 SKR8PedH25 SKR8Ped

Other—Full Voltage,

Resistor, Neon gSKR8PeRH25 SKR8PedH25 143. SKR8Ped 114.

Description Voltage

With Red c Knob and

1 N.O. & 1 N.C.

Contact (KA1)

With Other Color

Knob and 1 N.O. & 1

N.C. Contact (KA1)

$ Price

With Other Color

Knob Without

Contacts

$ Price

2 POSITION

Maintained Pull-

Maintained Push

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz SKR9P1RH13 SKR9P1dH13

191.

SKR9P1d

162.

Other—Transformer,

L.E.D., Flashing fSKR9PeRH13 SKR9PedH13 SKR9Ped

Other—Full Voltage,

Resistor, Neon gSKR9PeRH13 SKR9PedH13 171. SKR9Ped 143.

Table 19.198: Color Codes

Color SKR11, SKR12bSKR8, SKR9

Black kBB

Red R R

Green G G

Blue L L

Yellow Y Y

White W W

Orange kSS

Clear — C

Amber — A

Gray E —

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number (if

appropriate)

•Type or Catalog Number

Table 19.199: Positions for 9001SKR8RH1 or H13 Table 19.200: Positions for 9001SKR8H25

9001SKR8H25

9001SKR8RH1 or H13 PULL CTR PUSH

PULL CTR PUSH KA3 XOO

(KA1) KA3 XOO KA5 XXO

KA2 OOX KA2 OOX

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Illuminated Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H”

number chosen from page 19-80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-77. EXAMPLE: SK2Lb with 240 Vac/dc = SK2L25.

cOn neon light modules, use clear color caps only.

dThe cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen e.g., for red LED, use red color cap.

eAdd the color code as chosen from the color cap table below. EXAMPLE: SK2L25e with a blue 1-3/8 in. mushroom button = SK2L25L20.

fThe only difference between a no guard (SK2L) operator and mushroom button operator is the color cap.

gPrice includes operator, light module, contact blocks and color cap.

hPrice includes operator, light module and color cap.

Basic Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-85

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-77

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78

H Contact Block Assembly Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Legend Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-81

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-83

Replacement Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-86

Table 19.202: Illuminated Push Button Operators—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate not included unless otherwise noted.

Description Voltage and

Frequency Style

With Red Color Cap and

1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact

(KA1)

With Green Color Cap and

1 N.O.and 1 N.C. Contact

(KA1)

$ Price g

With Other Color

Cap Without

Contact Blocks

$ Price h

9001SK1L1

Full Guard

Illuminated

Push Button

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SK1L1RH13 SK1L1GH13 140. SK1L1 111.

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SK1L7RH13 SK1L7GH13 140. SK1L7 111.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage SK1L35RH13 SK1L35GH13 120. SK1L35 92.

For other voltages

See Table b

Transformer, Flashing SK1LbRH13 SK1LbGH13 140. SK1L b111.

Full Voltage SK1LbRH13 SK1LbGH13 120. SK1L b92.

Resistor, Neon cSK1LbRH13 SK1LbGH13 120. SK1L b92.

LED eSK1LbRH13 SK1LbGH13 140. SK1L bd 111.

9001SK2L1

No Guard

Illuminated

Push Button

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SK2L1RH13 SK2L1GH13 131. SK2L1 102.

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SK2L7RH13 SK2L7GH13 131. SK2L7 102.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage SK2L35RH13 SK2L35GH13 111. SK2L35 83.

For other voltages

See Table b

Transformer, Flashing SK2LbRH13 SK2LbGH13 131. SK2L b102.

Full Voltage SK2LbRH13 SK2LbGH13 111. SK2L b83.

Resistor, Neon cSK2LbRH13 SK2LbGH13 111. SK2L b83.

LEDeSK2LbRH13 SK2LbGH13 131. SK2L bd 102.

9001SK2L1R20

1-3/8 in.

(35 mm)

Illuminated

Mushroom

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SK2L1R20H13 SK2L1G20H13 131.

Order SK2Lbdf

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SK2L7R20H13 SK2L7G20H13 131.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage SK2L35R20H13 SK2L35G20H13 111.

For other voltages

See Table b

Transformer, Flashing SK2LbR20H13 SK2LbG20H13 131.

Full Voltage SK2LbR20H13 SK2LbG20H13 111.

Resistor, Neon cSK2LbR20H13 SK2LbG20H13 111.

LED eSK2LbR20H13 SK2LbG20H13 131.

9001SK2L1R21

2-1/4 in.

(57 mm)

Illuminated

Mushroom

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SK2L1R21H13 SK2L1G21H13 131.

Order SK2Lbdf

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SK2L7R21H13 SK2L7G21H13 131.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage SK2L35R21H13 SK2L35G21H13 111.

For other voltages

See Table b

Transformer, Flashing SK2LbR21H13 SK2LbG21H13 131.

Full Voltage SK2LbR21H13 SK2LbG21H13 111.

Resistor, Neon cSK2LbR21H13 SK2LbG21H13 111.

LED eSK2LbR21H13 SK2LbG21H13 131.

Table 19.203: Color Caps

Color

Color Codes

SK1L/SK2L 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Mushroom 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) Mushroom

Red R R20 R21

Green G G20 G21

Blue L L20 L21

Yellow Y Y20 Y21

White W W20 W21

Clear C C20 C21

Amber A A20 A21

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H” number chosen from

page 19-80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. Example: SKS11FB + H13 = SKS11FBH13

bAdd the color code as chosen from knob color table below. Example: SKS11b with a green gloved-hand knob = SKS11FG

Table 19.204: Non-Illuminated 2-Position Selector Switch Operators—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact block not included

unless noted.

Contact Block Required 1—Contact Closed

0—Contact Open

Contact Block Position Quantity and Type

KA1 or KA2 or KA3

Mount on Side

KA1 or KA2 or KA3 Left Right Left Right

Top View

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

#2 1001

KA2 KA2

#2 0110

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

#1 1001

KA2 KA2

#1 0110

Top View

Side 2

Side 1

Operator Locating

Notch

Standard Knob

Selector Switch 9001SKS

Cam (see page 19-64) E D $ Price

Non-Illuminated Operators Type Type

Manual Return

Operator Only a

Without Knob SKS11 SKS12 28.50

With Standard Black Knob SKS11B SKS12B 35.10

With Other Color Knob (See Knob Table) bSKS11 bSKS12 b35.10

With Contact Block(s)

With Standard Black Knob (From Table for Other Colors, Replace B in Type Number with Color

Code)

With 1 KA1 on Side #2 (H13) SKS11BH13 —64.00

With 1 KA1 on Side #1 (H1) SKS11BH1 —64.00

With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on Side #2 (H2) SKS11BH2 —92.00

Spring Return from Left

Operator Only a

Without Knob SKS25 —47.60

With Standard Black Knob SKS25B —54.00

With Other Color Knob (See Knob Table) bSKS25 b—54.00

Spring Return From Right

Operator Only a

Without Knob —SKS34 47.60

With Standard Black Knob —SKS34B 54.00

With Other Color Knob (See Knob Table) b—SKS34 b54.00

Table 19.205: Selector Switch Knobs

Standard Knob Gloved-Hand Knob Coin Operated

Color b Knob Code Type b Knob Code Type b Knob Code Type $ Price

Black B B11 FB B25 TB B18

6.60

Red R R8 FR R24 TR R16

Green G G8 FG G24 TG G16

Yellow Y Y8 FY Y24 TY Y16

Orange S S11 FS S25 ——

Blue L L8 FL L24 TL L16

White W W8 FW W24 ——

Amber A A8 FA A24 ——

Clear C C8 FC C24 TC C16

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H” number chosen

from page 19-80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-77.Example: SK25Jb with 208 Vac = SK25J3

cAdd the color code as chosen from Table 19.208. Example: SK25J35c with green knob = SK25J35G

dThe knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen e.g., for a red LED, use a red knob.

eOn neon light modules, use clear knobs only.

fAdd form number to standard Type number, e.g., Type SK11J1 Form Y178.

Basic Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-85

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-77

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78

H Contact Block Assembly Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Legend Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-81

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-83

Replacement Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-86

Table 19.206: Illuminated 2-Position Selector Switch Operators—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

Contact Block Required 1—Contact Closed

0—Contact Open

Contact Block Position Quantity and Type Mount on Side

Left Right Left Right

KA1

KA3

KA1

#2 or

KA3

#2 1001

KA2 KA2

#2 0110

KA1 or

KA3

KA1

#1 or

KA3

#1 1001

KA2 KA2

#1 0110

Cam (see page 19-64) E D $ Price

Illuminated Operators Type Type

Manual Return a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK11J1 SK12J1 105.

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK11J1R SK12J1R 111.

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED dSK11J bSK12J b105.

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK11J bSK12J b86.

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED dSK11J bc SK12J bc 111.

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK11J bc SK12J bc 92.

Spring Return from Left a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK25J1 —123.

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK25J1R —131.

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED dSK25J b—123.

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK25J b—105.

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED dSK25J bc —131.

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK25J bc —111.

Spring Return From Right a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer — SK34J1 123.

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer — SK34J1R 131.

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED d—SK34J b123.

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e—SK34J b105.

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED d—SK34J bc 131.

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor e—SK34J bc 111.

Table 19.207: Two Color Selector Switch

Used to indicate red in left position and green in right position on illuminated operators.

Knob Factory Assembled Form Number f$ Price Adder

Standard Y178 19.

Gloved-Hand Y1781 19.

Table 19.208: Selector Switch Knobs

Standard Knob Gloved-Hand Knob Coin Operated

Color c Knob Code Type c Knob Code Type c Knob Code Type $ Price

Red R R8 FR R24 TR R16

6.60

Green G G8 FG G24 TG G16

Yellow Y Y8 FY Y24 TY Y16

Blue L L8 FL L24 TL L16

White W W8 FW W24 ——

Amber A A8 FA A24 ——

Clear C C8 FC C24 TC C16

Standard Knob

Selector Switch

9001SKS Top View

Side 2

Side 1

Operator Locating

Notch

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H” number

chosen from page 19-80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the color code as chosen from knob color table below. Example: SKS43b with a green gloved-hand knob = SKS43FG.

Basic Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-85

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-77

Contact Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-78

H Contact Block Assembly Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-80

Legend Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-81

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-83

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-86

Table 19.209: Non-Illuminated 3 Position Selector Switch Operators—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

CONTACT BLOCK REQUIRED 1 — Contact Closed 0 — Contact Open

Contact

Block

Position

Quantity

and

Type

Mount

Side

Center Center Center Center Center Center Center Center Center

KA1

KA3

KA1

#2 or

KA3

#2 1001000011001001001000 1 0 1 1 0

KA2 KA2

#2 0110010100100010110111 0 0 0 0 1

KA1

KA3

KA1

#1 or

KA3

#1 0011000011000100011010 0 1 0 1 1

KA2 KA2

#1 1100010100100011000100 1 0 1 0 0

Top View

Side 2

Side 1

Operator Locating

Notch

Cam (see page 19-64) B C D E F G J L M $ Price

Non-Illuminated Operators Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type

Manual Return

Operator Only a

Without Knob SKS42 SKS43 SKS44 SKS45 SKS46 SKS47 SKS49 SKS401 SKS402 28.50

With Standard Black Knob SKS42B SKS43B SKS44B SKS45B SKS46B SKS47B SKS49B SKS401B SKS402B 35.10

With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.210) bSKS42bSKS43bSKS44bSKS45bSKS46bSKS47bSKS49bSKS401bSKS402b

With Contact Block(s)

With Standard Black Knob (For Other Colors: Replace B in the Type Number with the Color Code from Table 19.210)

With 1 KA1 on side #2 SKS42BH13 SKS43BH13 SKS44BH13 SKS45BH13 SKS46BH13 SKS47BH13 SKS49BH13 SKS401BH13 SKS402BH13 64.00

With 1 KA1 on side #1 SKS42BH1 SKS43BH1 SKS44BH1 SKS45BH1 SKS46BH1 SKS47BH1 SKS49BH1 SKS401BH1 SKS402BH1

With 1 KA1 on side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 (H2) SKS42BH2 SKS43BH2 SKS44BH2 SKS45BH2 SKS46BH2 SKS47BH2 SKS49BH2 SKS401BH2 SKS402BH2 92.00

Spring Return from Left to Center

Operator Only a

Without Knob SKS62 SKS63 SKS64 SKS65 SKS66 SKS67 SKS69 SKS601 SKS602 47.60

With Standard Black Knob SKS62B SKS63B SKS64B SKS65B SKS66B SKS67B SKS69B SKS601B SKS602B 54.00

With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.210) bSKS62bSKS63bSKS64bSKS65bSKS66bSKS67bSKS69bSKS601bSKS602b

Spring Return From Right to Center

Operator Only a

Without Knob SKS72 SKS73 SKS74 SKS75 SKS76 SKS77 SKS79 SKS701 SKS702 47.60

With Standard Black Knob SKS72B SKS73B SKS74B SKS75B SKS76B SKS77B SKS79B SKS701B SKS702B 54.00

With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.210) bSKS72bSKS73bSKS74bSKS75bSKS76bSKS77bSKS79bSKS701bSKS702b

Spring Return Both Sides to Center

Operator Only a

Without Knob SKS52 SKS53 SKS54 SKS55 SKS56 SKS57 SKS59 SKS501 SKS502 47.60

With Standard Black Knob SKS52B SKS53B SKS54B SKS55B SKS56B SKS57B SKS59B SKS501B SKS502B 54.00

With Other Color Knob (See Table 19.210) bSKS52bSKS53bSKS54bSKS55bSKS56bSKS57bSKS59bSKS501bSKS502b

Table 19.210: Selector Switch Knobs

Standard Knob Gloved-Hand Knob Coin Operated

Color b Knob Code Type b Knob Code Type b Knob Code Type $ Price

Black B B11 FB B25 TB B18

6.60

Red R R8 FR R24 TR R16

Green G G8 FG G24 TG G16

Ye l l o w Y Y8 FY Y24 TY Y16

Orange S S11 FS S25 ——

Blue L L8 FL L24 TL L16

White W W8 FW W24 ——

Amber A A8 FA A24 ——

Clear C C8 FC C24 TC C16

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-

80 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-77.

Example: SK43Jb with 208 Vac = SK43J3.

cAdd the color as chosen from knob color table on page 19-75.

Example: SK43J35c with a green gloved-hand knob = SK43J35FG.

dThe knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for red LED, use red knob.

eOn neon light modules, use clear knobs only.

fAdd form number to standard Type number, e.g., Type SK43J1 Form Y178.

Basic Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-85

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-77

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78

H Contact Block Assembly Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Legend Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-81

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-83

Replacement Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-86

Table 19.211: Illuminated 3 Position Selector Switch Operators—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

CONTACT BLOCK REQUIRED 1—Contact Closed 0—Contact Open

Contact

Block

Position

Quantity and Type

KA1 or KA2 or KA3

Mount on Side

KA1 or KA2 or

KA3

Center Center Center Center Center Center Center Center Center

Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

#2 1001000011001001001000 1 0 1 1 0

KA2 KA2

#2 0110010100100010110111 0 0 00 1

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

#1 0011000011000100011010 0 1 0 1 1

KA2 KA2

#1 110001 010010001100 010 01 0 1 0 0

Top View

Side 2

Side 1

Operator Locating

Notch

Cam (seepage 19-64) B C D E F G J L M $ Price

Illuminated Operators Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type

Manual Return a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK42J1 SK43J1 SK44J1 SK45J1 SK46J1 SK47J1 SK49J1 SK401J1 SK402J1 105.

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK42J1R SK43J1R SK44J1R SK45J1R SK46J1R SK47J1R SK49J1R SK401J1R SK402J1R 111.

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED dSK42J bSK43J bSK44J bSK45J bSK46JbSK47J bSK49J bSK401JbSK402J b105.

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK42J bSK43J bSK44J bSK45J bSK46JbSK47J bSK49J bSK401JbSK402J b86.

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED dSK42J bc SK43J bc SK44J bc SK45J bc SK46Jbc SK47J bc SK49J bc SK401Jbc SK402J bc 111.

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK42J bc SK43J bc SK44J bc SK45J bc SK46Jbc SK47J bc SK49J bc SK401J bc SK402J bc 92.

Spring Return Left To Center a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK62J1 SK63J1 SK64J1 SK65J1 SK66J1 SK67J1 SK69J1 SK601J1 SK602J1 123.

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK62J1R SK63J1R SK64J1R SK65J1R SK66J1R SK67J1R SK69J1R SK601J1R SK602J1R 131.

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED dSK62J bSK63J bSK64J bSK65J bSK66J bSK67J bSK69J bSK601J bSK602J b123.

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK62J bSK63J bSK64J bSK65J bSK66J bSK67J bSK69J bSK601J bSK602J b105.

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED dSK62J bc SK63J bc SK64J bc SK65J bc SK66J bc SK67J bc SK69J bc SK601J bc SK602J bc 131.

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK62J bc SK63J bc SK64J bc SK65J bc SK66J bc SK67J bc SK69J bc SK601J bc SK602J bc 111.

Spring Return Right To Center a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK72J1 SK73J1 SK74J1 SK75J1 SK76J1 SK77J1 SK79J1 SK701J1 SK702J1 123.

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK72J1R SK73J1R SK74J1R SK75J1R SK76J1R SK77J1R SK79J1R SK701J1R SK702J1R 131.

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED dSK72J bSK73J bSK74J bSK75J bSK76J bSK77J bSK79J bSK701J bSK702J b123.

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK72J bSK73J bSK74J bSK75J bSK76J bSK77J bSK79J bSK701J bSK702J b105.

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED dSK72J bc SK73J bc SK74J bc SK75J bc SK76J bc SK77J bc SK79J bc SK701J bc SK702J bc 131.

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK72J bc SK73J bc SK74J bc SK75J bc SK76J bc SK77J bc SK79J bc SK701J bc SK702J bc 111.

Spring Return Both Sides To Center a

Without Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK52J1 SK53J1 SK54J1 SK55J1 SK56J1 SK57J1 SK59J1 SK501J1 SK502J1 123.

With Standard Red Knob, 110–120 V 50–60 Hz Transformer SK52J1R SK53J1R SK54J1R SK55J1R SK56J1R SK57J1R SK59J1R SK501J1R SK502J1R 131.

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LEDdSK52J bSK53J bSK54J bSK55J bSK56J bSK57J bSK59J bSK501J bSK502J b123.

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK52J bSK53J bSK54J bSK55J bSK56J bSK57J bSK59J bSK501J bSK502J b105.

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LEDdSK52J bc SK53J bc SK54J bc SK55J bc SK56J bc SK57J bc SK59J bc SK501J bc SK502J bc 131.

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eSK52J bc SK53J bc SK54J bc SK55J bc SK56J bc SK57J bc SK59J bc SK501J bc SK502J bc 111.

Table 19.212: Two Color Selector Switch

Used to indicate red in left position and green in right position on illuminated operators.

Knob Factory Assembled Form Number f$ Price Adder

Standard Y178 19.

Gloved-Hand Y1781 19.

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.213: Non-Illuminated 4-Position Selector Switch Operators UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact block not included

unless noted.

CONTACT BLOCK REQUIRED

1 — Contact

Closed

0 — Contact Open

Contact Block Position Quantity and Type Mount on Side

KA1

KA3

KA1

KA3

#2 1000

KA2 KA2

#2 0010

KA1

KA3

KA1

#1 or

KA3

#1 0001

KA2 KA2

#1 0100

Top View

Side 2

Side 1

Operator Locating

Notch

Non-Illuminated Operators Cam (see page 19-64) Type $ Price

Manual Return, Operator Only a

Without Knob HSKS88 28.50

With Standard Black Knob HSKS88B 34.50

With Other Color Knob (See Knob Table) bHSKS88b35.10

Spring Return From Left, Spring Return From Right, Maintained in the Two Mid Positions, Operator Only a

Without Knob HSKS89 47.60

With Standard Black Knob HSKS89B 54.00

With Other Color Knob (See Knob Table) bHSKS89b

Illuminated Operators

Manual Return a

Without Knob, 110-120 V 50-60 Hz Transformer H SK88J1 105.00

With Standard Red Knob, 110-120 V 50-60 Hz Transformer H SK88J1R 111.00

Without Knob and With Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED dH SK88J c105.00

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eH SK88J c86.00

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED dH SK88J bc 111.00

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or ResistoreH SK88J bc 92.00

Spring Return From Left, Spring Return From Right, Maintained in the Two Mid Positions, Operator Only a

Without Knob, 110-120 V 50-60 Hz Transformer H SK89J1 131.00

With Standard Red Knob, 110-120 V 50-60 Hz Transformer H SK89J1R 131.00

Without Knob and Other Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LED dH SK89J c123.00

Without Knob, Full Voltage Neon or Resistor eH SK89J c105.00

With Other Color Knob and Transformer, Flashing or LED dH SK89J bc 131.00

With Other Color Knob, Full Voltage Neon or ResistoreH SK89J bc 111.00

Table 19.214: Potentiometer (with Dial Plate f)

Watts Description Type $ Price

Operator only—Single Pot SK20 134.

Operator with Single Pot SK21 g 191.

Operator only—Tandem Pot SK22 209.

Operator with Tandem Pot SK23 h 266.

Table 19.215: Potentiometer Suffix

Suffix

gOhms Suffix

Ohms

Front Rear

01 50 07 5k 13 500k 82 1k 1k

02 100 08 10k 37 750k 83 5k 5k

38 200 40 15k 14 1.0M 85 10k 10k

03 250 09 25k 15 2.5M 88 50k 50k

04 500 35 35k 16 5.0M 89 100k 100k

05 1000 10 50k 17

32 1500 36 75k

39 2000 11 100k

06 2500 12 250k

33 3500

Table 19.216: Selector Switch Knobs

Standard Knob Gloved-Hand

Knob

Coin Operated

Color b Knob

Code Type b Knob

Code Type $ Price

Black iBB11 FB B25 TB B18

6.60

Red R R8 FR R24 TR R16

Green G G8 FG G24 TG G16

Yellow Y Y8 FY Y24 TY Y16

Orange iSS11 FS S25 ——

Blue L L8 FL L24 TL L16

White W W8 FW W24 ——

Amber A A8 FA A24 TC —

Clear C C8 FC C24 C16

aThese operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-85. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-80

to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

bAdd the color code as chosen from Table 19.216. Example: SKS88b with a green gloved-hand knob = SKS88FG.

cAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-77. Example: SK88Jc with 208 Vac = SK88J3.

dThe knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for red LED, use red knob.

eOn neon light modules, use clear knobs only.

fThe catalog number for only the dial plate is 9001KN180WP—$2.90.

gFor complete Type number add suffix number from Table 19.215. Example: Type SK2105

hFor complete Type number add suffix number from Table 19.215. Example: Type SK2382

iBlack and orange are opaque and for use on non-illuminated operators only.

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Pilot Lights

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aAdd the voltage assembly code as chosen from table, page 19-77.

EXAMPLE: SKTqR31 with 208 Vac red LED voltage = SKT37LRR3.

bAdd the color code as chosen from the color cap table below.

EXAMPLE: SKP1c with a blue fresnel cap = SKP1L31.

cThe cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for a green LED, use a green color cap.

dOn neon light modules, use clear color caps only.

eUse only full voltage or resistor voltage assembly codes on remote test pilot lights. Do not choose LED, neon or transformer codes. For AC use only.

Basic Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-85

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-77

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78

H Contact Block Assembly Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Legend Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-81

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-83

Replacement Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-86

Table 19.217: Pilot Lights—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate not included.

Description Voltage Style

With Red

Fresnel Color

Cap

With Green

Fresnel Color

Cap

With Other

Color Cap $ Price Without

Color Cap $ Price

9001SKP1

Standard

Pilot Light

(Fresnel color

cap shown)

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SKP1R31 SKP1G31 SKP1b102. SKP1 95.

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SKP7R31 SKP7G31 SKP7b102. SKP7 95.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage SKP35R31 SKP35G31 SKP35b83. SKP35 77.

For other voltages

see Table a

Transformer, Flashing

or LEDcSKPaR31 SKPaG31 SKPab 102. SKPa95.

Full Voltage, Neon or

ResistordSKPaR31 SKPaG31 SKPab 83. SKPa77.

9001SKT1

Push-To-Test

Pilot Light

(Fresnel color

cap shown)

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SKT1R31 SKT1G31 SKT1b131. SKT1 123.

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SKT7R31 SKT7G31 SKT7b131. SKT7 123.

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage SKT35R31 SKT35G31 SKT35b111. SKT35 105.

For other voltages

see Table a

Transformer, Flashing

or LEDcSKTaR31 SKTaG31 SKTab 131. SKTa123.

Full Voltage, Neon or

ResistordSKTaR31 SKTaG31 SKTab 111. SKTa105.

9001SKTR38

Remote Test

Pilot Light

(Fresnel color

cap shown)

120 Vac Only Resistor SKTR38R31 SKTR38G31 SKTR38b131. SKTR38 123.

24–28 Vac Only Full Voltage SKTR35R31 SKTR35G31 SKTR35b131. SKTR35 123.

For other voltages

see Tables abe

Full Voltage or Resistor

eSKTRaR31 SKTRaG31 SKTRab 131. SKTRa123.

Table 19.218: Color Caps

Color

b Plastic Fresnel b Plastic Domed

Amber

Blue

Clear

Green

Red

White

Yellow

A31

L31

C31

G31

R31

W31

Y31

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

MO.L.

STOP

START

Test

Push-To-Test Pilot Light

Typical Wiring Diagram

STOP

LSI

(TEST) C

(TEST) C L2

(SIG) CR

(TEST) C

START

TEST

BUTTON

L1 L2

(SIG)

Remote Test Pilot Light

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

•With neon type light modules, use a clear color cap only.

•With LED light modules, use either a clear color cap or a cap the same color as the LED.

NOTE: Light modules are available in other voltages. For additional information, refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

•Reduces the depth of illuminated push buttons with contact blocks by over 33%.

•With LED light modules, use either a clear color cap or a cap the same color as the LED.

a9001K, SK, KX.

bDo not use on any remote test version pilot light.

cFor use with all operators except KX and remote test pilot.

dCheck light module label for series and replacement number.

Table 19.219: Standard Light Modules for Types K, SK, and KX Control Units c

Voltage Description

For Use With Single

Lamp Ill. Operators as

Indicated a

Light Module Vol t age

Assembly

Code

Rating

Replacement Lamp

Type $ Price Part Number c$ Price

All Full Voltage (without

Bayonet Base Lamp) All KM40 52. 40 — None —

6 Vac/dc Full Voltage All KM31 57. 31 .9 VA 2550101020 8.30

6 Vac/dc LED Red All Except b KM31LR 77. 31LR 6508805201 28.50

6 Vac/dc LED Green All Except b KM31LG 77. 31LG 6508805203 28.50

6 Vac/dc LED Yellow All Except b KM31LY 77. 31LY 6508805202 28.50

12–14 Vac/dc Full Voltage All KM32 57. 32 1.2 VA 2550101037 8.30

12–14 Vac/dc LED Red All Except b KM32LR 77. 32LR 6508805201 28.50

12–14 Vac/dc LED Green All Except b KM32LG 77. 32LG 6508805203 28.50

12–14 Vac/dc LED Yellow All Except b KM32LY 77. 32LY 6508805202 28.50

18 Vac/dc Resistor All KM33 57. 33 1.4 VA 2550101037 8.30

24–28 Vac/dc Full Voltage All KM35 57. 35 1.2 VA 2550101002 8.30

24–28 Vac/dc LED Red All ExceptbKM35LR 77. 35LR .28 VA 6508805210 28.50

24–28 Vac/dc LED Green All ExceptbKM35LG 77. 35LG .28 VA 6508805212 28.50

24–28 Vac/dc LED Yellow All ExceptbKM35LY 77. 35LY .28 VA 6508805211 28.50

24–28 Vac/dc LED White All ExceptbKM35LW 77. 35LW .28 VA 6508805214 28.50

24–28 Vac/dc LED Blue All ExceptbKM35LL 77. 35LL .28 VA 6508805213 28.50

48 Vac/dc Full Voltage All KM36 57. 36 2.6 VA 2550101025 8.30

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz LED Red All Except b KM1LR 95. 1LR 6508805201 28.50

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz LED Green All Except b KM1LG 95. 1LG 6508805203 28.50

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz LED Yellow All Except b KM1LY 95. 1LY 6508805202 28.50

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer All ExceptbKM1 77. 1 2.4 VA 2550101020 8.30

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Flashing All ExceptbKMF1 77. F1 .85 VA 2550101036 11.00

120 Vac/dc Resistor All KM38 57. 38 3.0 VA 2550101027 8.30

120 Vac/dc Full Voltage All KM38 57. 38 3.0 VA 2550101027 8.30

120 Vac/dc Neon All ExceptbKM11 57. 11 0.2 VA 2550101013 21.90

120 Vac/dc LED Red All ExceptbKM38LR 77. 38LR 1.4 VA 6508805210 28.50

120 Vac/dc LED Green All ExceptbKM38LG 77. 38LG 1.4 VA 6508805212 28.50

120 Vac/dc LED Yellow All ExceptbKM38LY 77. 38LY 1.4 VA 6508805211 28.50

120 Vac/dc LED White All ExceptbKM38LW 77. 38LW 1.4 VA 6508805214 28.50

120 Vac/dc LED Blue All ExceptbKM38LL 77. 38LL 1.4 VA 6508805213 28.50

208–220 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer All ExceptbKM3 77. 3 2.5 VA 2550101020 8.30

208–220 V, 50–60 Hz LED Red All Except b KM3LR 95. 3LR 6508805201 28.50

208–220 V, 50–60 Hz LED Green All Except b KM3LG 95. 3LG 6508805203 28.50

208–220 V, 50–60 Hz LED Yellow All Except b KM3LY 95. 3LY 6508805202 28.50

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer All ExceptbKM7 77. 7 2.0 VA 2550101020 8.30

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz LED Red All Except b KM7LR 95. 7LR 6508805201 28.50

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz LED Green All Except b KM7LG 95. 7LG 6508805203 28.50

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz LED Yellow All Except b KM7LY 95. 7LY 6508805202 28.50

240 Vac/dc Resistor All ExceptbKM25 57. 25 6.0 VA 2550101027 8.30

240 Vac/dc Neon All Exceptb and KX KM12 57. 12 0.3 VA 2550101013 21.90

277 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer All ExceptbKM8 77. 8 2.4 VA 2550101020 8.30

380–480 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer All ExceptbKM5 77. 5 2.8 VA 2550101020 8.30

480 Vac/dc Neon All Exceptb and KX KM14 57. 14 0.5 VA 2550101013 21.90

550–600 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer All ExceptbKM6 77. 6 2.5 VA 2550101020 8.30

New!

Table 19.220: Shallow Depth Light Modules For Types K and SK Control Units c

Voltage Description Light Module Voltage Assembly

Code Rating Replacement Lamp

Type $ Price Part Number $ Price

24–28 Vac/dc

Full Voltage KM55 57.00 55 1.2 VA 2550101002 8.30

LED Red KM55LR

77.00

55LR

0.5 VA

6508805204 28.50

LED Green KM55LG 55LG 6508805206

LED Yellow KM55LY 55LY 6508805205

110–120 Vac/dc

Full Voltage KM58 57.00 58 3.0 VA 2550101027 8.30

LED Red KM58LR

77.00

58LR

0.5 VA

6508805204

28.50LED Green KM58LG 58LG 6508805206

LED Yellow KM58LY 58LY 6508805205

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

File

CCN

E42259

NKCR

File

Class

LR25490

3211 03 marked

CP10 CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

The Class 9001 Type KA contact blocks are Fingersafe® contact blocks

(meeting VDE 0106 Part 100). They have one screw mounting and

captive (backed out) plus/minus terminal screws. These contact blocks

are double-break, direct-acting contacts. Because of the wiping action

of these contacts, they are suitable for use with programmable

controllers. All contact blocks listed below accept up to 2 #12–#24 AWG

solid or stranded wires. Recommended tightening torque for screw

terminals is 7 lb-in.

aFor push buttons or two-position selector switches only. For sequencing or overlapping

contacts on other operators, refer to catalog 9001CT0001.

bMinimum order quantity is 25. The price represents one individual contact block.

Contact blocks listed below are not Fingersafe, but provide:

•Terminals that accept ring tongue/fork tongue

connectors

•Short single circuit contact blocks (0.75" deep vs.

0.97" deep on the Fingersafe)

•Same as old style Series G product available prior

to March, 1989.

•For assembled operators, use form Y238 (add to

catalog number as suffix, for example:

9001KRU1H13Y238)

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.221: Standard Contact Blocks

Description Symbol Type $ Price

(Clear Cover)

Direct-Acting KA1 28.50

(Green Cover)

KA2 14.30

(Red Cover)

Direct-Acting KA3 14.30

(Clear Cover)

N.O. Contact

Early Closing

KA4 28.50

(Red Cover)

N.C. Contact

Late Opening

KA5 14.30

(Green Cover)

N.O. Contact

Early Closing

KA6 14.30

Table 19.222: Additional Circuit Arrangements

Sequencing a

N.O. Contact of KA4 closes

before N.O. Contact on KA1

KA4 KA1

Order One

Type KA4 and One

Type KA1

57.00

Overlapping a

N.O. Contact of KA4 closes

before N.C. Contact of KA5

Opens

KA4 KA5

Order One

Type KA4 and One

Type KA5

42.80

Symbol

Contact Blocks with

Binder Head Screws

(not Fingersafe)

Gold Flashed Contacts

with Standard

Pressure Wire Terminals

Type Quantityb$ Price Type $ Price

KA21 25–Up 28.50 KA31 47.60

KA22 25–Up 14.30 KA32 23.70

KA23 25–Up 14.30 KA33 23.70

N.O. Early

Closing

KA24 25–Up 28.50 KA34 47.60

N.C. Contact

Late Opening

KA25 25–Up 14.30 KA35 23.70

Table 19.223: Contact blocks (not Fingersafe)

Symbol Type $ Price Symbol Type $ Price

KA1G 28.50

N.O. Contact

Early Closing

KA4G 28.50

KA2G 14.30 N.C. Contact

Late Opening

KA5G 14.30

KA3G 14.30

N.O. Contact

Early Closing

KA6G 14.30

Table 19.224: Contact blocks with Quick-Connect terminals

(not Fingersafe)

Symbol Type $ Price

KA12 23.70

KA13 23.70

Table 19.225: Maximum Current Ratings for Control Circuit Contacts—Types KA1–KA6, KA21–KA25, KA31–KA35, KA1G–KA6G

Volts

Inductive (NEMA / UL Type A600)

35% Power Factor Resistive 75% Power

Factor Make, Break

and Continuous

Amperes

Inductive and Resistive

(NEMA Q600)

Make Break Continuous

Carrying

Amperes

Make and Break Continuous

Carrying

Amperes

Amperes VA Amperes VA KA1 KA2

KA3 KA4 KA5

KA6

120 60

7200

6.0

720 10 10

125

250

600

0.55

0.27

0.10

0.55

0.27

0.10

—

2.5

240 30 3.0

480 15 1.5

600 12 1.2

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Hazardous locations do not always require the use of

explosion-proof equipment like the Class 9001 Type BR

control stations. Selecting the most appropriate device for

the location can save you money. For more information on

the types of hazardous locations, contact your local

electrical inspector.

aAny Class 9001 Type K, SK or KX operator can be used in an area

classified as Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations, if:

1. Only logic (KA40 series) or power (KA50 series) reed contact blocks

are used.

2. All Type K and SK illuminated operators are UL approved for use in

Class I Division 2 areas. c

3. Type KX illuminated operators do not use 4 lamp light modules, or 2

lamp light modules other than the transformer type. c

4. The operators are mounted in any NEMA 4 & 13 enclosures.

bAny Class 9001 Type K, SK, or KX operator mounted in a Class 9001

Type KY, KYSS, KYAF, SKY enclosure may be used, except

potentiometer operators.

cAdd Form Y243 to single lamp Push-To-Test pilot lights.

Note: For a and b: UL Listed: File E10054(N), CCN NOIV.

NOTE: All contact blocks listed below accept #12–18

solid or stranded wire.

The maximum number of logic and/or power reed contact

blocks per operator is as indicated on individual selection

tables for standard contact blocks, except:

•On 3 position selector switches with cams C, D, E, F, G, L, or

M, mount reed blocks on one side only (either side), maximum

2 in tandem.

•On 4 position selector switches, mount reed blocks on one

side only (either side), maximum 2 in tandem.

•On joysticks or on Type KR8 or SKR8 push-pull operators,

mount reed blocks on one side only (either side), maximum 2

in tandem.

Note: The power reed contact blocks can be used with standard industrial

relays and starters through NEMA Size 4. Minimum voltage is 5 V and

the minimum current is 1 mA.

dInductive Rating—35% Power Factor.

eInductive and Resistive Ratings

fNot for use in pendant stations.

Table 19.226: Square D Offering According to

Class, Division, and Group

For Use

Class Division Group(s)

I 1 A 1. Intrinsically Safe System

I1B, C, D

1. 9001 BR station

2. Intrinsically Safe System

I2 A

1. 9001 K, SK, KX control stations

with restrictions a

2. Intrinsically Safe System

I2B, C, D

1. 9001 BR station

2. 9001 K, SK, KX control stations

with restrictions a

3. Intrinsically Safe System

II 1 E, F, G 1. 9001 BR station

2. Intrinsically Safe System

II 2 E, F

1. 9001 BR station

2. 9001 K, SK, KX control stations

with restrictions a

3. Intrinsically Safe System

II 2 G

1. 9001 BR station

2. 9001 K, SK, KX control stations

with restrictions b

3. Intrinsically Safe System

III 1, 2 —

1. 9001 BR Station

2. 9001 K, SK, KX control stations

with restrictions b

3. Intrinsically Safe System

Table 19.227: Dimensions When Using Contact

Blocks

Standard Blocks Reed Blocks

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

.06

.25

min. max.

Panel Thickness

0.56

1.66

.97

2.63

2.10

0.56

1.60

3.66

Panel Thickness

1/16 min.-1/4 max.

Table 19.228: Hermetically Sealed Logic Reed

Contact Blocks f

Suitable for use on low energy level

circuits

Description Symbol Type $ Price

KA41 57.00

KA42 28.50

KA43 28.50

KA44 57.00

KA45 57.00

Max. Volts AC/DC Maximum Load

Resistive Inductive Continuous

32/30 .25 A .10 A .5 A

120/100 8 VA 3 VA .5 A

Table 19.229: Hermetically Sealed Power Reed

Contact Blocks f

Description Symbol Type $ Price

KA51 95.

KA52 67.

KA53 67.

KA54 95.

KA55 95.

Volt s

AC NEMA C300 d

Make Break Continuous

Carrying

Amperes

AVAAVA

120 10.00 1200 1.000 120 3.0

240 5.00 .500

Vol ts

DC NEMA Q150 e

Make Break Continuous

Carrying

Amperes

AVAAVA

115 .50 58 .50 58 3.0

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Contact Block “H” Numbers

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

The design of the Class 9001 Type KA contact blocks allows them to be mounted

side by side and/or in tandem. This enables you to specify an operator and a

particular arrangement of contact blocks (shipped completely assembled) with a

single Type number. See page 19-78 for a description of contact blocks.

Note: “H” Numbers not shown in their sequence are no longer used.

Example: A Type KR1B push

button with 2 Type KA1 contact

blocks would be Class 9001

Type KR1BH2.

Locating Nib

Side 2Side 1

POS 1

POS 2

POS 3

POS 4

POS 5

POS 6

Suffix No.

(Add to

Operator

Ty p e )

$ Price

Positions

123456

H1 28.50 KA1

H2 57.00 KA1 KA1

H3 86.00 KA1 KA1 KA1

H4 114.00 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1

H5 14.30 KA2

H6 14.30 KA3

H7 28.50 KA2 KA2

H8 28.50 KA3 KA3

H9 57.00 KA4 KA1

H10 42.80 KA4 KA5

H11 86.00 KA1 KA1 KA1

H12 57.00 KA2 KA3 KA2 KA3

H13 28.50 KA1

H14 14.30 KA3

H15 42.80 KA2 KA3 KA2

H16 42.80 KA2 KA3 KA3

H17 71.00 KA1 KA1 KA2

H18 71.00 KA3 KA1 KA3 KA3

H19 143.00 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1

H21 28.50 KA2 KA3

H23 171.00 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1

H24 42.80 KA1 KA2

H25 28.50 KA5 KA3

H26 86.00 KA1 KA1 KA4

H27 42.80 KA3 KA3 KA3

H28 42.80 KA1 KA3

H29 143.00 KA1 KA4 KA1 KA5 KA1 KA3

H31 57.00 KA2 KA2 KA1

H32 57.00 KA1 KA1

H33 57.00 KA1 KA3 KA3

H34 42.80 KA5 KA1

H36 14.30 KA2

H37 28.50 KA3 KA2

H38 57.00 KA3 KA2 KA3 KA2

H39 57.00 KA5 KA1 KA3

H40 86.00 KA1 KA1 KA4

H41 42.80 KA3 KA2 KA2

H42 86.00 KA1 KA1 KA2 KA2

H43 42.80 KA2 KA2 KA2

H44 42.80 KA3 KA2 KA3

H45 71.00 KA1 KA2 KA3 KA2

H46 42.80 KA2 KA2 KA2

H47 86.00 KA5 KA3 KA3 KA5 KA3 KA3

H48 114.00 KA1 KA1 KA4 KA4

H50 59.00 KA5 KA3 KA3 KA3

H51 59.00 KA5 KA3 KA4

H52 59.00 KA3 KA1 KA3

H53 42.80 KA4 KA2

H54 59.00 KA4 KA5 KA2

H55 86.00 KA1 KA2 KA1

H56 59.00 KA2 KA2 KA2 KA2

H57 42.80 KA5 KA4

H58 14.30 KA5

H59 71.00 KA1 KA2 KA1

H60 86.00 KA1 KA2 KA1 KA3

H61 59.00 KA2 KA2 KA5 KA5

H62 59.00 KA1 KA2 KA3

H63 42.80 KA1 KA3

H64 42.80 KA3 KA2 KA2

H66 86.00 KA3 KA1 KA3 KA1

H71 59.00 KA3 KA3 KA3 KA3

H72 28.50 KA3 KA5

H73 71.00 KA1 KA1 KA3

H74 71.00 KA1 KA2 KA5 KA5

H75 86.00 KA1 KA3 KA3 KA3 KA3

H76 86.00 KA1 KA2 KA2 KA2 KA2

H77 59.00 KA1 KA1

H78 59.00 KA1 KA2 KA5

H79 42.80 KA3 KA3 KA5

H80 86.00 KA4 KA4 KA5 KA5

H81 86.00 KA1 KA1 KA2 KA3

H82 95.00 KA12 KA12 KA13 KA13

H83 47.60 KA35 KA33

H86 42.80 KA3 KA2 KA3

H87 71.00 KA3 KA2 KA3 KA2 KA3

H89 42.80 KA3 KA1

H90 100.00 KA1 KA1 KA3 KA3 KA3

H91 86.00 KA1 KA2 KA1 KA2

H92 86.00 KA1 KA2 KA3 KA2 KA3

H93 86.00 KA3 KA2 KA3 KA5 KA5 KA3

H94 128.00 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA3 KA3 KA3

H95 42.80 KA2 KA1

H97 59.00 KA1 KA3 KA2

H98 114.00 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA2 KA2

H99 71.00 KA2 KA2 KA2 KA2 KA2

H100 86.00 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA2

H101 86.00 KA2 KA2 KA2 KA2 KA2 KA2

H102 59.00 KA1 KA3 KA3

H103 86.00 KA1 KA1 KA3 KA3

H104 128.00 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA2 KA2 KA2

H105 47.60 KA31

H106 95.00 KA31 KA31

H107 43.50 KA3 KA2 KA5

H109 43.50 KA3 KA3 KA2

H110 86.00 KA3 KA3 KA3 KA3 KA3 KA3

H111 100.00 KA4 KA4 KA4 KA5

H112 47.60 KA33 KA33

H113 71.00 KA1 KA1 KA5

H114 28.50 KA21

H115 71.00 KA3 KA1 KA5 KA3

H116 71.00 KA3 KA1 KA3 KA2

H117 86.00 KA2 KA3 KA1 KA2 KA2

H118 42.80 KA1 KA5

H119 86.00 KA1 KA1 KA5 KA3

H120 57.00 KA3 KA4 KA3 KA5

H121 57.00 KA3 KA3 KA3 KA5

H122 57.00 KA1 KA3 KA5

H124 28.50 KA3 KA3

H125 42.80 KA5 KA5 KA3

H126 28.50 KA42

H127 28.50 KA43

H128 57.00 KA41

H129 28.50 KA2 KA2

H130 42.80 KA2 KA3 KA2

H131 42.80 KA2 KA3 KA2

H132 57.00 KA2 KA2 KA3 KA3

H133 28.50 KA3 KA2

H134 57.00 KA3 KA3 KA2 KA2

H135 57.00 KA3 KA2 KA2 KA2

H136 28.50 KA3 KA5

H137 228.00 KA45 KA45 KA44 KA44

H138 42.80 KA3 KA3 KA2

H139 28.50 KA5 KA5

H140 57.00 KA44

H141 57.00 KA43 KA43

H142 114.00 KA1 KA1 KA41

H143 57.00 KA3 KA1 KA5

H144 57.00 K85 KA4

H145 95.00 KA51

H146 134.00 KA53 KA52

H147 67.00 KA53

H148 189.00 KA51 KA51

H149 40.50 KA71

H150 40.50 KA71

H151 95.00 KA71 KA71

H152 57.00 KA1 KA2 KA2

H153 200.00 KA53 KA52 KA53

H154 42.80 KA4 KA5

H155 71.00 KA42 KA43 KA2

H156 143.00 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA2 KA2

H157 71.00 KA1 KA1 KA2

H158 71.00 KA1 KA2 KA3 KA3

H159 86.00 KA1 KA1 KA3 KA2

H161 67.00 KA52

H162 28.50 KA2 KA5

H163 57.00 KA85 KA4

H164 114.00 KA85 KA85 KA4 KA4

H165 95.00 KA55

H166 28.50 KA22 KA22

H167 14.30 KA23

H168 14.30 KA22

H170 285.00 KA54 KA51 KA51

H171 162.00 KA53 KA51

H172 28.50 KA23 KA23

H173 189.00 KA54 KA51

H174 86.00 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA3

H175 57.00 KA6 KA2 KA5 KA5

H176 28.50 KA4

H177 42.80 KA3 KA4

H178 42.80 KA85 KA3

H179 161.00 KA53 KA55

Suffix No.

(Add to

Operator

Ty p e )

$ Price

Positions

123456

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aLegend plate has red background with silver letters.

bLegend plate has red background with black letters.

For Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-82

Table 19.230: Legend Plates

Standard

Markings

Plastic Legend Plates

for use with Types K and SK Operators

Aluminum Legend Plates

for use with Type K Operators

1-3/4" Square 2-1/4" Square 2-1/2" Square

Black

Legend

Black

Legend

Blue

Legend

Silver

Legend with

Black Letters

White

Legend with

Black Letters

Black

Legend with

White Letters

Silver

Legend with

Black Letters

White

Legend with

Black Letters

Black

Legend with

White Letters

Silver

Legend with

Black Letters

White

Legend with

Black Letters

Black

Legend with

White Letters

For Push Button or Pilot Light KN200 KN300 KN800

Blank KN200SP KN200WP KN200BP KN100SP KN100WP KN100BP KN700SP KN700WP KN700BP KN200 KN300 KN800

Blank (red) KN200RP bKN200RP bKN200RP bKN100RP bKN100RP bKN100RP bKN700RP bKN700RP bKN700RP bKN200R aKN300R aKN800R a

Start KN201SP KN201WP KN201BP KN101SP KN101WP KN101BP KN701SP KN701WP KN701BP KN201 KN301 KN801

Stop KN202RP bKN202RP bKN202RP bKN102RP bKN102RP bKN102RP bKN702RP bKN702RP bKN702RP bKN202 aKN302 aKN802 a

On KN203SP KN203WP KN203BP KN103SP KN103WP KN103BP KN703SP KN703WP KN703BP KN203 KN303 KN803

Off KN204RP bKN204RP bKN204RP bKN104RP bKN104RP bKN104RP bKN704RP bKN704RP bKN704RP bKN204 aKN304 aKN804 a

Emerg. Stop KN205RP bKN205RP bKN205RP bKN105RP bKN105RP bKN105RP bKN705RP bKN705RP bKN705RP bKN205 aKN305 aKN805 a

Forward KN206SP KN206WP KN206BP KN106SP KN106WP KN106BP KN706SP KN706WP KN706BP KN206 KN306 KN806

Reverse KN207SP KN207WP KN207BP KN107SP KN107WP KN107BP KN707SP KN707WP KN707BP KN207 KN307 KN807

Close KN208SP KN208WP KN208BP KN108SP KN108WP KN108BP KN708SP KN708WP KN708BP KN208 KN308 KN808

Open KN209SP KN209WP KN209BP KN109SP KN109WP KN109BP KN709SP KN709WP KN709BP KN209 KN309 KN809

Down KN210SP KN210WP KN210BP KN110SP KN110WP KN110BP KN710SP KN710WP KN710BP KN210 KN310 KN810

Up KN211SP KN211WP KN211BP KN111SP KN111WP KN111BP KN711SP KN711WP KN711BP KN211 KN311 KN811

Fast KN212SP KN212WP KN212BP KN112SP KN112WP KN112BP KN712SP KN712WP KN712BP KN212 KN312 KN812

Slow KN213SP KN213WP KN213BP KN113SP KN113WP KN113BP KN713SP KN713WP KN713BP KN213 KN313 KN813

High KN214SP KN214WP KN214BP KN114SP KN114WP KN114BP KN714SP KN714WP KN714BP KN214 KN314 KN814

Low KN215SP KN215WP KN215BP KN115SP KN115WP KN115BP KN715SP KN715WP KN715BP KN215 KN315 KN815

Inch KN216SP KN216WP KN216BP KN116SP KN116WP KN116BP KN716SP KN716WP KN716BP KN216 KN316 KN816

In KN217SP KN217WP KN217BP KN117SP KN117WP KN117BP KN717SP KN717WP KN717BP KN217 KN317 KN817

Jog KN218SP KN218WP KN218BP KN118SP KN118WP KN118BP KN718SP KN718WP KN718BP KN218 KN318 KN818

Jog For. KN219SP KN219WP KN219BP KN119SP KN119WP KN119BP KN719SP KN719WP KN719BP KN219 KN319 KN819

Jog Rev. KN220SP KN220WP KN220BP KN120SP KN120WP KN120BP KN720SP KN720WP KN720BP KN220 KN320 KN820

Lower KN221SP KN221WP KN221BP KN121SP KN121WP KN121BP KN721SP KN721WP KN721BP KN221 KN321 KN821

Out KN222SP KN222WP KN222BP KN122SP KN122WP KN122BP KN722SP KN722WP KN722BP KN222 KN322 KN822

Reset KN223SP KN223WP KN223BP KN123SP KN123WP KN123BP KN723SP KN723WP KN723BP KN223 KN323 KN823

Run KN224SP KN224WP KN224BP KN124SP KN124WP KN124BP KN724SP KN724WP KN724BP KN224 KN324 KN824

Start Jog KN225SP KN225WP KN225BP KN125SP KN125WP KN125BP KN725SP KN725WP KN725BP KN225 KN325 KN825

Test KN226SP KN226WP KN226BP KN126SP KN126WP KN126BP KN726SP KN726WP KN726BP KN226 KN326 KN826

Raise KN227SP KN227WP KN227BP KN127SP KN127WP KN127BP KN727SP KN727WP KN727BP KN227 KN327 KN827

Decrease KN228SP KN228WP KN228BP KN128SP KN128WP KN128BP KN728SP KN728WP KN728BP KN228 KN328 KN828

Increase KN229SP KN229WP KN229BP KN129SP KN129WP KN129BP KN729SP KN729WP KN729BP KN229 KN329 KN829

Left KN230SP KN230WP KN230BP KN130SP KN130WP KN130BP KN730SP KN730WP KN730BP KN230 KN330 KN830

Right KN231SP KN231WP KN231BP KN131SP KN131WP KN131BP KN731SP KN731WP KN731BP KN231 KN331 KN831

Cycle Start KN232SP KN232WP KN232BP KN132SP KN132WP KN132BP KN732SP KN732WP KN732BP KN232 KN332 KN832

Feed Start KN233SP KN233WP KN233BP KN133SP KN133WP KN133BP KN733SP KN733WP KN733BP KN233 KN333 KN833

Cycle Stop KN234SP KN234WP KN234BP KN134SP KN134WP KN134BP KN734SP KN734WP KN734BP KN234 KN334 KN834

Motor Run KN236SP KN236WP KN236BP KN136SP KN136WP KN136BP KN736SP KN736WP KN736BP KN236 KN336 KN836

Motor Stop KN237SP KN237WP KN237BP KN137SP KN137WP KN137BP KN737SP KN737WP KN737BP KN237 KN337 KN837

Power On KN238SP KN238WP KN238BP KN138SP KN138WP KN138BP KN738SP KN738WP KN738BP KN238 KN338 KN838

Pull To Start

Push To Stop N/A N/A N/A KN179SP KN179WP KN179BP KN779SP KN779WP KN779BP N/A KN379 N/A

For Selector Switch or Selector Push Button

For.-Rev. KN239SP KN239WP KN239BP KN139SP KN139WP KN139BP KN739SP KN739WP KN739BP KN239 KN339 KN839

Hand-Auto. KN240SP KN240WP KN240BP KN140SP KN140WP KN140BP KN740SP KN740WP KN740BP KN240 KN340 KN840

High-Low KN241SP KN241WP KN241BP KN141SP KN141WP KN141BP KN741SP KN741WP KN741BP KN241 KN341 KN841

Jog-Run KN242SP KN242WP KN242BP KN142SP KN142WP KN142BP KN742SP KN742WP KN742BP KN242 KN342 KN842

Man.-Auto. KN243SP KN243WP KN243BP KN143SP KN143WP KN143BP KN743SP KN743WP KN743BP KN243 KN343 KN843

Off-On KN244SP KN244WP KN244BP KN144SP KN144WP KN144BP KN744SP KN744WP KN744BP KN244 KN344 KN844

On-Off KN245SP KN245WP KN245BP KN145SP KN145WP KN145BP KN745SP KN745WP KN745BP KN245 KN345 KN845

Open-Close KN246SP KN246WP KN246BP KN146SP KN146WP KN146BP KN746SP KN746WP KN746BP KN246 KN346 KN846

Raise-Lower KN247SP KN247WP KN247BP KN147SP KN147WP KN147BP KN747SP KN747WP KN747BP KN247 KN347 KN847

Run-Jog KN248SP KN248WP KN248BP KN148SP KN148WP KN148BP KN748SP KN748WP KN748BP KN248 KN348 KN848

Slow-Fast KN250SP KN250WP KN250BP KN150SP KN150WP KN150BP KN750SP KN750WP KN750BP KN250 KN350 KN850

Start-Stop KN251SP KN251WP KN251BP KN151SP KN151WP KN151BP KN751SP KN751WP KN751BP KN251 KN351 KN851

Up-Down KN253SP KN253WP KN253BP KN153SP KN153WP KN153BP KN753SP KN753WP KN753BP KN253 KN353 KN853

Low-High KN254SP KN254WP KN254BP KN154SP KN154WP KN154BP KN754SP KN754WP KN754BP KN254 KN354 KN854

Stop-Start KN255SP KN255WP KN255BP KN155SP KN155WP KN155BP KN755SP KN755WP KN755BP KN255 KN355 KN855

Left-Right KN256SP KN256WP KN256BP KN156SP KN156WP KN156BP KN756SP KN756WP KN756BP KN256 KN356 KN856

On-Auto KN276SP KN276WP KN276BP KN176SP KN176WP KN176BP KN776SP KN776WP KN776BP KN276 KN376 KN876

Auto-Off-Hand KN258SP KN258WP KN258BP KN158SP KN158WP KN158BP KN758SP KN758WP KN758BP KN258 KN358 KN858

For.-Off-Rev. KN259SP KN259WP KN259BP KN159SP KN159WP KN159BP KN759SP KN759WP KN759BP KN259 KN359 KN859

Hand-Off-Auto. KN260SP KN260WP KN260BP KN160SP KN160WP KN160BP KN760SP KN760WP KN760BP KN260 KN360 KN860

Man.-Off-Auto. KN262SP KN262WP KN262BP KN162SP KN162WP KN162BP KN762SP KN762WP KN762BP KN262 KN362 KN862

Open-Off-Close KN263SP KN263WP KN263BP KN163SP KN163WP KN163BP KN763SP KN763WP KN763BP KN263 KN363 KN863

Up-Off-Down KN264SP KN264WP KN264BP KN164SP KN164WP KN164BP KN764SP KN764WP KN764BP KN264 KN364 KN864

Low-Off-High KN265SP KN265WP KN265BP KN165SP KN165WP KN165BP KN765SP KN765WP KN765BP KN265 KN365 KN865

Jog-Stop-Run KN267SP KN267WP KN267BP KN167SP KN167WP KN167BP KN767SP KN767WP KN767BP KN267 KN367 KN867

High-Low-Off KN270SP KN270WP KN270BP KN170SP KN170WP KN170BP KN770SP KN770WP KN770BP KN270 KN370 KN870

High-Off-Low KN277SP KN277WP KN277BP KN177SP KN177WP KN177BP KN777SP KN777WP KN777BP KN277 KN377 KN877

Auto-Man.-Off KN278SP KN278WP KN278BP KN178SP KN178WP KN178BP KN778SP KN778WP KN778BP KN278 KN378 KN878

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aOther colors available (see Table 19.232).

bSpecify marking required.

Note: The maximum number of characters and lines is a practical maximum, based on a

minimum size of characters to facilitate easy reading.

Mounting Hole for All Types K, SK, and KX Control Units

Hole Punch: Use Greenlee Tool #60242 to punch mounting hole and notch.

Table 19.231: Legend Plates–Special Marking

Legend

Plate Description Type $ Price

KN100( )P

(Plastic) a

2.25 in

Square

Standard Markings See page 19-81 2.90

Special Marking

Silver Field, Black Letters KN199SP

12.30

White Field, Black Letters KN199WP

Red Field, Black Letters KN199RP

Black Field, White Letters KN199BP

KN200

Aluminum

Standard Markings See page 19-81 2.90

Special Marking

Black Field KN299 12.30

Red Field KN299R

KN200( )P

(Plastic) a

1.7 in.

Square

Standard Markings See page 19-81 2.90

Special Marking

Silver Field, Black Letters KN299SP

12.30

White Field, Black Letters KN299WP

Red Field, Black Letters KN299RP

Black Field, White Letters KN299BP

KN300

Aluminum

Standard Markings See page 19-81 2.90

Special Marking

Black Field KN399 12.30

Red Field KN399R

KN400

Aluminum

Blank KN400 5.70

Any Marking b KN499 15.20

KN500

Aluminum

Standard Markings Select from

Table 19.236 2.90

Special Marking

Black Field KN599

12.30

Green Red

Field KN519

KN600

Aluminum

Blank Black Field KN600 6.60

Red Field KN600R

Any Marking

Black Field KN699 15.20

Red Field KN699R

KN700( )P

(Plastic) a

2.5 in.

Square

Standard Markings Select from page 19-81 2.90

Special Marking

Silver Field, Black Letters KN799SP

12.30

White Field, Black Letters KN799WP

Red Field, Black Letters KN799RP

Black Field, White Letters KN799BP

KN800

Aluminum

Standard Markings Select from page 19-81 2.90

Special Marking

Blue Field KN899 12.30

Red Field KN899R

KN900

Aluminum

Blank KN900 2.90

Any Marking b KN999 12.30

Table 19.232: Plastic Legend Plates—Other Colors

Plate Color Letter

Color 1.7 in. Square 2.25 in. Square 2.5 in. Square $ Price

Blank

Legend

Plates

Yellow Black KN200YP KN100YP KN700YP

2.90

Green

White

KN200GP KN100GP KN700GP

Blue KN200LP KN100LP KN700LP

Red KN200CP KN100CP KN700CP

Orange KN200AP KN100AP KN700AP

Burnt Orange Black KN200HP KN100HP KN700HP

Special

Engraved

Legend

Plates

Yellow Black KN299YP KN199YP KN799YP

12.30

Green

White

KN299GP KN199GP KN799GP

Blue KN299LP KN199LP KN799LP

Red KN299CP KN199CP KN799CP

Orange KN299AP KN199AP KN799AP

Burnt Orange Black KN299HP KN199HP KN799HP

Table 19.233: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters for

Type KN Legend Plates

Type KN100 KN200 KN300 KN400 KN500 KN600 KN700 KN800 KN900

Max. No. of

Characters

per Line

16 14 18 18 8

per field 22 17 18 18

per pos.

Max. No. of

Lines 2132 2

per field 422 1

per pos.

Table 19.234: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom

Heads (yellow background)

Diameter Text Catalog Number $ Price

60 mm —9001KN9100

2.90

EMERGENCY STOP 9001KN9330

90 mm —9001KN8100

EMERGENCY STOP 9001KN8330

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

Table 19.235: Min. Centerline Spacing, Type K & SK Control Units

Legend Plate Operator Centerline Spacing (in.)

ABCDEF

Legend Plate Orientation Position #1

KN2

KN5

Standard Push Button 1.75 1.31 1.44 2.25 1.69 0.88

1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.75 1.31 1.44 2.25 1.69 0.88

2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 1.31 1.44 2.25 2.25 1.12

Selector Switch Knobs 1.751.311.442.251.690.88

KN3

Standard Push Button 2.00 1.31 1.44 2.25 1.75 0.88

1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.00 1.31 1.44 2.25 1.75 0.88

2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 1.31 1.44 2.25 2.25 1.12

Selector Switch Knobs 2.001.311.442.251.750.88

KN4

Standard Push Button 1.94 1.31 1.44 2.25 1.62 0.88

1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.94 1.31 1.44 2.25 1.62 0.88

2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 1.31 1.44 2.25 2.25 1.12

Selector Switch Knobs 1.741.311.442.251.620.88

KN6

Standard Push Button 2.38 1.62 1.44 2.25 2.25 1.12

1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.38 1.62 1.44 2.25 2.25 1.12

2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.38 1.62 1.44 2.25 2.25 1.12

Selector Switch Knobs 2.381.621.442.252.251.12

Legend Plate Orientation Position #2

KN2

KN5

Standard Push Button 1.62 1.31 1.44 2.25 1.75 0.88

1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.62 1.31 1.44 2.25 1.75 0.88

2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 1.31 1.44 2.25 2.25 1.12

Selector Switch Knobs 1.621.311.442.251.750.88

KN3

Standard Push Button 1.75 1.31 1.44 2.25 2.00 0.88

1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.75 1.31 1.44 2.25 2.00 0.88

2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 1.31 1.44 2.25 2.25 1.12

Selector Switch Knobs 1.751.311.442.252.000.88

KN4

Standard Push Button 1.62 1.31 1.44 2.25 1.94 1.00

1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.62 1.31 1.44 2.25 1.94 1.00

2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 1.31 1.44 2.25 2.25 1.12

Selector Switch Knobs 1.621.311.442.251.941.00

KN6

Standard Push Button 2.25 1.31 1.62 2.38 2.38 0.88

1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 1.31 1.62 2.38 2.38 0.88

2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 1.31 1.62 2.38 2.38 1.12

Selector Switch Knobs 2.251.311.622.382.380.88

Table 19.236: Special Legend Plates

Type KN500

(For Use with Dual Function Operators: KR6, KR7 and KR67)

Standard Markings

Type Green Red

KN500 Blank Blank

KN501 Start Stop

KN502 On Off

Type Black Black

KN520 Blank Blank

KN521 Start Stop

KN522 On Off

KN523 Forward Reverse

KN524 Up Down

KN525 High Low

KN526 Open Close

.19

5.09

2.25 Dia.

1.22 Dia.

.69

18 .56

Alternate

Cover Drilling

Preferred

Cover Drilling

Units also mount in 1.20 dia.

A30464-162

Dual Dimensions: INCHES

Millimeters

D30052-287

Enclosure or

Grounded Metal Part

1.13

1.31

Light

Module

Light

Module

Light

Module

KA KA KAKA

KAKA KA KA

UnitUnit

Unit Unit Unit Unit

Legend Plate

Position #1

Legend Plate

Position #2

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aThe mushroom guard has finger holes for push-pull operators.

bB=Black G=Green R=Red Y=Yellow

cR=Red Y=Yellow

dUse KU27 for maintained contact push buttons.

eMeets UL and NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13.

Dimensions see catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.237: Padlock Attachments

Used On Description Type $ Price

Type K

non-illuminated

push button —

Standard or

mushroom (KR4,

KR5 mushroom

buttons only).

Holds button in

depressed position

and can be

padlocked.

K4 $28.50

Type K5

Types K and SK

non-illuminated

push buttons with or

without protective

boots.

Holds button in

depressed position

when padlocked.

K5 47.60

Type K97

K97 28.50

Types K and SK

non-illuminated

push buttons, cover

type attachment.

KR, SKR

Attachment can be

padlocked. Does not

hold button in

depressed position.

K6 28.50

Types K and SK

push buttons, cover

type attachment.

Spring loaded cover

cannot be

padlocked. Does not

hold button in

depressed position.

K60 38.00

Types K and SK

push-pull operator

and illuminated push

buttons. KR8, KR9

Holds button in

depressed position

and can be

padlocked.

K62 47.60

KR11U and KR12U

Interlocked

Assembly

Holds maintained

button in depressed

position and can be

padlocked.

K96 28.50

Type KR9 & SKR9

Push-Pull

operators—

Non-Illuminated

and Illuminated

Holds button in

depressed position.

Can be padlocked.

K162 39.00

Table 19.238: Mushroom Button Guards

Aluminum Mushroom Guard

for 1.375 in. Mushroom Button

Operator (KR4, KR24)

Yellow Plastic Extended Mushroom

Guard for 1.375 in. and 1.625 in.

Mushroom Button Operators

Aluminum Mushroom Guard

for 2.25 in. Mushroom Button

Operator

Type $ Price Type Used On $ Price Type Used On $ Price

K48 38.

K56bKR4,

SKR4 $38. K68 KR5 38.

K56cMaKR8, KR9,

SKR8, SKR9 45. K685 KR25 45.

Table 19.239: Padlock Attachments

Used On Description Type $ Price

Types K and SK

selector switches and

potentiometers (will not

work with gloved-hand

knob).

Cover type

attachment that can

be padlocked to keep

unauthorized

personnel from

tampering with the

operator.

K7 28.50

Types K and SK

selector switches and

potentiometers (will not

work with gloved-hand

knob).

Same as 9001K7 but

with spring loaded

lockout cover.

K107 37.50

Types K and SK

illuminated push buttons

(with or without guard)

and key operated push

buttons.

Cover type

attachment that can

be padlocked to keep

unauthorized

personnel from

tampering with the

operator.

K108 28.50

Types K and SK

illuminated push buttons

(with or without guard)

and key operated push

buttons.

Same as 9001K108

but with spring loaded

lockout cover.

K109 38.00

Types K and SK

maintained push-pull

operators using 1.375 in.

dia. mushroom buttons

(-20 series as shown on

page 19-84).

Cover type

attachment that holds

mushroom button in

depressed position

and can be

padlocked.

K110 36.00

Table 19.240: Protective Boots

Note: These Type KU protective boots are recommended for very dirty environments or severe

hose down, but they are not required for UL Type 4 rating on the Type K operators or UL

Type 4 or 4X rating on the Type SK operators. The K1 wrench (see page 19-86) is required

for installation of these boots.

For Non-Illuminated

Push ButtonsdClear Color for Type $ Price

Color Type $ Price Standard knob selector switch KU17 28.50

Black KU1

19.10

Gloved-hand cap for use on standard knob

selector switch KU18 28.50Red KU2

Blue KU3

Brown KU4 Standard pilot light and maintained contact

push buttons KU27 28.50Green KU5

Yellow KU6

Clear KU7 Push-to-test and illuminated push button

without guard KU37 28.50

Clear KU8 28.50

(Provides Full Guard) Illuminated push button with guard KU47 38.00

Table 19.241: Closing Plates

Round (1-1/2 in. Dia.)

Description Type $ Price

Gray K51e9.50

Chrome Plated K52e9.50

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

KU1 KU17 KU37 KU27

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.242: Accessories

aIncludes one each of the following color inserts: Black, Red, Green, Yellow, Orange, Blue,

and White.

b“EMERGENCY STOP” is in raised letters and hot stamped white across the front of the

mushroom button.

cThe mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR1U or SKR1U to

form a 9001KR4 or SKR4.

dThe mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR1U or SKR1U to

form a 9001KR5 or SKR5.

eThe mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR20 to form a

9001KR24 or SKR20 to form a 9001SKR24.

fThe mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR20 to form a

9001KR25 or a SKR20 to form a 9001SKR25.

gThese color caps are opaque and are for use on non-illuminated operators only.

hIncludes two of each of the following color inserts: Black, Red, and Green.

iMay be used on KR8 and KR9 operators. Order mushroom button and K54 adapter (no

charge) from page 19-85. Using the K54 adapter voids Type 6 rating.

jRed knob with “Push Emergency Stop” marked on top of knob.

Description Color Type Package

Qty.

$ Price

Each

Color inserts for

KR1, KR2, KR3, SKR1, SKR2, SKR3, KR11,

KR12, SKR11, SKR12, KRD, T, TRD

Black

Blue

Gray

Green

Orange

Red

T8BK

T8BE

T8GY

T8GN

T8OE

T8RD

10 4.80

Universal aT8U 73.80

White T8WH 10 0.48

Yellow T8YW

1.375 in. Snap-in Mushroom knob for

KR4 and SKR4 c

Black

Blue

Green

Orange

Red

K16B

K16L

K16G

K16S

K16R 1

28.50

Red b K16R05 31.70

Yellow K16Y 28.50

2-1/4 in. Snap-in Mushroom knob for

KR5 and SKR5 d

Black

Blue

Green

Orange

Red

K17B

K17L

K17G

K17S

K17R 1

28.50

Red bK17R05 31.70

Yellow K17Y 28.50

1-3/8 in. Screw-on Mushroom knob for

KR24 and SKR24e

Black

Blue

Green

Orange

Red

Yellow

K92B

K92L

K92G

K92S

K92R

K92Y

128.50

2-1/4 in. Screw-on Mushroom knob for

KR25 and SKR25 f

Black

Blue

Green

Orange

Red

Yellow

K93B

K93L

K93G

K93S

K93R

K93Y

128.50

Push-Pull Knobs for

KR8, KR9, SKR8, SKR9 Operators

Amber

Black g

Blue

Clear

Green

Orange g

Red

A22

B23

L22

C22

G22

S23

R22

6.60

Red jR2205 10.50

White

Yellow

W22

Y22 6.60

Color Inserts for Dual Function

Operators KR6, KR7, KR67

Black

Green

Red

B19

G19

R19 10

0.95

Universal hU19 5.70

Standard Color

Caps for Illuminated Push Buttons

K1L, K2L, K3L, SK1L, SK2L

Amber

Blue

Clear

Green

Red

White

Yellow

16.60

Knob for KR9R94

Red R94 16.60

Metal Knob for KR24 Red

Green

Black

K92RM

K92GM

K92BM

134.00

Metal Knob for KR25 Red

Green

Black

K93RM

K93GM

K93BM

142.00

Metal Knob for KR9 (40 mm) Red

Green

Black

K94RM

K94GM

K94BM

134.00

Metal Knob for KR9 (60 mm) Red

Green

Black

K95RM

K95GM

K95BM

142.00

New!

Description Color Type Package

Qty.

$ Price

Each

1-3/8 in. Mushroom Knob for

Illuminated Push Buttons K2L, SK2L i

Amber

Blue

Clear

Green

Red

White

Yellow

A20

L20

C20

G20

R20

W20

Y20

16.60

2-1/4 in. Mushroom Knob for

Illuminated Push Buttons K2L, SK2L i

Amber

Blue

Clear

Green

Red

White

Yellow

A21

L21

C21

G21

R21

W21

Y21

16.60

Plastic Fresnel Pilot Light Lens for

KP, KT, SKP, SKT

Amber

Blue

Clear

Green

Red

White

Yellow

A31

L31

C31

G31

R31

W31

Y31

16.60

Domed Plastic Pilot Light Lens for

KP, KT, SKP, SKT

Amber

Blue

Clear

Green

Red

White

Yellow

16.60

Glass Pilot Light Lens for

KP, KT

Amber

Blue

Clear

Green

Red

White

Yellow

16.60

Standard Selector Switch Knob for

K and SK Selector Switches

Amber

Black g

Blue

Clear

Green

Orange g

Red

White

Yellow

B11

S11

16.60

Gloved-Hand Selector Switch Knob for

K and SK Selector Switches

Amber

Black g

Blue

Clear

Green

Orange g

Red

White

Yellow

A24

B25

L24

C24

G24

S25

R24

W24

Y24

16.60

Coin Operated Selector Switch Knob for

K and SK Selector Switches

Black g

Blue

Clear

Green

Red

Yellow

B18

L16

C16

G16

R16

Y16

16.60

Color Inserts for

KQ and TQ Selector Push Buttons

Black

Blue

Green

Orange

Red

White

Yellow

T5BK

T5BE

T5GN

T5OE

T5RD

T5WH

T5YW

10 0.95

Cam Type $ Price Each

Selector Switch Cams

K13B

K13C

K13D

K13E

K13F

K13G

K13H

K13J

K13L

K13M

4.20

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Basic Operators, Application Data

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aOperator can be converted to an illuminated operator by removing the

liner (6512240601) and adding a light module.

bOperator can be converted to a non-illuminated operator by adding liner

(6512240601).

cOperator includes jumper wires for push-to-test conversion.

dThese operators can be supplied with 1-3/8 in or 2-1/4 in dia. mushroom

buttons. For 1-3/8 in.: add ( ) 20 to type number. The ( ) refers to the

color chosen—see page 19-84. For 2-1/4 in.: Add ( ) 21 to type number.

The ( ) refers to the color chosen—see page 19-84. Voids UL and

NEMA 6 Rating.

Maximum Contact Block Usage

(Includes Types K, SK and KX)

•2 blocks mounted side by side only: Any 2, 3 or 4 position

spring return selector switch (non-illuminated, illuminated or

keyed).

•2 blocks mounted in tandem on one side only: Any 2

operator interlocked push button.

•2 blocks mounted in tandem (total of four blocks): Any

selector push button, keyed push button, 2, 3, or 4 position

maintained selector switch (non-illuminated, illuminated or

keyed), push-pull operators (non-illuminated or illuminated),

joy stick, dual push button.

•3 blocks mounted in tandem (total of six blocks): Single

momentary push buttons (non-illuminated or illuminated).

Operator Service Temperature Range:

-22o to +140o Fahrenheit at 50% relative humidity

-30o to +60o Celsius

Environmental Ratings:

•Types K and KX: The Type K (Series H) and KX operators are

UL approved for use in Types 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12, and 13 flat

surface enclosures.

•Type SK: The Type SK operators are UL approved for use in

Types 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 12, and 13 flat surface enclosures.

•Types K, SK and KX: For hazardous location use—see

page 19-79.

Dimensions:

Types K, SK and KX: See Catalog 9001CT0001.

Mounting Hole Dimensions:

See page 19-82.

Minimum Centerline Spacing:

Types K and SK: See page 19-82.

Type KX: See Catalog 9001CT0001.

Table 19.243: Basic Operators (Without Color Caps, Mushroom Buttons, Knobs, Selector Switch Cams, Contact

Blocks, Light Modules or Legend Plates)

Description For UL Types/NEMA $ Price

1, 3R, 4, 12, 13 4, 4X, 13

Non-Illuminated Push Button (Extended Guard) KR2 SKR2 25.70

Non-Illuminated Push Button (No Guard) KR3 SKR3 25.70

Non-Illuminated Push Button (Mushroom Button/Screw-On) KR20 SKR20 25.70

Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Momentary) KR6 —52.00

Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Momentary Interlocked) KR67 — 81.00

Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Maintained Interlocked) KR7 —81.00

Momentary Pull—Maintained Neutral—Momentary Push KR8 ad SKR8 a50.00

Maintained Pull—Maintained Push KR9 ad SKR9 a80.00

Illuminated Push Button (Full Guard—Plastic Top) K1L bSK1L b28.50

Illuminated Push Button and Push-To-Test (No Guard) K2L bc SK2Lbc 19.10

Illuminated Push Button (Full Guard—Metal Top) K3L b—28.50

Standard Pilot Light KP SKP 19.10

3 Position Maintained Selector Switch KS4 aSKS4 a24.20

3 Position Spring Return Both Sides To Center—Selector Switch KS5 aSKS5 a43.20

3 Position Spring Return Left To Center—Selector Switch KS6 aSKS6 a43.20

3 Position Spring Return Right To Center—Selector Switch KS7 aSKS7 a43.20

Table 19.244: Selector Switch Angular Travel (Types K, SK and KX)

2 Position 3 Position 4 Position

2 Position

70 70

3 Position

47 47

4 Position

Table 19.245: Non Hazardous Locations

Ty p e s K, S K

and KX

File

CCN

#42259

NKCR

File

Class

LR25490

3211 03

Table 19.246: Hazardous Locations (see page 19-79)

Ty p e s K, S K File

CCN

E10054(N)

NOIV

File

Class

LR26817

3218 02

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Replacement Parts

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aMaintained button of two button operator.

bMomentary button of two button operator.

cSecondary ring nut (holds knob on selector switch or potentiometer).

dGE44 and GE755 are interchangeable (GE755 gives longer life). If a GE44 lamp is

ordered, a GE755 (2550101020) will be substituted. For a replacement lamp in a current

series light module see the light module listing on page 19-77.

eAllows Type -20 and -21 mushroom color caps to be used on push-pull operators. Use of

9001K54 voids Type 6 rating.

Table 19.247: Ring Nuts

Used On Type Used On Type $ Price

K1L K44 SK1L SK44 12.30

K30-K37 K45 ——2.90

K70-K73 K45 ——2.90

K20, K21, K22, K23 K45 SK20, SK21, SK22, SK23 SK45 2.90

K20, K21, K22, K23 cSK46 SK20, SK21, SK22, SK23 cSK46 2.90

K2L K49 SK2L SK49 2.90

K3L (complete) K111 ——12.30

K3L (metal top only) 6515802701 ——43.60

KP, KTR K41 SKP, SKTR SK41 2.90

KR1 K41 SKR1 SK41 2.90

KR11 K42 SKR11 SK42 2.90

KR12 aK42 SKR12 aSK42 2.90

KR12 bK41 SKR12 bSK41 2.90

KR13, 14, 15 K55 ——2.90

KR2 K42 SKR2 SK42 2.90

KR20 K49 ——2.90

KR24 K49 ——2.90

KR25 K49 SKR25 SK49 2.90

KR3 K40 SKR3 SK40 2.90

KR4 K41 SKR4 SK41 2.90

KR5 K41 SKR5 SK41 2.90

KR6 K47 ——2.90

KR67 K47 ——2.90

KR7 K47 ——2.90

KR8 K58 SKR8 6509704401 2.90

KR9 K41 SKR9 SK41 2.90

KS K45 SKS SK45 2.90

KS cSK46

SKS c

SKRU11

SKRU1,2,3,4,5,10

SK46

SK41

SK40

2.90

KT K49 SKT SK49 2.90

Table 19.248: Replacement Lamps For Series A–F (black)

Light Modules

Light

Module Type

Lamp Number

(ANSI)

Square D Replacement Lamps

Part Number $ Price

KM1 GE44d——

KM2 GE1490 2550101003 8.30

KM3 GE44d——

KM4 GE1490 2550101003 8.30

KM5 GE44d——

KM6 GE44d——

KM7 GE44d——

KM8 GE44d——

KM9 GE755 2550101020 8.30

KM11 CMDK1A5 2550105014 22.00

KM12 CMDK1A5 2550105014 22.00

KM13 CMDK1A5 2550105014 22.00

KM14 CMDK1A5 2550105014 22.00

KM15 CMDK1A5 2550105014 22.00

KM21 SYL12PSB 2550105003 11.00

KM22 SYL12PSB 2550105003 11.00

KM23 SYL28PSB 2550105008 11.00

KM25 SYL120PSB 2550105005 11.00

KM31 SYL6PSB 2550105007 11.00

KM32 SYL12PSB 2550105003 11.00

KM34 SYL24PSB 2550105004 11.00

KM35 SYL28PSB 2550105008 11.00

KM36 SYL48PSB 2550105009 11.00

KM37 SYL60PSB 2550105010 11.00

KM38 SYL120PSB 2550105005 11.00

Table 19.249: Repair Parts

Description Part Number $ Price

E10 Key

Gray cap for KR11, KR12, SKR11, or SKR12

Clear plastic top (only) for 9001K44 & SK44

Ring Nut

Gasket for Type K and SK Push-Pull Knob

Gasket for Plastic Illuminated Lens

Gasket for Type K and SK selector switch knob

Black Compensating Gasket (Type K and SK

Operators

Liner for Non-Illuminated Operators

Locking Thrust Washer

Nylon Spacer

Locking Thrust Washer (Std. Type SK Operator)

Push-Pull Mushroom Adaptere

Rubber Boot for Joystick

Knob on Joysticks without latch

Knob for SK Potentiometer

Fingersafe Cover for 9001KM

2941101100

3105217001

4487D63X1

6509701801

6509701901

3105406401

6509702001

6509704901

6512231201

6509705001

6512240601

K54

6512243201

4458D20X3

3105404408

6508804101

6.60

9.20

5.30

1.30

2.60

1.30

2.60

N/C

2.60

3.40

2.60

N/C

4.80

8.60

7.10

2.00

Table 19.250: KU Replacement Ring Nuts

(Threaded Inside and Out)

Used On Part Number $ Price

KU1 through KU8, KU27, KU37, KU47 3105204101 2.90

KU17, KU18 3105205901 7.10

Table 19.251: Interlock

For mechanically interlocking two push buttons

so that only one button can be depressed at a

time. A Type K3 attachment is furnished with the

9001 KR11, KR12, SKR11,

SKR12, SKRU1 and SKRU11 operators.

However, these are maintained operators and

the K3 interlock serves to release one of the

buttons when the other is depressed. When

used with momentary contact buttons, the K3

interlock does not hold the buttons in the

depressed position. It simply prevents pushing

both buttons at the same time.

The Type K3 interlock is mounted behind the

operators. Operators not included.

Type $ Price

K3 19.10

Table 19.252: Screwdriver

Used to tighten mounting screws on

contact blocks and light modules.

Type $ Price

K69 23.70

Table 19.253: Wrenches

K95 K1

Where Used Type $ Price

For tightening ring nuts on 22 and 30 mm control units K95 28.50

For protective cap kits K1 47.60

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Square Multifunction Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

The operators listed below come complete with color caps, legend

inserts/plates, contact blocks, and light modules (illuminated operators

only) and can be ordered using the short type number. If the operator

you desire is not listed below, see pages 19-88 through 19-92. For a

component breakdown of each of the operators listed on this page, refer

to Product Data Bulletin M-603. UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13.

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

aButtons are mechanically interlocked

bIf all four lamps are illuminated at the same time continuously—do NOT operate above

120 Vac.

Table 19.254: Single Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Push

Buttons

Description Button

Color

Legend

Marking Contacts Type $ Price

Non-

Illuminated

Green

Red

Start

Stop

KXRA101

KXRA102 57.00

Green Start KXRA133 42.80

Red Stop KXRA134 42.80

Red

Mushroom

Emerg.

Stop KXRN105 86.00

Red

Mushroom

Emerg.

Stop KXRN135 71.00

Illuminated

110-120 V,

50-60 Hz

Tr a n s fo r m e r

Green

Red

Start

Stop

KXRB103

KXRB104 134.00

Red

Mushroom

Emerg.

Stop KXRP106 162.00

Table 19.255: Dual Push Buttons

Description Top Button (#1) Bottom Button

(#2) Contacts Type $ Price

Start

(Green-Mom.)

Stop

(Red-Mom.) KXRC111 114.

Start

(Green-Mom.)

Stop

(Red-Mom.) KXRC136 86.

(Green-Mom.)a

Down

(Green-Mom.)aKXRD112 119.

Open

(Green-Mom.)a

(Green-Mom.)aKXRD113 119.

Forward

(Green-Mom.)a

Reverse

(Green-Mom.)aKXRD114 119.

(Green-Mom.)a

Down

(Green-Mom.)aKXRD140 90.

Open

(Green-Mom.)a

(Green-Mom.)aKXRD141 90.

Forward

(Green-Mom.)a

Reverse

(Green-Mom.)aKXRD142 90.

Start

(Green-Maint.)a

Stop

(Red-Maint.)aKXRE115 114.

Reset

(Green-Mom.)a

Stop

(Red-Maint.)aKXRF116 114.

Table 19.256: Dual Push Button With One Pilot Light

Description

Top

Button

(#1)

Middle

Lens

(#2)

Bottom

Button

(#3)

Contacts Type $ Price

Pilot Light

at 110–120 V,

50–60 Hz

Tr a n s fo r m e r

Start

(Green-

Mom.)

(Red)

Stop

(Red-Mom.) KXRG117 209.

Start

(Green-

Mom.)

(Red)

Stop

(Red-Mom.) KXRG137 180.

Blank

(Green-

Mom.)a

Blank

(Red)

Blank

(Green-

Mom.)a

KXRH118 219.

Start

(Green-

Maint.)a

(Red)

Stop

(Red-

Maint.)a

KXRJ119 219.

Reset

(Green-

Mom.)a

(Red)

Stop

(Red-

Maint.)a

KXRK120 171.

Table 19.257: Dual Push Button With Dual Pilot Lights

Description

Top

Button

(#1)

Left

Lens

(#2)

Right

Lens

(#3)

Bottom

Button

(#4)

Contacts Type

Number $ Price

Pilot Lights

at 110–120 V,

50–60 Hz

Transformer

Start

(Green-

Mom.)

(Red)

Off

(Green)

Stop

(Red-Mom.) KXRL121 323.

Number 1

(White-

Mom.)

White

Blue

Number 2

(Blue-

Mom.)

KXRL132 333.

Start

(Green-

Mom.)

(Red)

Off

(Green)

Stop

(Red-Mom.) KXRL138 294.

Blank

(Green-

Mom.)a

Blank

(Red)

Blank

(Red)

Blank

(Green-

Mom.)a

KXRM122 351.

Table 19.258: Selector Switches

Non-Illuminated

Description Positions Legend Knob Contacts Type $ Price

2-Maint. Off-On Black 10

01 KXSA125 66.

2-Maint. Off-On Black 0 1 KXSA139 52.

3-Maint. Hand-Off-Auto. Black 100

001 KXSD126 66.

3-Maint. Hand-Off-Auto. Black

100

001

100

001

KXSD127 95.

Illuminated—110–120 V, 50–60 Hz, Transformer

Description Positions Legend Knob Contacts Type $ Price

2-Maint. Off-On Red 10

01 KXSJ128 143.

3-Maint. Hand-Off-Auto. Red 100

001 KXSM129 143.

3-Maint. Hand-Off-Auto. Red

100

001

100

001

KXSM130 171.

Table 19.259: Single Pilot Light

Description Lens

Color

Legend

Marking Type $ Price

110–120 V,

50–60 Hz

Transformer

Standard Red

Green

Off

KXPA107

KXPA108

105.

Push-To-Test Red

Green

Off

KXTA109

KXTA110

134.

Table 19.260: Dual Push-To-Test Pilot Light

(Pushing Button #1 Tests Pilot Light #2—Pushing Button #4 Tests Pilot Light #3)

Description Top

Button (#1)

Left

Lens (#2)

Right

Lens (#3)

Bottom

Button (#4) Type $ Price

Pilot Lights

at 110–120 V,

50–60 Hz

Tr a n s fo r m e r

Green

Blank

Red

Blank

Red

Blank

Green

Blank KXTC123 312.

Table 19.261: Dual Pilot Light

Description Left Lens (#1) Right Lens (#2) Type $ Price

110–120 V,

50–60 Hz. Transformer

Red

Green

Off KXPB124 191.

Table 19.262: Four-Field Pilot Light

Description Top

Left (#1)

Top

Right (#2)

Bottom

Left (#3)

Bottom

Right (#4)

Type

Number $ Price

110–120 V,

50–60 Hz

Transformer

White

Blank

Blue

Blank

Green

Blank

Red

Blank KXPC131 362.

Remote Testb

120 Vac Resistor

White

Blank

Blue

Blank

Green

Blank

Red

Blank KXTE150b399.

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Square Multifunction Operators

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Push Button and Pilot Light Combinations—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

All illuminated push buttons are of the no guard type. To make them a full guard type (does not apply to the KXRN and

KXRP operators), add a shroud from page 19-94. If legend inserts must be assembled into the operators, see

instructions on page 19-93.

Single Button

Momentary

9001KXRA, KXRB

g 9001 KX _______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______

1234

(Lens Locations)

Square Multifunction

Single and Dual Push Button Codes $ Price

Standard Single Momentary (Non-Illuminated) RA 19.10

Standard Single Momentary (Illuminated)fRB 19.10

Two Momentary (Non-Illuminated) RC 38.00

Two Momentary with Interlock (Non-Illuminated) RD 42.80

Two Maintained with Interlock (Non-Illuminated) RE 66.00

One Momentary/One Maintained with Interlock

(Non-Illuminated) RF 66.00

Mushroom Single Momentary (Non-Illuminated) RN 42.80

Mushroom Single Momentary (Illuminated)fRP 42.80

Push Button and Pilot Light Combination Codes

Two Momentary Push Buttons with No Interlock

and a Single Pilot LightfRG 47.60

Two Momentary Push Buttons with Interlock and

a Single Pilot LightfRH 57.00

Two Maintained Push Buttons with Interlock and

a Single Pilot LightfRJ 86.00

One Momentary/One Maintained with Interlock

and a Single Pilot LightfRK 38.00

Two Momentary Push Buttons with No Interlock

and Dual Pilot LightseRL 77.00

Two Momentary Push Buttons with Interlock and

Dual Pilot LightseRM 105.00

Illuminated Operators Only: Add Voltage Assembly Code a

Non-Illuminated Operators Blank N/C

Color Codes bd

(Choose one lens color per lens location)

Leave blank if location does not exist or no lens is

required.

Amber A 6.60

Green G 6.60

Blue L 6.60

Red R 6.60

White W 6.60

No lens color or no location Blank N/C

“H” Code Contact Block Assembled to Operator c

No Contact Blocks Blank N/C

aChoose voltage assembly code from page 19-77. Price based on light module chosen.

bFor LEDs, match lens color with lamp color (green, red, yellow) or use a white lens. Note: Yellow = Amber

cSelect from “H” code table on page 19-80. Price based on total contact blocks.

dLens for Types KXRN and KXRP are $11.40

eChoose voltage assembly code from page 19-92. Price based on light module chosen.

fChoose voltage assembly code from page 19-77. Price based on light module chosen.

gFor complete operators, see page 19-87. If the desired operator is not listed, then use this table to develop a catalog number.

Dual Push Button

(Non-Illuminated Only)

9001KXRC, KXRD, KXRE, KXRF

Two Push Buttons (1 & 3)

One Pilot Light (2)

9001KXRG, KXRH, KXRJ, KXRK

Two Push Buttons (1 & 4)

Two Pilot Lights (2 & 3)

9001KXRL, KXRM

.06

.88

.87

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.07

1.47

1.85

2.82

KX RA

KX RN

Single Push Button Operator

Non-Illuminated

.06

.88

.87

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.47

1.85

2.82

KX RC

KX RD

KX RE

KX RF

Dual Push Button Operator

Non-Illuminated

.06

.90

1.07

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.47

2.00

KX RB

KX RP

KX TA

Side 2

Side 1

Single Push Button Operator

Illuminated

KXRA, KXRB

KXRN, KXRP

KXRG, KXRH

KXRJ, KXRK

KXRL

KXRM

KXRC, KXRD

KXRE, KXRF

.06

.87

22 .25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.47

2.00

KX RG

KX RH

KX RJ

KX RX

Side 2

Side 1

Dual Push Button Operator

Illuminated

.06

.85

.87

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.47

2.75

.97

4.69

119

KX RL

KX RM

KX TC

Dual Lamp Push Button Operator

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Square Multifunction Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Non-Illuminated and Illuminated 2 Position Selector Switch Operators—

UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-94

Contact Blocks and Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78 to 19-79

“H” Contact Block Assembly Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-80

Legend Inserts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-93

Lockouts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-94

Legend Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-93

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-94

Cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-84

9001KXS

d 9001 KX ______ _______ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____

Square Multifunction

Selector Switch Codes $ Price

Maintained (Non-Illuminated) fSA 24.20

Spring Return from Left to Right (Non-Illuminated) SB 43.20

Spring Return from Right to Left (Non-Illuminated) fSC 43.20

Maintained (Illuminated) SJ 24.20

Spring Return from Left to Right (Illuminated) SK 43.20

Spring Return from Right to Left (Illuminated) fSL 43.20

Key Operated—Maintained fSR 89.00

Key Operated—Spring Return from Left to Right SS 107.00

Key Operated—Spring Return from Right to Left fST 107.00

Cam Codes

(Choose one based on contact

closure sequence, refer to

page 19-64)

ED4.20

Illuminated Operator Only: Add Voltage Assembly Code a

Non-Illuminated Operators or Keyed Blank N/C

Key Withdrawal Codes (Keyed Operators Only)

(Choose one code) 1N/C

2N/C

3N/C

Color Codes b

Amber A 6.60

Black(Non-Illuminated only) B 6.60

Green G 6.60

Blue L 6.60

Red R 6.60

White W 6.60

No Color, Keyed, or Two Color Knob Blank N/C

“H” Code Contact Block Assembled to Operator c

No Contact Blocks Blank N/C

Two Color Selector Switch Knobe

Standard Y178 28.50

Non-Illuminated, Keyed or Not Desired Blank N/C

aChoose voltage assembly code from page 19-77. Price based on light module chosen.

bFor LEDs, match lens color with lamp color (green, red, yellow) or use a clear lens. Note: Yellow = Amber

cSelect from “H” code table on page 19-80. Maximum contact block usage: 2 blocks mounted in tandem (4 blocks total). Price based on

total contact blocks.

dFor complete operators, see page 19-87. If the desired operator is not listed, then use this table to develop a catalog number.

eTwo color knobs are used to indicate red in the left position and green in the right position on illuminated operators. Do not add knob

color code when using Form Y178.

fE Cam Only.

.06

.88

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.28

1.47

1.85

2.82

KX SA

KX SB

KX SC

KX SD

KX SE

KX SF

KX SG

KX SH

Selector Switch Operator

Non-Illuminated

.06

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.28

2.00

Side 2

Side 1

1.47

KX SJ

KX SK

KX SL

KX SM

KX SN

KX SO

KX SP

KX SQ

Selector Switch Operator Illuminated

.06

.88

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.47

1.85

2.54

2.82

KX SR

KX SS

KX ST

KX SV

KX SW

KX SX

KX SY

KX SZ

Key Operator Selector Switch

2 Position

Ye s

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Square Multifunction Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Non-Illuminated and Illuminated 3 Position Selector Switch Operators –

UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79. Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

9001KXS e 9001 KX ______ _____ _____ _____ ____ ____

Square Multifunction

3 Position Selector Switch Codes $ Price

Maintained (Non-Illuminated) SD 24.20

Spring Return Left to Center (Non-Illuminated) SE 43.20

Spring Return Right to Center (Non-Illuminated) SF 43.20

Spring Return Both Sides to Center (Non-Illuminated) SG 43.20

Maintained (Illuminated) SM 24.20

Spring Return Left to Center (Illuminated) SN 43.20

Spring Return Right to Center (Illuminated) SO 43.20

Spring Return Both Sides to Center (Illuminated) SP 43.20

aKey Operated—Maintained SV 89.00

aKey Operated—Spring Return Left to Center SW 107.00

aKey Operated—Spring Return Right to Center SX 107.00

aKey Operated—Spring Return Both Sides to Center SY 107.00

Switch Operation & Cam Codes

(Choose one based on contact closure sequence; see page 19-64)

Codes: B C D E 4.20

Codes: F G J L 4.20

Codes: M4.20

No Cam Blank N/C

Voltage Assembly or Key Withdrawal Code

Illuminated Operator: Add Voltage Assembly Code b

Non-Illuminated Operator Blank N/C

Key Withdrawal Codes

(Keyed Operators only;

choose one code.) 4 N/C

5N/C

6N/C

7N/C

8N/C

9N/C

10 N/C

Knob Color Codes

Amber A6.60

Black aB6.60

Green G6.60

Blue L6.60

Red R6.60

White W6.60

No Color, Keyed or Two Color Knob Blank N/C

“H” Suffix Number for Contact Blocks c

No Contact Blocks Blank N/C

Two Color Selector Switch Knob d

Standard Y178 28.50

Non-Illuminated, Keyed Operated or

Not Desired Blank N/C

aNot available in illuminated switches.

bChoose voltage assembly code from page 19-77. For neon light modules, use clear knob color only. For LED light modules, use a knob

color that matches the color of the LED (for example, a red LED uses a red knob) or use clear. Price based on light module chosen.

cSelect from “H” number table on page 19-80. Maximum contact block usage: 2 blocks mounted in tandem (4 blocks total). Price based

on total contact blocks.

dTwo color knobs are used to indicate red in the left position and green in the right position on illuminated operators.

Note: Do not add a knob color code when using Form Y178.

eFor complete operators, see page 19-85. If the desired operator is not listed, then use this table to develop a catalog number.

.06

.88

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.28

1.47

1.85

2.82

KX SA

KX SB

KX SC

KX SD

KX SE

KX SF

KX SG

KX SH

Selector Switch Operator

Non-Illuminated

.06

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.28

2.00

Side 2

Side 1

1.47

KX SJ

KX SK

KX SL

KX SM

KX SN

KX SO

KX SP

KX SQ

Selector Switch Operator

Illuminated

.06

.88

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.47

1.85

2.54

2.82

KX SR

KX SS

KX ST

KX SV

KX SW

KX SX

KX SY

KX SZ

Key Operator Selector Switch

70 70

3 Position

011

100

011

001

110

100

000

100

001

100

111

100

011

010

001

110

Ye s

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Square Multifunction Selector Switches

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Non-Illuminated and Illuminated 4 Position Selector Switch Operators

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

Legend plate and contact block not included unless noted.

9001KXS

c 9001 KX _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____

Square Multifunction

Selector Switch Codes $ Price

Maintained (Non-Illuminated) SH 24.20

Maintained (Illuminated) SQ 24.20

Key Operated—Maintained SZ 89.00

Cam Codes (Only H Cam is available, refer to page 19-84) H4.20

Voltage Assembly or Key Withdrawal Code

Illuminated Operator: Add Voltage Assembly Code a

Non-Illuminated Operators Blank N/C

Key Withdrawal Codes

(Keyed Operators only;

choose one code) 11 N/C

12 N/C

13 N/C

14 N/C

Knob Color Codes

Amber A6.60

Black dB6.60

Green G6.60

Blue L6.60

Red R6.60

White W6.60

No Color or Keyed Blank N/C

“H” Suffix Number for Contact Blocks b

No Contact Blocks Blank N/C

aChoose voltage assembly code from page 19-77. For neon light modules, use clear knob color only. For LED light modules, use a knob

color that matches the color of the LED (for example, a red LED uses a red knob) or use clear. Price based on light module chosen.

bSelect from “H” number table on page 19-80. Maximum contact block usage: 2 blocks mounted in tandem (4 blocks total). Price based

on total contact blocks.

cFor complete operators, see page 19-85. If the desired operator is not listed, then use this table to develop a catalog number.

dNot available in illuminated switches.

Table 19.263: Potentiometer (With Dial Plate) fg (Not UL Listed)

Watts Description Type $ Price

Operator only—Single Pot

Operator with Single Pot

Operator only—Tandem Pot

Operator with Tandem Pot

KXBA

KXBBe

KXBC

KXBDe

134.

191.

209.

266.

eFor complete Type number add suffix number from table below. Example: Type KXBB05

SuffixeOhms SuffixeOhms SuffixeOhms SuffixeTandem Pots Ohms

Front Rear

100

200

250

500

1000

1500

2000

3200

3500

5 K

10 K

15 K

25 K

35 K

50 K

75 K

100 K

250 k

500 k

750 k

1.1 M

2.2 M

5.0 M

1000

5000

10 K

50 K

100 K

1000

5000

10 K

50 K

100 K

fDial Plate only—Order Class 9001 Type KXN905. Price $2.90.

gUses same potentiometer as Class 9001 Type K and SK.

.06

.88

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.28

1.47

1.85

2.82

KX SA

KX SB

KX SC

KX SD

KX SE

KX SF

KX SG

KX SH

Selector Switch Operator

Non-Illuminated

.06

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.28

2.00

Side 2

Side 1

1.47

KX SJ

KX SK

KX SL

KX SM

KX SN

KX SO

KX SP

KX SQ

Selector Switch Operator

Illuminated

.06

.88

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.47

1.85

2.54

2.82

KX SR

KX SS

KX ST

KX SV

KX SW

KX SX

KX SY

KX SZ

Key Operator Selector Switch

Yes

47 47

4 Position

.06

.85

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.28

1.47

2.15

KX BA

KX BB

Single Pot Potentiometer Operator

.06

.85

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.28

1.47

3.20

KX BA

KX BB

Double Pot Potentiometer Operator

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Square Multifunction Pilot Lights

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Pilot Lights—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-79.

Lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-94

Lamp and Lens Removal Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-94

Shroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-94

Enclosures, use Class 9001 Type KYAF or KYSS . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-102

Contact Blocks and Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-78, 19-79

Light Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-77

Legend Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-93

“H” Contact Block Assembly Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-80

Boots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-94

Four-Field

Pilot Light

9001KXPC

9001KXTE

e 9001 KX _______ _______ ______ ______ ______ ______ _______

1234

Square Multifunction (Lens Location)

Pilot Light Codes $ Price

Standard Single dPA 19.1 0

Standard DualfPB 25.60

Standard Four-FieldfPC 50.00

Single Push-To-Test c dTA 47 .60

Single Remote Test a c dTB 66.00

Dual Push-To-Test c fTC 134.00

Dual Remote Test a c fTD 83.00

Four-Field Remote Test c fTE 49.50

Voltage Assembly Code b

Color Codes

Choose one lens color per location.

Leave blank if location does not exist or no lens is required.g

Amber A 6.60

Green G 6.60

Blue L 6.60

Red R 6.60

White W 6.60

No Color or No Location Blank N/C

Contact Block (Push-To-Test Operators Only) H1 (KXTA)

H2 (KXTC)

N/C

aUse only full voltage or resistor light modules (AC only) on remote test pilot lights. Do not use LED, neon, or transformer.

bChoose voltage assembly code from page 19-77. Price based on light module chosen.

cPush-to-test pilot lights are preassembled with Type KA1 (1 N.O./1N.C.) contact blocks. Jumpers for each button and remote test pilot

lights are preassembled with one dummy contact block and diodes. No base operators available.

dChoose voltage assembly codes from page 19-77. Price based on light module chosen.

eFor complete operators, see page 19-85. If the desired operator is not listed, then use this table to develop a catalog number.

fChoose voltage assembly code from table below for the appropriate operator.

gAdd the color codes from the button cover table. Example: KXPB1tt with a white and blue button cover = KXPB1WL.

hOne $6.60 list price will cover both lens locations for KXPB and KXTD and all four lenses for KXPC and KXTE.

iEach lens location on the KXTC requires a $6.60 list price adder.

.06

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

.64

1.47

2.00

Single Pilot Light

.06

.85

.87

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.47

2.75

Dual Lamp Pilot Light

.06

.85

.64

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

1.47

3.10

Four Lamp Pilot Light

112

KXPA

KXTA

KXTB

KXTC KXPC

KXTE

KXPB

KXTD

Voltage Description

For use with Dual

or Four Lamp

Operators As

Indicated

Assembly

Code f

Separate

Light Module

Type

$ Price Rated

VA/W

Lamp Number

(ANSI)

Lamp Part

Number $ Price

6 Vac/dc

12 Vac/dc

24 Vac/dc

28 Vac/dc

48 Vac/dc

60 Vac/dc

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz

120 Vac/dc

208–220 V, 50–60 Hz

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz

277 V, 50–60 Hz

380–480 V, 50–60 Hz

550–600 V, 50–60 Hz

Full Voltage

Resistor

Full Voltage

Resistor

Transformer

Resistor

Transformer

KXPB, KXRL

KXRM, KXTC

KXAKM231

KXAKM232

KXAKM234

KXAKM235

KXAKM236

KXAKM237

KXAKM21

KXAKM238

KXAKM23

KXAKM27

KXAKM28

KXAKM25

KXAKM26

114.

152.

114.

152.

0.9

2.0

1.8

1.2

2.6

3.0

2.4

3.0

2.4

6PSB

12PSB

24PSB

28PSB

48PSB

60PSB

6PSB

120PSB

6PSB

2550105007

2550105003

2550105004

2550105008

2550105009

2550105010

2550105007

2550105005

2550105007

11.00

6 Vac

12 Vac

24 Vac

28 Vac

48 Vac

60 Vac

120 Vac

Full Voltage

Resistor

Full Voltage

Resistor

KXTD

KXAKM231

KXAKM232

KXAKM234

KXAKM235

KXAKM236

KXAKM237

KXAKM238

114.

0.9

2.0

1.8

1.2

2.6

3.0

6PSB

12PSB

24PSB

28PSB

48PSB

60PSB

120PSB

2550105007

2550105003

2550105004

2550105008

2550105009

2550105010

2550105005

6 Vac/dc

12 Vac/dc

24 Vac/dc

28 Vac/dc

48 Vac/dc

60 Vac/dc

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz

120 Vac/dc

Full Voltage

Resistor

Transformer

Resistor

KXPC

KXAKM431

KXAKM432

KXAKM434

KXAKM435

KXAKM436

KXAKM437

KXAKM41

KXAKM438

228.

311.

228.

0.9

2.0

1.8

1.2

2.6

3.0

2.4

3.0

6PSB

12PSB

24PSB

28PSB

48PSB

60PSB

6PSB

120PSB

2550105007

2550105003

2550105004

2550105008

2550105009

2550105010

2550105007

2550105005

6 Vac/dc

24 Vac/dc

28 Vac/dc

120 Vac/dc

Full Voltage

Resistor

KXTE

KXAKMR431

KXAKMR434

KXAKMR435

KXAKMR438

342.

0.9

1.8

1.2

3.0

6PSB

24PSB

28PSB

120PSB

2550105007

2550105004

2550105008

2550105005

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Accessories

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aThese legend inserts are for the pilot lights in the center of the operator.

bThese legend inserts are for the push button portion of the operator.

cThese legend inserts have vertical printing.

All Type KX push buttons and pilot lights have a blank insert as

standard. These blank inserts can be custom marked using a marking

pen, a mechanical lettering set, press letters, or a tape lettering

machine that marks a tape which can then be transferred to the blank

insert.

To have legend inserts installed into the operators, order the operator

as normal and then indicate where to install the legend inserts using the

numbered positions shown on the operator ordered.

Table 19.264: Legend Plates for Push Buttons or Pilot Lights

Marking

Used On

$ Price

AB C D E F

KXRA,

KXRB

KXRN,

KXRP

KXPA,

KXPC

KXTA,

KXTB

KXTE

KXRC,

KXRD

KXRE,

KXRF

KXPB

KXTD c

KXRG,

KXRH

KXRJ,

KXRKa

KXRG,

KXRH

KXRJ,

KXRK

KXRL,

KXRM

KXTCb

KXRL,

KXRM

KXTC a

Blank

Start

Stop

Off

Emerg. Stop

Forward

Reverse

Open

Down

Jog

Reset

Run

Cycle Start

Motor Run

Power On

KXN100

KXN101

KXN102

KXN103

KXN104

KXN105

KXN106

KXN107

KXN108

KXN109

KXN110

KXN111

KXN118

KXN123

KXN124

KXN132

KXN136

KXN138

KXN200

KXN201

KXN202

KXN203

KXN204

KXN205

KXN206

KXN207

KXN208

KXN209

KXN210

KXN211

KXN218

KXN223

KXN224

KXN232

KXN236

KXN238

KXN200

KXN201V

KXN202V

KXN203V

KXN204V

KXN205V

KXN206V

KXN207V

KXN208V

KXN209V

KXN210V

KXN211V

KXN218V

KXN223V

KXN224V

KXN232V

KXN236V

KXN238V

KXN300

KXN301

KXN302

KXN303

KXN304

KXN305

KXN306

KXN307

KXN308

KXN309

KXN310

KXN311

KXN318

KXN323

KXN324

KXN332

KXN336

KXN338

KXN400

KXN401

KXN402

KXN403

KXN404

KXN405

KXN406

KXN407

KXN408

KXN409

KXN410

KXN411

KXN418

KXN423

KXN424

KXN432

KXN436

KXN438

KXN500

KXN501

KXN502

KXN503

KXN504

KXN505

KXN506

KXN507

KXN508

KXN509

KXN510

KXN511

KXN518

KXN523

KXN524

KXN532

KXN536

KXN538

2.90

Special-

Marking KXN199 KXN299 KXN299V KXN399 KXN499 KXN599 12.30

Table 19.265: Legend Plates for Selector Switches

Used On

Marking

$ Price

KXSA, KXSB, KXSC, KXSD,

KXSE, KXSF, KXSG, KXSH,

KXSJ, KXSK, KXSL, KXSM,

KXSN, KXSO, KXSP, KXSQ

KXSR, KXSS, KXST,

KXSV, KXSW, KXSX,

KXSY, KXSZ

Blank

For.-Rev.

Hand-Auto

Man-Auto

Off-On

On-Off

Open-Close

Start-Stop

Auto-Off-Hand

Hand-Off-Auto

Man-Off-Auto

KXN600

KXN639

KXN640

KXN643

KXN644

KXN645

KXN646

KXN651

KXN658

KXN660

KXN662

KXN700

KXN739

KXN740

KXN743

KXN744

KXN745

KXN746

KXN751

KXN758

KXN760

KXN762

2.90

Special Marking KXN699 KXN799 12.30

1.23

31 1.23

0.56

1.23

0.48

0.43

0.26

Square

C (vertical)

DE F

1.33

0.76

Square

KXN-600

1.33

0.76

Square

KXN-700

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

Table 19.266: Letter Height For Standard Legends

in. mm

KXN100

KXN200

KXN300

KXN400

KXN500

KXN600

KXN700

1⁄4

3⁄16

1⁄8

4.75

Table 19.267: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters

For Type KXN Legend Inserts

Letter

Height Number

of … KXN199

KXN299

Horizontal

KXN299

Vertical KXN399 KXN499 KXN599in. mm

1⁄4 6

Characters

per Line 773773

Lines per

Legend

Insert

424111

3⁄16 4.75

Characters

per Line 994994

Lines per

Legend

Insert

526212

1⁄83

Characters

per Line 14 14 5 14 14 6

Lines per

Legend

Insert

849323

Table 19.268: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters

for Type KXN699 and KXN799 Legend Plates

Position

Letter

Height

Characters Per

Marking Area

in. mm A and C B

3⁄16 4.75 6 6

1⁄83 8 9

3⁄16 4.75 10 5

1⁄83 13 7

Example:

9001KXRL1GRGRH2 with a

9001KXN 401 in position 1

9001KXN 503 in position 2

9001KXN 504 in position 3

9001KXN 402 in position 4

KXN100

KXN200

(Pos. 1)

KXN400

(Pos. 1)

KXN300

(Pos. 2)

KXN400

(Pos. 3)

KXN400

(Pos. 1)

KXN400

(Pos. 4)

KXN-

500

(Pos. 2)

KXN-

500

(Pos. 3)

KXN200

(Pos. 2)

(Pos. 1)

(Pos. 2)

KXRA, KXRB

KXRN, KXRP

KXPA, KXPC

KXTA, KXTB

KXRC, KXRD

KXRE, KXRF

KXRG, KXRH

KXRJ, KXRK

KXRL, KXRM

KXTC

KXPB, KXTD

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Accessories

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aEach KXAC28 includes a clear cover and 1 each of all colors. If the same color is required

for position #1and #2 of the KXPB operator, order 2 of Type KXAC28.

bWhen specifying color codes—the first will be installed in #1 and the second in #2. The

price for BOTH color codes is $6.60.

cEach KXAC48 includes a clear cover and 1 each of all colors. If the same color is required

for position #1and #2 of the KXPC operator, order 2 of Type KXAC48.

dWhen specifying color codes—the first will be installed in #1, the second in #2, the third

in #3 and the fourth in #4. The price for ALL FOUR color codes is $6.60.

eTwo required per operator. When ordering an assembled operator—specify two code

numbers.The first code will be assembled into #1 and the second code will be assembled

into #2.

Table 19.269: Lockout for Push Buttons

Holds button in

depressed position

Used On Type $ Price

KXRA-KXRC

KXRD-KXRE

KXRF-KXRG

KXRJ-KXRK

KXRL-KXRM

KXRH-KXRB

KXAK4 28.50

Table 19.270: Closing Plate

UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13

Square Closing Plate (Chrome Plated)

Same size as KX bezel

Type $ Price

KXAK52 9.50

Table 19.271: Boot for Push Buttons and Pilot Lights

Transparent boot used

to exclude harmful

contaminants

Used On Type $ Price

All KX

Push Buttons and

Pilot Lights

KXAKU7 19.10

Table 19.272: Boot For Selector Switches

Description Used On Knob

Color Type $ Price

Transparent boot with knob used

on selector switches to exclude

harmful contaminants

All KX selector

switches and

potentiometer

operators (except

key operated)

Black

Red

Green

KXAKU17B

KXAKU17R

KXAKU17G

28.50

Table 19.273: Shrouds (used to color code Type KX operators)

Type Used On Color Type $ Price

Full

Shroud

All Push

Buttons

and Pilot

Lights

Gray

Red

Green

Ye l l o w

Black

Blue

KXAK41E

KXAK41R

KXAK41G

KXAK41Y

KXAK41B

KXAK41L

4.80

Short

Shroud

Any

Operator

Gray

Red

Green

Ye l l o w

Black

Blue

KXAK40E

KXAK40R

KXAK40G

KXAK40Y

KXAK40B

KXAK40L

4.80

Table 19.274: Other Accessories

Description Type $ Price

Liner 6508900401 N/C

Mounting Collar 6508903351 11.60

Mounting Ring Nut 6508901401 4.00

65075-183

1.08

1.47

2.28

65075-183

1.06

1.57

Boot

65075-183

.93

1.60

.06

.25

Min. Max.

Panel Thickness

New!

Table 19.275: Lamp and Lens Removal Kit

Used to remove lamp and lens on all

illuminated operators and pilot lights.

Type $ Price

KXALLRT 14.30

Table 19.276: Button Covers

Description For Use on Color Type Code $ Price

Includes

2-KXN200

KXPB

KXTD

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAC28a

6.60

Includes

KXN400

KXTC (Position 1 & 4)

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAR4

KXAG4

KXAA4

KXAL4

KXAW4

6.60

Includes

KXN500

KXTC (Position 2 & 3)

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAR5

KXAG5

KXAA5

KXAL5

KXAW5

6.60

Includes

1–KXN100

KXPC

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAC48c

6.60

Includes

KXN100

KXRA

KXRB

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAR1

KXAG1

KXAA1

KXAL1

KXAW1

6.60

Includes

KXN100

KXRN

KXRP

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXARM1

KXAGM1

KXAAM1

KXALM1

KXAWM1

11.40

Includes

KXN200

KXRC

KXRD

KXRE

KXRF

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAR2

KXAG2

KXAA2

KXAL2

KXAW2

6.60

Includes

KXN300

KXRG (Position 2)

KXRH (Position 2)

KXRJ (Position 2)

KXRK (Position 2)

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAR3

KXAG3

KXAA3

KXAL3

KXAW3

6.60

Includes

KXN400

KXRG (Position 1 & 3)

KXRH (Position 1 & 3)

KXRJ (Position 1 & 3)

KXRK (Position 1 & 3)

KXRL (Position 1 & 4)

KXRM (Position 1 & 4)

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAR4

KXAG4

KXAA4

KXAL4

KXAW4

6.60

Includes

KXN500

KXRL (Position 2 & 3)

KXRM (Position 2 & 3)

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAR5

KXAG5

KXAA5

KXAL5

KXAW5

6.60

Includes

KXN100

KXPA

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAR8

KXAG8

KXAA8

KXAL8

KXAW8

6.60

Includes

KXN100

KXTA

KXTB

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

White

KXAR1

KXAG1

KXAA1

KXAL1

KXAW1

6.60

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

Control Stations and

Enclosures

XAL 22 mm Control Stations

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.277: Environment

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 529 IP65, unless otherwise stated

IP66, for booted push button heads

Conforming to UL 50, CSA C22.2 No. 94 Type 1, 4X, 12, and 13, unless otherwise stated

Conforming to standards

IEC 947-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1, IEC 947-5-4,

EN 60947-1, JIS C 4520,

UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14

Product certifications

UL Listed, CSA

Standard single contacts with screw clamp terminals: A600; R300

Light blocks with screw clamp terminals

Table 19.278: Contact Block Characteristics

Electrical Characteristics

Cabling capacity Conforming to IEC 947-1

Screw and captive clamp terminals

Min: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm2) without cable end

1 x 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) for linking

Max:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with cable end

Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1) slotted for flat 4 and 5.5 mm screwdriver

Rated operational characteristics

Conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1

AC supply:

Utilization category AC-15

A600: Ue = 600 Vac and le = 1.2 A, or Ue = 240 Vac and le = 3 A,

or Ue = 120 Vac and le = 6 A. Continuous thermal current = 10 A.

DC supply:

Utilization category DC-13 R300: Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.1 A, or Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.22 A

Voltage limits of PROTECTED LED®Nominal voltage

24 V: 19.2 to 30 Vdc; 21.6 to 24.6 Vac

120 V: 102 to 132 Vac

240 V: 195 to 264 Vac

Current consumption of PROTECTED LED Applicable to all colors

24 Vac/dc supply blocks: 18 mA

120 Vac supply blocks: 14 mA

240 Vac supply blocks: 14 mA

Table 19.279: Start or Stop Function

Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016

Description Type of Push Type of Contact Marking Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

Marking on Legend Holder

1 momentary

push button

Flush black 1 — Start XALD101 66.00

Flush red — 1 Stop XALD111 66.00

Marking on Legend Holder

1 mushroom head

push button Ø 40 mm,

momentary

Red — 1 Emergency stop on

red legend XALD164 76.00

Table 19.280: Emergency Stop Function

Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Yellow lid, RAL1012

Description Type Type of Contact Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

1 mushroom head

push button Ø 40 mm, red

Turn-to-release

Standard — 1 XALK174 106.00

Trigger action — 1 XALK178 134.00

1 mushroom head

push button Ø 40 mm, red

Key release (Key No. 455)

Standard — 1 XALK184 134.00

Trigger action — 1 XALK188 134.00

1 mushroom head

push button Ø 40 mm, red

Push-pull

Standard — 1 XALK194 90.00

Table 19.281: Start-Stop Function

Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016

Description Type of Push Type of Contact Text Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

2 momentary

push buttons

1 flush black 1 — Start XALD211 66.00

1 flush red — 1 Stop

1 flush black 1 — Forward XALD221 66.00

1 flush black 1 — Reverse

Table 19.282: Three Function

Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016

Description Type of Push Type of Contact Text Catalog Number $ Price

N.O. N.C.

3 momentary

push buttons

1 flush black

1 flush red

1 flush black

1—Open

XALD341 130.00—1Stop

1 — Close

1—Forward

XALD311 130.00—1Stop

1—Reverse

1—Up

XALD321 130.00—1Stop

1 — Down

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Type or Catalog Number

Marked

File E164353

CCN NKCR

File LR 44087

Class 3211 03

XALD101

XALK174

XALD211

XALD321

IDiscount

Schedule Modified

4/18/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR

INTERFACE

Control Stations and

Enclosures

XAL 22 mm Control Stations

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aFor customer assembly using XB5 operators, see Push Buttons—ZB5 22 mm starting on page 19-38.

Table 19.283: Empty Enclosures a

Polycarbonate

Description Number of Holes Catalog Number $ Price

For normal environments, CSA approved and UL Listed (with stainless steel lid mounting screws)

Light gray base RAL7035

Dark gray lid RAL7016

1XALD01 32.80

2XALD02 38.20

3XALD03 49.00

4XALD04 71.00

5XALD05 87.00

Light gray base RAL7035

Yellow lid RAL1012 1XALK01 35.40

Table 19.284: Electrical Block and Accessories (for mounting on metal plate at back of enclosure) a

Description Type Color Catalog Number $ Price

Electrical blocks with screw clamp terminal connections

Standard contact blocks aN.O. contact — ZENL1111 16.60

N.C. contact — ZENL1121 16.40

Light blocks with

24 Vac/dc

White ZALVB1

52.00

Green ZALVB3

Red ZALVB4

Ye l l o w ZALVB5

Blue ZALVB6

120 Vac

White ZALVG1

52.00

Green ZALVG3

Red ZALVG4

Ye l l o w ZALVG5

Blue ZALVG6

230 Vac

White ZALVM1

52.00

Green ZALVM3

Red ZALVM4

Ye l l o w ZALVM5

Blue ZALVM6

Table 19.285: Accessories for electrical blocks

Description Application Catalog Number $ Price

Blanking plug Ø 22 mm units ZB5SZ3 11.00

Nut Head mounting ZB5AZ901 4.40

Grounding terminal Grounding XALZ09 5.40

Key For tightening nut ZB5AZ905 12.40

XALD02

ZENL1111

ZALV••

ZB5SZ3

ZB5AZ905

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Type or Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Control Stations and

Enclosures

XAP 22 mm Enclosures

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.286: Specifications

Glass-reinforced polyester insulated enclosures XAPA

Material Glass-reinforced polyester

Approvals Special version: CSA Type 4 and 5 (undrilled version)

Protective treatment Standard version: “TC” and “TH” treatments

Ambient temperature Operation: -25 oC to +70 oC (-13 oF to +158 oF) Storage: -40 oC to +70 oC (-40 oF to +158 oF)

Degree of protection IP65 conforming to IEC 529 and IP657 conforming to NF C 20-010, Type 4, 4X, 12

Electric shock protection Class II conforming to IEC 536 and NF C 20-030

Flame resistance CSTB: M3, NF C 20-455: 850°C; IEC 92: 960 °C; UL 94: VO

Chemical resistance High degree of resistance to acids, bases, sea water, mineral salts, all solvents, petrol, diesel, oils and greases

Cable entry Undrilled

Die Cast metal enclosures XAPG

Material Zinc alloy (XAPG1-XAPG4), Aluminum (XAPG5)

Approvals Special version: CSA Type 4 and 5 (undrilled version); UL Type 1, 2, 4, and 12; Standard CSA Type 1, 4, 4X, and 12

Protective treatment Standard version: “TC” treatment. Special version: “TH” treatment

Ambient temperature Operation: -25 oC to +70 oC (-13 oF to +158 oF) Storage: -40 oC to +70 oC (-40 oF to +158 oF)

Degree of protection IP65 conforming to IEC 529 and IP657 conforming to NF C 20-010, UL Type 4, 12

Electric shock protection Class I conforming to IEC 536 and NF C 20-030

Chemical resistance Special treatments on request

Cable entry Tapped entries for cable glands

Flush mount enclosures XAPE

Material and color Anodized aluminum front plate. Insulated protective rear cover

Protective treatment Standard version: “TC” and “TH” treatments

Ambient temperature Operation: -25 oC to +70 oC (-13 oF to +158 oF) Storage: -40 oC to +70 oC (-40 oF to +158 oF)

Degree of protection IP65 conforming to IEC 529 and IP657 conforming to NF C 20-010, CSA Type 1, 4, 4X, and 12

Electric shock protection Class I conforming to IEC 536 and NF C 20-030

Chemical resistance High degree of resistance to organic acids, diluted mineral acids, salts, alcohol, acetone, chloride and fluoride solvents, oils

and petrol

Cable entry With rear cover: knock-out cable entries

File E164353

CCN NKCR

(XAPG only)

File LR 44087

Class 3211 03 Marked

Table 19.287: Undrilled Enclosures, Glass-Reinforced Polyester

Type H x W Dimensions Catalog Number $ Price

IN mm

NEMA 4, 4X, 13

Usable depth 3.27 in. (83 mm)

Without hinges

3.34 x 5.75 85 x 146 XAPA1100 110.00

3.34 x 8.90 85 x 226 XAPA2100 180.00

5.95 x 9.49 151 x 241 XAPA3100 284.00

With hinges 5.95 x 9.49 151 x 241 XAPA4100 378.00

Undrilled Grounding Plate Sheet steel with ground screw

For XAPA1100 XAPZ100 22.00

For XAPA2100 XAPZ200 24.60

For XAPA3100 and 4100 XAPZ300 55.00

Table 19.288: Drilled Insulated Enclosures, Glass-Reinforced Polyester

Type

Number of

Knockouts

22 mm

Number of Rows H x W Dimensions

Catalog Number $ Price

Vertical Horizontal IN mm

NEMA 4, 4X, 13

Usable depth

3.27 in. (83 mm)

1.58 in. (40 mm)

centerline

spacing of holes

1 1 1 3.35 X 5.75 85 X 146 XAPA1110 114.00

2 1 2 3.35 X 5.75 85 X 146 XAPA1120 114.00

4 2 2 3.35 X 5.75 85 X 146 XAPA1104 114.00

8 2 4 3.35 X 8.90 85 X 226 XAPA2108 182.00

16 4 4 5.94 X 9.49 151 X 241 XAPA3116 390.00

Drilled Grounding Plate Sheet steel with ground screw

For XAPA1110 XAPZ110 22.00

For XAPA1120 XAPZ120 22.00

For XAPA1104 XAPZ104 22.00

For XAPA2108 XAPZ208 24.60

For XAPA3116 XAPZ316 70.00

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Type or Catalog Number

XAPA1100

XAPA1104

IDiscount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Control Stations and

Enclosures

XAP 22 mm Enclosures and Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.290: Undrilled Die Cast Enclosures (Painted Gray RAL7032)

Type Material Usable Depth H x W x D Dimensions Catalog Number $ Price

IN mm IN mm

NEMA 4, 13 Zinc

1.93 49

3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03 80 x 80 x 51.5 XAPG19100 110.00

5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03 130 x 80 x 51.5 XAPG29100 120.00

6.89 x 3.15 x 2.03 175 x 80 x 51.5 XAPG39100 142.00

2.93 74.5

3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03 80 x 80 x 77 XAPG19400 110.00

5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03 130 x 80 x 77 XAPG29400 120.00

6.89 x 3.15 x 3.03 175 x 80 x 77 XAPG39400 142.00

8.66 x 3.15 x 3.03 220 x 80 x 77 XAPG49400 174.00

Aluminum 2.93 2.93 12.20 x 3.35 x 3.03 310 x 85 x 77 XAPG59400 262.00

Table 19.291: Drilled Die Cast Enclosures (Painted Gray RAL7032)

Type Material

Usable Depth Number of

22 mm

holes

H x W x D Dimensions

Catalog Number $ Price

IN mm IN mm

NEMA 4, 13

1.18 in. (30 mm)

centerline

spacing of holes

for horizontal mount

Zinc

1.93 49

2 3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03 80 x 80 x 51.5 XAPG19702 120.00

3 5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03 130 x 80 x 51.5 XAPG29703 142.00

4 6.90 x 3.15 x 2.03 175 x 80 x 51.5 XAPG39704 174.00

2.93 74.5

2 3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03 80 x 80 x 77 XAPG19802 120.00

3 5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03 130 x 80 x 77 XAPG29803 142.00

4 6.90 x 3.15 x 3.03 175 x 80 x 77 XAPG39804 174.00

NEMA 4, 13

1.58 in. (40 mm)

centerline

spacing of holes

for vertical mount

Zinc

1.93 1.93

1 3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03 80 x 80 x 51.5 XAPG19201 110.00

2 5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03 130 x 80 x 51.5 XAPG29202 120.00

3 6.90 x 3.15 x 2.03 175 x 80 x 51.5 XAPG39203 142.00

2.93 74.5

1 3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03 80 x 80 x 77 XAPG19501 110.00

2 5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03 130 x 80 x 77 XAPG29502 120.00

3 6.90 x 3.15 x 3.03 175 x 80 x 77 XAPG39503 142.00

4 8.66 x 3.15 x 3.03 220 x 80 x 77 XAPG49504 174.00

Aluminum 2.93 74.5 5 12.20 x 3.35 x 3.03 310 x 85 x 77 XAPG59505 268.00

Table 19.292: Drilled Flush Plates

Type Material Number of

22 mm holes

H x W x D Dimensions Catalog Number $ Price

IN mm

NEMA 4, 13

1.18 in. (30 mm)

centerline spacing

of holes

Anodized

Aluminum

1 2.83 x 2.83 72 x 72 XAPE301 52.00

2 4.13 x 2.83 105 x 72 XAPE302 60.00

3 5.43 x 2.83 138 x 72 XAPE303 68.00

4 6.73 x 2.83 171 x 72 XAPE304 82.00

5 8.03 x 2.83 204 x 72 XAPE305 98.00

Table 19.293: Optional Back Box (for finger protection, if required)

Type Material For Use With Catalog Number $ Price

Protective rear covers Insulating Fiberglass

Flush plate XAPE301 XAPE901

32.80

Flush plate XAPE302 XAPE902

Flush plate XAPE303 XAPE903

Flush plate XAPE304 XAPE904

Flush plate XAPE305 XAPE905 60.00

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Type or Catalog Number

XAPG39400

XAPG29703

XAPE302

XAPE303

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Control Stations and

Enclosures

Standard Duty Control Stations

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Standard duty control stations are designed for use with magnetic motor starters to govern the starting, stopping, or

reversing of all types of electric motors. Push buttons are momentary contact unless otherwise indicated. Selector

switches are maintained contact.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-100

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-100, 19-101

Replacement Interiors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-101

Contact Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-101

Table 19.294: Control Stations

Many items are stock or can be furnished as a quick ship using a “Universal” station plus

accessories.

No.

Units

Nameplate Markings and Features

Contact

Symbol

See

page

19-101

Surface

Mounting

NEMA 1c

Stainless Steel

Flush Plate

(Pullboxb

not included) c

Watertight and

Dusttight

NEMA 4c

For Hazardous

Locations

Class I, Div. I & II

Groups B, C and D

Class II Div. I & II

Groups E, F and G

NEMA 7 & 9c

Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

Start 1 BG101 57.00 BF101 77.00 BW146 180.00 BR101 242.00

Stop 3 BG102 57.00 BF102 77.00 BW147 180.00 ——

Stop (Mushroom Button) 3 BG103 66.00 ——BW151 191.00 BR103 252.00

Stop (Lockout) 3 BG104 86.00 ——BW148 180.00 BR104 242.00

Universal (w/o Legend Inserts) a16 BG107 55.00 BF107 74.00 BW159 179.00 BR107 240.00

Off-On (Selector Switch) 19 BG111 57.00 BF111 77.00 ——— —

Hand-Off-Auto (Selector Switch) 17 BG112 57.00 BF112 77.00 ——— —

Universal Selector Switch (w/o Legend Insert) a19 or 17 BG114 55.00 BF114 74.00 ——— —

Red Pilot Light: 120 Vac/dc 121 BG121 134.00 BF121 152.00 ——— —

Green Pilot Light: 120 Vac/dc 121 BG122 134.00 BF122 152.00 ——— —

Pilot Light (w/o Lens): 120 Vac/dc a121 BG123 126.00 BF123 146.00 ——— —

Start-Stop 145 BG201 57.00 BF201 77.00 BW240 180.00 BR204 242.00

Start-Stop (for Latching Applications) 146 BG202 71.00 BF202 90.00 BW252 180.00 BR202 242.00

Start-Stop (Mushroom on Stop) 145 BG203 66.00 ——BW250 191.00 BR203 252.00

Start-Stop (Lockout on Stop) 145 BG204 86.00 ——BW241 180.00 BR204 242.00

Start-Stop (Mushroom on Start and Stop) 145 BG205 77.00 ——BW246 200.00 BR205 261.00

Forward-Reverse 146 BG206 71.00 BF206 90.00 BW242 180.00 BR206 242.00

Open-Close 146 BG207 71.00 BF207 90.00 BW244 180.00 BR207 242.00

Up-Down 146 BG208 71.00 BF208 90.00 BW243 180.00 BR208 242.00

Raise-Lower 146 BG209 71.00 BF209 90.00 BW253 180.00 BR209 242.00

On-Off 145 BG210 57.00 BF210 77.00 BW245 180.00 BR210 242.00

On-Off 146 BG211 71.00 BF211 90.00 BW254 180.00 BR211 242.00

Universal (w/o Legend Inserts) a25 BG214 52.00 BF214 71.00 BW260 176.00 BR214 237.00

Start-Stop (Maintained Contact) 10 BG215 86.00 BF215 105.00 BW255 209.00 BR215 270.00

On-Off (Maintained Contact) 10 BG216 86.00 BF216 105.00 BW256 209.00 BR216 270.00

Hand-Auto (Maintained Contact) 10 BG217 86.00 BF217 105.00 BW257 209.00 BR217 270.00

Start-Stop

(Red Mushroom on Stop, Both Buttons Maintained) 10 — — — — — — BR219 294.00

Universal (Maintained Contact w/o Legend Inserts) a10 BG218 81.00 BF218 99.00 BW258 204.00 BR218 266.00

Off-On (Selector Switch), Red Pilot Light: 120 Vac/dc 19 & 121 BG221 209.00 BF221 228.00 a“Universal” designates control

stations without legend inserts,

lenses or accessory kits. Universal

stations plus separate legend

inserts and other accessories listed

on page 19-100 allow the user to

conveniently build up standard or

custom stations.

bUse standard 2.0 or 2.13 in. deep

wall boxes, single gang for Types

BF1 and BF2 and two gang for Type

BF3.

cFor replacement interiors, see page

19-101. Replacement enclosures

(case and/or cover) are not

available for Type BR devices.

Lockout must be factory installed on

NEMA 4 devices. However,

replacement covers are available

with the lockout feature as standard.

See page 19-100.

Hand-Off-Auto (Selector Switch),

Red Pilot Light: 120 Vac/dc 17 & 121 BG223 209.00 BF223 228.00

Universal Selector Switch & Pilot Light 120 Vac/dc

(w/o Legend Insert & w/o Lens) a

17 or 19

& 121 BG224 200.00 BF224 219.00

Hand-Off-Auto (Selector Switch) &

Start (Push Button) 17 & 1 BG225 86.00 BF225 105.00

Universal Selector Switch & Push Button

(w/o Legend Inserts) a

17 or 19

& 16 BG226 81.00 BF226 99.00

Fast-Slow-Stop 109 BG301 114.00 BF301 138.00

Forward-Reverse-Stop 109 BG302 114.00 BF302 138.00

Open-Close-Stop 109 BG303 114.00 BF303 138.00

Raise-Lower-Stop 109 BG304 114.00 BF304 138.00

Up-Down-Stop 109 BG305 114.00 BF305 138.00

High-Low-Stop 109 BG306 114.00 BF306 138.00

Start-Jog-Stop 109 BG316 114.00 ——

Forward-Reverse-Stop (Lockout on Stop) 109 BG322 143.00 ——

Up-Down-Stop (Lockout on Stop) 109 BG325 143.00 ——

High-Low-Stop (Lockout on Stop) 109 BG326 143.00 ——

Universal (w/o Legend Inserts) a8BG307 108.00 BF307 132.00

Start-Stop, Red Pilot Light: 120 Vac/dc 145 & 121 BG308 209.00 BF308 228.00

Universal Push Buttons (2) & Pilot Light: 120 Vac/dc 25 & 121 BG309 198.00 BF309 218.00

(w/o Legend Inserts & w/o Lens) a

Start-Stop (Maintained Contacts) & Red 10 & 121 BG310 228.00 BF310 248.00

Pilot Light: 120 Vac/dc

On-Off (Maintained Contact) & Red Pilot 10 & 121 BG311 228.00 BF311 248.00

Light: 120 Vac/dc

Hand-Auto (Maintained Contacts) & Red 10 & 121 BG312 228.00 BF312 248.00

Pilot Light: 120 Vac/dc

Universal Push Buttons (Maintained Contact) & Pilot 10 & 121 BG313 218.00 BF313 236.00

Light: 120 Vac/dc (w/o Legend Inserts & w/o Lens) a

Hand-Off-Auto (Selector Switch) & 17 & 145 BG314 114.00 BF314 134.00

Start-Stop (Push Buttons)

Universal Selector Switch & 2 Push 17 or 19 &

25 BG315 108.00 BF315 126.00

Buttons (w/o Legend Inserts) a

NEMA 1

Surface Mounting

Type BG201

NEMA 1

Flush Mounting

(w/o pullbox)

Type BF201

NEMA 4

Type BW243

NEMA 7 and 9

Type BR103

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Control Stations and

Enclosures

Type B Standard Duty Control Stations—Accessories

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Kits do not include legend insert; order separate legend

insert from the tables below.

Ex: For red mushroom button marked STOP, order one

Class 9001 Type B301 plus one Class 9001 Type B102.

For NEMA 1 surface mounting stations, bottom unit only.

Can be used on either push button or on 2 or 3 position

selector switch. Lockout cannot be used with mushroom

cap.

aReplacement cover has factory installed lockout on cover.

Table 19.295: Mushroom Caps

Color Type $ Price

For NEMA 1 surface mounting stations

Red B301 9.50

Black B302 11.00

For NEMA 4

Red B303 9.50

Table 19.296: Lockout Kit

Type $ Price

B321 28.50

Table 19.297: Pilot Light Lenses

Color

For NEMA 1

Surface Mounting

For NEMA 1

Flush Mounting $ Price

Type Type

Red B331 B341 7.10

Green B332 B342

Table 19.298: Replacement Covers for BF and BW

For Types Types $ Price

BF101–BF123

BF201–BF226

BF301–BF315

BW146–BW147

BW148a

BW149–BW159

BW240

BW241a

BW242–BW260

3040000311

3040000302

3110104301

BWD108

BWD109

BWD108

BWD219

BWD220

BWD219

85.00

52.00

85.00

11.90

23.70

11.90

23.70

11.90

Table 19.299: Miscellaneous Accessories

Description Type $ Price

Selector switch knob for types BG & BF

selector switches 9001B351 7.10

Square D lamp (Sylvania lamp 120PSB) 2550105005 11.00

Replacement lamp holder BGC124 57.00

Table 19.300: Interchangeable Selector Switch

Legend Plates

Marking

For NEMA 1

Surface Mounting

For NEMA 1

Flush Mounting $ Price

Each

Type Type

Off-On

Hand-Off-Auto

Manual-Auto

Forward-Reverse

Open-Close

Open-Off-Close

Hand-Auto

Forward-Off-Reverse

Summer-Winter

Summer-Off-Winter

Low-Off-High

Up-Off-Down

B201

B202

B203

B204

B205

B206

B207

B208

B209

B210

B211

B212

B231

B232

B233

B234

B235

B236

B237

B238

B239

B240

B241

B242

2.40

Order in multiples of 10 only.

Table 19.301: Legend Insert Kits

Where Used: Type $ Price

For NEMA 1

Surface Mounting

Push Buttons B100 (Incl's 1 each

of B101 thru B119) 22.20

Selector

Switches

B200 (Incl's 1 each

of B201 thru B212) 40.90

For NEMA 1

Flush Mounting

Push Buttons B130 (Incl's 1 each

of B131 thru B149) 45.20

Selector

Switches

B230 (Incl's 1 each

of B231 thru B242) 28.50

For NEMA 4 and NEMA 7-

9 Lever Type, Square Push Button B160 (Incl's 1 each

of B161 thru B179) 45.20

For NEMA 4

Button Type, Round Push Button B250 (Incl's 1 each

of B253 thru B266) 33.30

For NEMA 4

Button Type

Mushroom

Button

B300 (Incl's 1 each

of B276 thru B289) 33.30

Table 19.302: Pilot Light Lenses

Color

For NEMA 1

Surface Mounting

For NEMA 1

Flush Mounting $ Price

Type Type

Red B331 B341 7.10

Green B332 B342

Table 19.303: Interchangeable Push Button Legend Inserts

Marking

For NEMA 1

Surface

Mounting

Push Button &

Mushroom Caps

For NEMA 1

Flush

Mounting

For NEMA 4

and NEMA 7-9

Lever Type

Square

For NEMA 4

Button Type

Round

For NEMA 4

Mushroom

Button

Inserts

$ Price

Each

Type Type Type Type Type

Start

Stop

Fast

Slow

Forward

Reverse

Open

Raise

Lower

Down

High

Low

Off

Hand

Auto

Jog

Blank-Black

Blank-Red

B101

B102

B103

B104

B105

B106

B107

B108

B109

B110

B111

B112

B113

B114

B115

B116

B117

B118

B119

B129

B129R

B131

B132

B133

B134

B135

B136

B137

B138

B139

B140

B141

B142

B143

B144

B145

B146

B147

B148

B149

B159

B159R

B161

B162

B163

B164

B165

B166

B167

B168

B169

B170

B171

B172

B173

B174

B175

B176

B177

B178

B179

B189

B189R

B259

B260

—

B255

B256

B263

B264

B261

B262

B253

B254

—

B257

B258

B265

B266

—

B251

B252

B282

B283

—

B278

B279

B286

B287

B284

B285

B276

B277

—

B280

B281

B288

B289

—

B251

B252

2.40

Order in multiples of 10 only.

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Control Stations and

Enclosures

Type B Standard Duty Control Stations—Replacement Parts

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Note: Contact block assemblies for all Type BG stations include cover and contact block. Replacement contact block assemblies and terminal block wiring

receptacles for push buttons have provision for 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. circuit on each button. Unneeded circuits need not be wired.

aOrder separate legend plates, if required, from listing on page 19-100.

Contact Symbols

Table 19.304: Replacement Interiors For Type B Standard Duty Push Button Stations

For Control Station

Types

Contact

Symbol

Contact Block Assembly q

Type $ Price Terminal Block Wiring Receptacle

Type $ Price

BF101–BF107 16 BOC107 26.10 BFB107 28.50

BF111–BF114 19 or 17 BOC114 26.10 BFB114 28.50

BF121–BF123 121 BOC123 98.00 BFB123 28.50

BF201–BF214 25 BOC214 23.70 BFB214 28.50

BF215–BF218 10 BOC218 52.00 BFB214 28.50

BF221–BF224 7 or 19 & 121 BOC224 156.00 BFB224 42.80

BF225–BF226 17 or 19 & 16 BOC226 38.00 BFB226 42.80

BF301–BF307 8 &

BOC214

BOC107

23.70

26.10 &

BFB214

BFB107

28.50

BF308–BF309 25

& 121 &

BOC214

BOC123

23.70

98.00 &

BFB214

BFB123

28.50

BF310–BF313 10 & 121 &

BOC218

BOC123

52.00

98.00 &

BFB214

BFB123

28.50

BF314–BF315 17 or 19 & 25 &

BOC214

BOC114

23.70

26.10 &

BFB214

BFB114

28.50

BG101–BG107 16 BGC107 26.10 BGB107 28.50

BG111–BG114 17 or 19 BGC114 26.10 BGB114 28.50

BG121–BG123 121 BGC123 98.00 BGB123 28.50

BG201–BG214 25 BGC214 23.70 BGB214 28.50

BG215–BG218 10 BGC218 52.00 BGB214 28.50

BG221–BG224 17 or 19 & 121 BGC224 156.00 BGB224 42.80

BG225–BG226 17 or 19 & 16 BGC226 38.00 BGB226 42.80

BG301–BG307

BG316–BG326 8BGC307 26.10 BGB307 57.00

BG308–BG309 25 & 121 BGC309 141.00 BGB309 57.00

BG310–BG313 10 & 121 BGC313 161.00 BGB309 57.00

BG314–BG315 17 or 19 & 25 BGC315 49.80 BGB315 57.00

BR101–BR107 16 BOC107 26.10 BFB107 28.50

BR202–BR214 25 BOC214 23.70 BFB214 28.50

BR215–BR219 10 BOC218 52.00 BFB214 28.50

BW101–BW107 16 BOC107 26.10 BFB107 28.50

BW202–BW214 25 BOC214 23.70 BFB214 28.50

BW215–BW218 10 BOC218 52.00 BFB214 28.50

BW146–BW159 16 BOC360 84.00

BW240–BW260 25 BOC361 84.00

BW255–BW258 10 BOC362 84.00

“C” Shaped Mounting Bracket

for 9001BR Interior

Catalog Number $ Price

3110112001 5.80

Table 19.305: Electrical Contact Ratings

AC—NEMA B600 DC—NEMA P600

Vol ts

Inductive

35% Power Factor

Resistive

75% Power Factor

Volt s

Inductive and Resistive

Make Break Continuous

Carrying

Amperes

Make, Break and

Continuous

Carrying Amperes

Make and Break

Amperes

Continuous

Carrying Amperes

AVAAVA

120

240

480

600

30.5

7.5

3600

3.75

1.5

.75

360

120

240

600

1.1

0.55

0.2

Type BGC214

(Type BGC contact block

assemblies include cover.)

Type BGB214

BOC361

1916

38 25 109 145 146

121

120 V Com

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Control Stations and

Enclosures

Type KY and SKY 30 mm Industrial Duty Enclosures

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

These catalog numbers include only the enclosure. A complete, assembled control station is the enclosure plus all

control units to be installed. Orders must be accompanied by a key sheet (M-7687) or a sketch showing all control

units in their desired locations. Specify the marking on the nameplates for the enclosure. The standard nameplate size

is 1.69 in. (43 mm) by 0.5 in. (13 mm). It has a black field with white letters.

aType K Series A through Series G operators are rated NEMA 1, 3, 12, and 13. Type K Series H operators are rated UL Types 1, 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13 /

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, and 13. Type SK operators are rated UL Types 4, 4X, 13 / NEMA 4, 4X, 13.

bOnly KN200 series legend plates will fit upright on these enclosures with their long axis vertical.

cFor machine cavity mounting. Pull box not available.

dType KN1, KN6 and KN7 series legend plates will not fit on these enclosures.

Note: For closing plates, see page 19-83.

Table 19.306: Enclosures Only (For Customer Assembly)

No.

Units

UL Types 1, 3 and 13/NEMA 1, 3 and 13 UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13

NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 a

UL Types 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13 a

Surface

Mounting

Flush Mounting

without Pullbox c d

Surface

Mounting Surface Mounting

Sheet Steel Die Cast Zinc Die Cast Zinc dStainless Steel (304) Polymeric (Plastic)

Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

KYAF1

KYAF2

KYAF3

KYAF4

KYAF6

KYAF9

KYAF12

KYAF16

KYAF20

KYAF25

KYAF30

95.00

105.00

123.00

152.00

191.00

248.00

333.00

428.00

531.00

654.00

783.00

KZ11

KZ21b

KZ31b

KZ41b

KZ6

KZ9

KZ12

KZ16

Not Available

57.00

66.00

95.00

134.00

180.00

257.00

351.00

—

KY1

KY2b

KY3b

KY4b

KY6

Not Available

KY12

KY16

Not Available

95.00

105.00

123.00

152.00

191.00

—

333.00

428.00

—

KYSS1

KYSS2

KYSS3

KYSS4

KYSS6

KYSS9

KYSS12

KYSS16

KYSS20

KYSS25

KYSS30

171.00

180.00

248.00

323.00

476.00

588.00

713.00

941.00

1044.00

1329.00

1566.00

SKY1

SKY2

SKY3

SKY4

SKY6

SKY9

SKY12

SKY16

SKY20

SKY25

Not Available

114.00

134.00

152.00

179.00

362.00

476.00

546.00

617.00

713.00

831.00

—

Table 19.307: Custom Built Control Stations

No.

Units

UL Types 1, 3 and 13/NEMA 1, 3 and 13 UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13

NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 a

UL Types 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13 a

Surface

Mounting

Flush Mounting

without Pullbox c d

Surface

Mounting Surface Mounting

Sheet Steel Die Cast Zinc Die Cast Zinc dStainless Steel (304) Polymeric (Plastic)

Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

KYAF100

KYAF200

KYAF300

KYAF400

KYAF600

KYAF900

KYAF1200

KYAF1600

KYAF2000

KYAF2500

KYAF3000

95.00

105.00

123.00

152.00

191.00

248.00

333.00

428.00

531.00

654.00

783.00

KZ110

KZ210b

KZ310b

KZ410b

KZ60

KZ90

KZ120

KZ160

Not Available

57.00

66.00

95.00

134.00

180.00

257.00

351.00

—

KY10

KY20b

KY30b

KY40b

KY60

Not Available

KY120

KY160

Not Available

95.00

105.00

123.00

152.00

191.00

—

333.00

428.00

—

KYSS100

KYSS200

KYSS300

KYSS400

KYSS600

KYSS900

KYSS1200

KYSS1600

KYSS2000

KYSS2500

KYSS3000

171.00

180.00

248.00

323.00

476.00

588.00

713.00

941.00

1044.00

1329.00

1566.00

SKY100

SKY200

SKY300

SKY400

SKY600

SKY900

SKY1200

SKY1600

SKY2000

SKY2500

Not Available

114.00

134.00

152.00

179.00

362.00

476.00

546.00

617.00

713.00

831.00

—

Type KYAF9

Type KYSS3

Type KY3

Type KZ31

Type SKY2

Type KYAF900

Type KZ310

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Control Stations and

Enclosures

Type KY 30 mm Control Stations

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Control Stations

Enclosures have sufficient depth to accommodate two contact blocks in tandem (total of four blocks) on non-illuminated

operators and two contact blocks side-by-side on illuminated operators.

aControl stations are UL Listed for use in areas classified as Class II Division 2 Group G and Class III.

bControl station consists of components that are UL Listed for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C or D.

Note: Dimensions see catalog 9001CT0001

Type KYSS300 and SKY201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-104

Standard Assembled Control Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-103 to 19-104

Custom Assembled Control Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-102

Table 19.308: Assembled Control Stations—

UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 a Die Cast Zinc Enclosures

No of

Units

Legend Plate Marking

And Features Type $ Price Consists of

Enclosure Operators Contact Blocks Legend Plates

Hand-Off-Auto (Selector Switch)

Hand-Off-Auto (Sel. Switch) (With Sealed Contacts)

Jog-Run (Selector Switch)

Off-On (Selector Switch)

Off-On (Selector Switch) (With Sealed Contacts)

KYK111

KYK121 b

KYK18

KYK110

KYK122 b

162.00

228.00

162.00

228.00

KY1

KS43B

KS11B

KA1

KA51

KA1

KA51

KN260

KN242

KN244

Red 120 Vac Pilot Light

Start

Start (With Sealed Contacts)

Start (Mushroom Button)

Stop

Stop (Mushroom Button)

KYK120 b

KYK11

KYK125 b

KYK12

KYK13

KYK14

180.00

152.00

219.00

180.00

152.00

180.00

KY1

KP1R31

KR1B

KR4B

KR1R

KR4R

—

KA1

KA51

KA1

—

KN201

KN202

Stop (With Lockout)

Stop (With Sealed Contacts and Lockout)

Stop Mushroom (With Sealed Contacts and Lockout)

To Stop—Break Glass

To Stop—Break Glass (Red Enclosure)

KYK15

KYK124 b

KYK123 b

KYK116

KYK117

180.00

248.00

276.00

219.00

KY1

KY1S1

KR3R,K4

KR4R,K4

K15

KA1

KA51

KA1

KN202

KN799RP

Forward-Reverse

Jog-Stop (Lockout on Stop)

On-Off

On-Off (With Sealed Contacts)

On-Off (Maintained Contact)

Open-Close

KYK24

KYK224

KYK218

KYK222 b

KYK221

KYK26

219.00

248.00

219.00

351.00

219.00

KY2

KR1B,KR1B

KR1B,KR3R,K4

KR1B,KR3R

KR11GR

KR1B,KR1B

KA1,KA1

KA51,KA51

KA1

KA1,KA1

KN206,KN207

KN218,KN202

KN203,KN204

KN209,KN208

Start-Stop

Start-Stop (With Sealed Contacts)

Start-Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Start-Stop (Maintained Contact)

Start-Stop (With Maintained Sealed Contacts)

Start-Stop (Mushroom on Stop)

Up-Down

KYK21

KYK223 b

KYK23

KYK27

KYK220 b

KYK22

KYK25

219.00

351.00

248.00

219.00

285.00

248.00

219.00

KY2

KR1B,KR3R

KR1B,KR3R,K4

KR11GR

KR1B,KR4R

KR1B,KR1B

KA1,KA1

KA51,KA51

KA1,KA1

KA1

KA51

KA1,KA1

KN201,KN202

KN211,KN210

Forward-Reverse-Start-Stop

Forward-Reverse-Stop

Forward-Reverse-Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Forward-Reverse-Stop (With Sealed Contacts and

Lockout on Stop)

High-Low-Stop

KYK35

KYK31

KYK326

KYK322 b

KYK34

305.00

294.00

323.00

522.00

294.00

KY3

KS11B,KR1B,KR3R

KR1B,KR1B,KR3R

KR1B,KR1B,KR3R,K4

KR1B,KR1B,KR3R

KA1,KA1,KA1

KA51,KA51,KA51

KA1,KA1,KA1

KN239,KN201,KN202

KN206,KN207,KN202

KN214,KN215,KN202

Jog/Run-Start-Stop

Open-Close-Stop

Open-Close-Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Open-Close-Stop (With Seated Contacts and

Lockout on Stop)

Red 120 Vac Pilot Light-Start-Stop

KYK36

KYK33

KYK327

KYK323 b

KYK317

305.00

294.00

323.00

522.00

314.00

KY3

KS11B,KR1B,KR3R

KR1B,KR1B,KR3R

KR1B,KR1B,KR3R,K4

KP1R31,KR1B,KR3R

KA1,KA1,KA1

KA51,KA51,KA51

KA2,KA3

KN242,KN201,KN202

KN209,KN208,KN202

KN200,KN201,KN202

Red 120 Vac Pilot Light-Start-Stop

(With Sealed Contacts)

Red 120 Vac/dc Pilot Light-Start-Stop

Up-Down-Stop

Up-Down-Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Up-Down-Stop (With Sealed Contacts and

Lockout on Stop)

KYK321 b

KYK324

KYK32

KYK325

KYK328 b

456.00

323.00

294.00

323.00

522.00

KY3

KP1R31,KR1B,KR3R

KP38R31,KR1B,KR3R

KR1B,KR1B,KR3R

KR1B,KR1B,KR3R,K4

KA51,KA51

KA1,KA1

KA1,KA1,KA1

KA51,KA51,KA51

KN200,KN201,KN202

KN211,KN210,KN202

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

Type KYK31

Type SKY201

Type KYSS300

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Control Stations and

Enclosures

Type KY and SKY 30 mm Control Stations

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aControl Stations are UL Listed for use in areas classified as Class II Division 2 Group G and Class III.

bControl Stations are UL Listed for use in areas classified as Class I Division 2 Groups A, B, C and D.

Table 19.309: Assembled Control Stations—UL Types 1, 3, 4, and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13—Stainless Steel (304) a

No. of

Units

Legend Plate Marking

and Features Type $ Price Consists of

Enclosure Operators Contact Blocks Legend Plates

Start

Stop

Stop (Lockout)

Off/On (Selector Switch)

Hand/Off/Auto (Selector Switch)

KYSS101

KYSS103

KYSS105

KYSS110

KYSS111

228.00

213.00

261.00

237.00

KYSS1

KR1B

KR3R with K5

KS11B

KS43B

KA1

KA3

KA1

KN101WP

KN102RP

KN144WP

KN160WP

Start/Stop

Start/Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Up/Down

Start/Stop (Maintained Contact)

KYSS201

KYSS203

KYSS205

KYSS210

281.00

327.00

294.00

KYSS2

KR1B, KR3R

KR1B, KR3R with K5

KR1B, KR1B

KR11U

KA1, KA3

KA1, KA1

KN101WP, KN102RP

KN101WP, KN102WP

KN111WP, KN110WP

KN101WP, KN102WP

Forward/Reverse/Stop

Up/Down/Stop

Open/Close/Stop

High/Low/Stop

Forward/Reverse/Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Up/Down/Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Open/Close/Stop (Lockout on Stop)

High/Low/Stop (Lockout on Stop)

KYSS301

KYSS302

KYSS303

KYSS304

KYSS308

KYSS309

KYSS310

KYSS311

404.00

452.00

KYSS3

KR1B, KR1B, KR3R

KR1B, KR1B, KR3R w/K5

KR1B, KR1B,KR3R w/K5

KR1B, KR1B, KR3R w/K5

KA1, KA1, KA3

KN106WP, KN107WP, KN102RP

KN111WP, KN110WP, KN102RP

KN109WP, KN108WP, KN102RP

KN114WP, KN115WP, KN102RP

KN106WP, KN107WP, KN102RP

KN111WP, KN110WP, KN102RP

KN109WP, KN108WP, KN102RP

KN114WP, KN115WP, KN102RP

Table 19.310: Assembled Control Stations—UL Types 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, and 13—Stainless Steel (304) a

No. of

Units

Legend Plate Marking

and Features Type $ Price Consists of

Enclosure Operators Contact Blocks Legend Plates

Start

Stop

Stop (Lockout)

Off/On (Selector Switch)

Hand/Off/Auto (Selector Switch)

KYSK101

KYSK103

KYSK105

KYSK110

KYSK111

228.00

213.00

261.00

237.00

KYSS1

SKR1B

SKR3R

SKR3R with K5

SKS11B

SKS43B

KA1

KA3

KA1

KN101WP

KN102RP

KN144WP

KN160WP

Start/Stop

Start/Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Up/Down

Start/Stop (Maintained Contact)

KYSK201

KYSK203

KYSK205

KYSK210

281.00

327.00

294.00

KYSS2

SKR1B, SKR3R

SKR1B, SKR3R with K5

SKR1B, SKR1B

SKR11U

KA1, KA3

KA1, KA1

KN101WP, KN102RP

KN101WP, KN102WP

KN111WP, KN110WP

KN101WP, KN102WP

Forward/Reverse/Stop

Up/Down/Stop

Open/Close/Stop

High/Low/Stop

Forward/Reverse/Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Up/Down/Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Open/Close/Stop (Lockout on Stop)

High/Low/Stop (Lockout on Stop)

KYSK301

KYSK302

KYSK303

KYSK304

KYSK308

KYSK309

KYSK310

KYSK311

404.00

452.00

KYSS3

SKR1B, SKR1B, SKR3R

SKR1B, SKR1B, SKR3R w/K5

KA1, KA1, KA3

KN106WP, KN107WP, KN102RP

KN111WP, KN110WP, KN102RP

KN109WP, KN108WP, KN102RP

KN114WP, KN115WP, KN102RP

KN106WP, KN107WP, KN102RP

KN111WP, KN110WP, KN102RP

KN109WP, KN108WP, KN102RP

KN114WP, KN115WP, KN102RP

Table 19.311: Assembled Control Stations —UL Types 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, and 13—Polymeric (Plastic) a

No. of

Units

Legend Plate Marking

and Features Type $ Price Consists of

Enclosure Operators Contact Blocks Legend Plates

Hand-Off-Auto (Sel. Switch with Sealed Contacts)

Hand-Off-Auto (Selector Switch)

Jog

Man-Auto (Selector Switch)

Off-On (Selector Switch with Sealed Contacts)

Off-On (Selector Switch)

Start

Start (With Sealed Contacts)

Stop

Stop (With Lockout)

Stop (With Sealed Contacts and Lockout)

SKY121b

SKY111

SKY107

SKY108

SKY122 b

SKY110

SKY101

SKY125 b

SKY103

SKY105

SKY124 b

249.00

180.00

171.00

180.00

248.00

180.00

171.00

237.00

156.00

204.00

285.00

SKY1

SKS43B

SKR1B

SKS11B

SKR1B

SKR3R

SKR3R, K5

KA51

KA1

KA51

KA1

KA51

KA3

KA51

KN160WP

KN118WP

KN143WP

KN144WP

KN101WP

KN102RP

Forward-Reverse

On-Off

Open-Close

Start-Stop

Start-Stop (Lockout on Stop)

Start-Stop (With Maintained Sealed Contacts)

Start-Stop (With Sealed Contacts)

Up-Down

SKY204

SKY222 b

SKY206

SKY201

SKY203

SKY220 b

SKY223 b

SKY205

248.00

380.00

248.00

233.00

281.00

314.00

380.00

248.00

SKY2

SKR1B, SKR1B

SKR1B, SKR3R

SKR1B, SKR1B

SKR1B, SKR3R

SKR1B, SKR1R, K5

SKR11GR

SKR1B, SKR3R

SKR1B, SKR1B

KA1, KA1

KA51, KA51

KA1, KA1

KA1, KA3

KA51

KA51, KA51

KA1, KA1

KN106WP, KN107WP

KN103WP, KN104RP

KN109WP, KN108WP

KN101WP, KN102RP

KN111WP, KN110WP

Forward-Reverse-Stop

Forward-Reverse-Stop (With Sealed Contacts

and Lockout on Stop)

High-Low-Stop

Open-Close-Stop

Open-Close-Stop (With Sealed Contacts)

Red 120 Vac Pilot Light-Start-Stop

Start-Jog-Stop

Up-Down-Stop

Up-Down-Stop (With Sealed Contacts

and Lockout on Stop)

SKY301

SKY322 b

SKY304

SKY303

SKY323 b

SKY315A

SKY305

SKY302

SKY328 b

309.00

522.00

309.00

522.00

354.00

309.00

522.00

SKY3

SKR1B, SKR1B, SKR3R

SKP1R31, SKR1B, SKR3R

SKR1B, SKR1B, SKR3R

KA1, KA1, KA3

KA51, KA51, KA51

KA1, KA1, KA3

KA51, KA51, KA51

KA1, KA3

KA1, KA1, KA3

KA51, KA51, KA51

KN106WP, KN107WP, KN102RP

KN114WP, KN115WP, KN102RP

KN109WP, KN108WP, KN102RP

KN101WP, KN102RP

KN101WP, KN118WP, KN102RP

KN111WP, KN110WP, KN102RP

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Control Stations and

Enclosures

Type K Security Control Stations & Stainless Steel Flush Plates

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

These flush plates accept Type K, SK, and KX 30 mm operators and contact blocks and may be used with a standard 2 in.

x 3 in. general purpose switch box. A 2.5 in. deep box should be used with two Type K contact blocks mounted side by

side. If two Type K contact blocks mounted in tandem are needed, a 3.5 in. deep box should be used. Although

oiltight/watertight operators are used, an assembled station using the flush plates is not oiltight/watertight. The kits

include the stainless steel flush plate, cover screws and a set of liners. The liners must be used to maintain electrical

clearance.

NOTE: Replacement enclosures are not sold. Replacement core or cylinders are not sold.

Electrical Ratings

Key Operator: One Class 9007 Type AO2 snap switch is used for the OPEN position and one snap switch is used for

the CLOSE position. See page 21-4 for electrical ratings of the 9007AO2.

Stop Button: One Class 9001 Type KA1 contact block is used on the optional push button. See page 19-78 for

9001KA1 electrical ratings. (Note: The KA1 contact block has a maximum voltage rating of 300 V (NEMA A300) when

used in the Type KZC station.)

UL Listed File E42259

CNN NKCR

CSA Listed File LR25490 Class 321103

Table 19.312: Stainless Steel (302) NEMA 1 Flush Plates a

No. of Units Description Type $ Price

1 1 Unit flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K25 19.10

2 2 Unit flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K26 28.50

3 3 Unit flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K27 38.00

4 4 Unit flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K28 57.00

aCenter to center of operators is 1.812 in.

Table 19.313: General Purpose NEMA 1 Flush Mounting Control Station with Pull Box for Type K Control Units

Number of Units Enclosure Only, for Customer Assembly Custom-Built Factory-Assembled Control Stations

Type $ Price Type $ Price

KZP1

KZP2

KZP3

KZP4

KZP5

KZP6

KZP7

KZP8

123.00

143.00

180.00

191.00

228.00

237.00

314.00

323.00

KZP10

KZP20

KZP30

KZP40

KZP50

KZP60

KZP70

KZP80

123.00

143.00

180.00

191.00

228.00

237.00

314.00

323.00

Special Features Number of Units $ Price

Type 304 Stainless steel flush plate (Form Y242):

Add

1–4

5–8

208.00

265.00

Omit Pull Box (Form Y243):

Deduct

1–2

3–4

5–6

7–8

57.00

77.00

95.00

114.00

Table 19.314: 30 mm Security Control Stations

Description Type of

Cylinder

Finish Special Features

Cast Aluminum

Enclosureb

Satin Chrome Finish

Flush Mounted with Box

(304 Stainless Steel)

Type $ Price Type $ Price

Spring Return

Key

Operator

Only

Corbin

Ya l e

Best

Schlage

Sargent

Chrome

Brass

Chrome

Complete with Corec(6 Tumbler Pins)

Lock Cylinder Only—Core Omittedd(6 Tumbler Pins)

Complete with Corec(7 Tumbler Pins)

Lock Cylinder Only—Core Omittedd(7 Tumbler Pins)

Maximum Security Cylinder

KY198

KY199

KY197

KY196

KY195

KY194

KY193

KY192

356.00

498.00

428.00

498.00

428.00

356.00

594.00

KZC198

KZC199

KZC197

KZC196

KZC195

KZC194

KZC193

KZC192

452.00

594.00

522.00

594.00

522.00

452.00

689.00

Spring Return

Key

Operator

with

Stop

Button

Corbin

Ya l e

Best

Schlage

Sargent

Chrome

Brass

Chrome

Complete with Corec(6 Tumbler Pins)

Lock Cylinder Only—Core Omittedd(6 Tumbler Pins)

Complete with Corec(7 Tumbler Pins)

Lock Cylinder Only—Core Omittedd(7 Tumbler Pins)

6 Tumbler Pins

Maximum Security Cylinder

KY298

KY299

KY297

KY296

KY295

KY294

KY293

KY292

428.00

570.00

498.00

570.00

498.00

428.00

665.00

KZC298

KZC299

KZC297

KZC296

KZC295

KZC294

KZC293

KZC292

522.00

665.00

594.00

665.00

594.00

522.00

759.00

bMeets NEMA 3R requirements.

cWhen Best Lock stations are supplied with core, customer must contact local Best Lock representative to change core.

dWhen Best Lock stations are supplied without core, customers must purchase core separately from Best Lock, and customers can subsequently

change core at their convenience.

Refer to catalog

9001CT0001 if:

•Master keying is required.

•Station is to be keyed to a specific key number.

•Extra keys are required.

•Keying several stations alike is required.

•Nonstandard legend plates are required.

•A specific type of keyway is required.

Table 19.315: Repair Parts—Replacement or Duplicate Keys

Type Source $ Price Delivery

Corbin, Yale, or Schlage Schneider Electric, local distributor, hardware store, or lock shop that duplicates keys. 9.50 8 weeks

Best Must purchase from local Best Lock representative. — —

Sargent Schneider Electric. Keys supplied with our security control station are registered to Schneider Electric. 23.70 8 weeks

Two Unit

Type KZC299

Type KY192

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Pilot Lights Type J, NEMA 4, 13 Compact Pilot Lights

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Standard, Push-To-Test, and Remote Test Pilot Lights

Class 9001 Type J compact pilot lights are designed to be mounted in a 0.69 in. (11⁄16 in.) diameter mounting hole.

Each terminal accepts up to two 14 AWG wires (CU only). Type J compact pilot lights meet NEMA 4 (watertight) and

NEMA 13 (oiltight). Type JT push-to-test pilot lights have contacts built into the encapsulated body. Type JTR remote

test pilot lights have dual inputs for one push remote testing—all you need is a push button with a current rating equal

to or greater than the total lamp draw. Type JTR remote test pilot lights can also be energized from two separate input

signals of the same voltage and polarity. This is done by wiring the “test” terminal to the second input signal.

aOther voltages are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.

Table 19.316: Standard Pilot Light a

Style/Voltage Color Cap Lamp Replacement

Lamp $ Price

None $ Price Red Green Yellow $ Price

Transformer,

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz JP1 95.00 JP1R29 JP1G29 JP1Y29 102.00 6.3 V, 0.15 A 2550101020 8.30

Incandescent, 120 Vac/dc JP38 77.00 JP38R29 JP38G29 JP38Y29 84.00 120 V, 0.015 A 2550101040 8.40

Incandescent, 24–28 Vac/dc JP35 77.00 JP35R29 JP35G29 JP35Y29 84.00 28 V, 0.040 A 2550101024 8.30

LED, 24–28 Vac — — JP35LRR29 JP35LGG29 JP35LYY29 102.00 28 V, 0.03 A — —

LED, 24–28 Vdc — — JP35DRR29 JP35DGG29 JP35DYY29 102.00 28 V, 0.03 A — —

LED, 120 Vac — — JP38LRR29 JP38LGG29 JP38LYY29 102.00 28 V, 0.03 A — —

Table 19.317: Push-To-Test Pilot Light a

Style/Voltage Color Cap Lamp Replacement

Lamp $ Price

None $ Price Red Green Yellow $ Price

Transformer,

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz JT1 123.00 JT1R29 JT1G29 JT1Y29 130.00 6.3 V, 0.15 A 2550101020 8.30

Incandescent, 120 Vac/dc JT38 105.00 JT38R29 JT38G29 JT38Y29 112.00 120 V, 0.015 A 2550101040 8.40

Incandescent, 24-28 Vac/dc JT35 105.00 JT35R29 JT35G29 JT35Y29 112.00 28 V, 0.040 A 2550101024 8.30

LED, 24–28 Vac — — JT35LRR29 JT35LGG29 JT35LYY29 130.00 28 V, 0.03 A — —

LED, 24–28 Vdc — — JT35DRR29 JT35DGG29 JT35DYY29 130.00 28 V, 0.03 A — —

LED, 120 Vac — — JT38LRR29 JT38LGG29 JT38LYY29 130.00 28 V, 0.03 A — —

Table 19.318: Remote Test Pilot Light a

Style/Voltage Color Cap Lamp Replacement

Lamp $ Price

None $ Price Red Green Yellow $ Price

Incandescent, 120 Vac JTR38 123.00 JTR38R29 JTR38G29 JTR38Y29 130.00 120 V, 0.015 A 2550101040 8.40

Incandescent, 24–28 Vac JTR35 123.00 JTR35R29 JTR35G29 JTR35Y29 130.00 28 V, 0.040 A 2550101024 8.30

LED, 24–28 Vac — — JTR35LRR29 JTR35LGG29 JTR35LYY29 150.00 28 V, 0.03 A — —

Table 19.319: Color Caps, Class 9001 Type J

Color Replacement Color Caps

Plastic $ Price Glass $ Price

Red

Green

Amber

Blue

Clear

White

Yellow

R29

G29

A29

L29

C29

W29

Y29

6.60

R26

G26

A26

L26

C26

W26

Y26

6.60

Table 19.320: Legend Plates

Description

Maximum

Number of

Lines

Maximum

Number of

Characters

Type $ Price

Blank Black Field

Red Field

JN100

JN100R 2.90

Special Marking

(Specify Marking)

Black Field

Red Field

JN199

JN199R 12.30

Blank Aluminum Field

216

JN700 2.90

Special Marking

(Specify Marking) Aluminum Field JN799 12.30

File 25490C

Guide 184 N 13.1U

File E42259

Guide NKCR

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

Type JP1R29

Type JTR1R29

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

For the most up-to-date information

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Pilot Lights Type O, NEMA 13—30 mm; XVL LED Accessories—22 mm

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Class 9001 Type O, NEMA 13 Pilot Lights

aQuick connects (2.8 x 0.5 mm).

bScrew termination.

Table 19.321: Instrument Type Incandescent Pilot Lights—Type O NEMA 13

Vol tag e

AC/DC

Avg. Current

(A)

Red

Lens

Type

Green

Lens

Type

Amber

Lens

Type

Clear

Lens

Type

Yellow

Lens

Type

White

Lens

Type

Fluted

Blue Lens

Type

$ Price

12 V .170 OR12 OG12 OA12 OC12 OY12 OW12 FB12

19.1024 V .073 OR24 OG24 OA24 OC24 OY24 OW24 FB24

120 V .025 OR120 OG120 OA120 OC120 OY120 OW120 FB120

Table 19.322: Replacement Lamps—Class 9001, Type O

Voltage Sylvania

Lamp Number

Square D

Part Number $ Price

12 V 12PSB 2550105003

11.0024 V 24PSB 2550105004

120 V 120PSB 2550105005

XVL Miniature LED

Table 19.323: Specifications

Conforming to standards IEC 337-2, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660-200

Degree of protection IP40 (IP65 with seal) conforming to IEC 529 and NF C 20-010

Current consumption 25 mA

Cabling XVLA1••, XVLA2••: tags for 2.8 x 0.5 mm Faston connectors, also for soldered connections.

XVLA3••: threaded connectors, clamping, capacity: min. 1 x 0.2 mm2, max. 1 x 1.5 mm2

Table 19.324: With Black Bezel, Raised LED

Description Supply Voltage DC Color Catalog Number $ Price Each

Ø 8 mm a

with integral ballast resistor

and reverse polarity protection diode

Degree of protection IP40

LED pilot lights Ø 8 mm, with black bezel,

visible LED XVLA1••

5 V

Green XVLA113

16.40

Red XVLA114

Amber XVLA115

12 V

Green XVLA123

Red XVLA124

Amber XVLA125

24 V

Green XVLA133

Red XVLA134

Amber XVLA135

48 V

Green XVLA143

Red XVLA144

Amber XVLA145

Table 19.325: With Integral Lens Cap, Covered LED

Description Supply Voltage DC Color Catalog Number $ Price Each

Ø 8 mma

with integral ballast resistor

and reverse polarity protection diode

Degree of protection IP40

Ø 8 mm, with lens incorporated,

LED XVLA2

5 V

Green XVLA213

16.40

Red XVLA214

Amber XVLA215

12 V

Green XVLA223

Red XVLA224

Amber XVLA225

24 V

Green XVLA233

Red XVLA234

Amber XVLA235

48 V

Green XVLA243

Red XVLA244

Amber XVLA245

Ø 12 mm b

with integral ballast resistor

and reverse polarity protection diode

Degree of protection IP40

Ø 12 mm, with lens incorporated,

LED XVLA3

5 V

Green XVLA313

26.00

Red XVLA314

Amber XVLA315

12 V

Green XVLA323

Red XVLA324

Amber XVLA325

24 V

Green XVLA333

Red XVLA334

Amber XVLA335

48 V

Green XVLA343

Red XVLA344

Amber XVLA345

Table 19.326: Accessories

Description Catalog Number $ Price Each

Tightening tools

(Sold singly)

For Ø 8 mm pilot lights XVLX08 18.60

For Ø 12 mm pilot lights XVLX12 24.00

Seals (IP65)

(Sold in lots of 10)

For Ø 8 mm pilot lights XVLZ911 0.65

For Ø 12 mm pilot lights XVLZ912

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number (if appropriate)

•Type or Catalog Number

Type O

File E179183 Guide 001X

XVLA1••

XVLA2••

XVLA3••

XVLX••

XVLZ91•

CP1 I Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Illuminated Beacons and

Indicating Banks

XVB—70 mm Diameter

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Note: For bulbs, see page 19-110.

aImportant: Discharge tube elements are not suitable for continuous-operation signaling due to temperature rise caused by the discharge tube.

bFor 5 Joule units, specify XVBL6••, instead of XVBL8•• ($190.00).

Note: There are no replacement lenses for strobes.

Table 19.327: Environment

Approvals

Standard version, CSA, UL

UL E164353 CCN NKCR, CSA LR 44087 Class 3211 03

Conforming to standards IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14

Degree of protection To IEC 529 and NF C 20-010

To UL 50 and CSA 22.2 No. 94

IP65

Type 1, 4X (indoor), and 12

Table 19.328: Electrical Characteristics

Consumption

LED unit

Steady 24 Vac/dc: < 80 mA; 120–230 Vac: < 30 mA.

Flashing 24 Vac or 24 Vdc: < 40 mA; 120–230 Vac: < 15 mA.

Unit with strobe (on energization)

24 Vac or 24 Vdc: 5 Joule unit: < 430 mA; 10 Joule unit: < 850 mA

120 Vac: 5 Joule unit: < 130 mA; 10 Joule unit: < 260 mA

230 Vac: 5 Joule unit: < 105 mA; 10 Joule unit: < 210 mA

Audible sounder units 12–48 Vac/dc: < 20 mA

120–230 Vac: < 50 mA

Cable size Maximum wire size 1 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with cable end

Te r m i n a l s Screw and captive cable clamp terminals

Torque to 4.4 in-lb (0.5 N•m)

Table 19.329: Illuminated Beacons with Steady Light (2.75 in./70 mm diameter)

Description Light Source and Voltage Color Catalog Number $ Price

Complete unit, includes:

1 lens unit

1 base unit (direct or tube

mounting)

Bulb (10 W max)

not included

250 V max

Green XVBL33

76.00

Red XVBL34

Amber XVBL35

Blue XVBL36

Clear XVBL37

Ye l l o w XVBL38

Table 19.330: Illuminated Beacons with Flashing Light (2.75 in./70 mm diameter)

Description Light Source and Voltage Color Catalog Number $ Price

Complete unit, includes:

1 lens unit

1 base unit (direct or tube

mounting)

Bulb (10 W max)

not included

24 Vac

24–48 Vdc

Green XVBL4B3

129.00

Red XVBL4B4

Amber XVBL4B5

Blue XVBL4B6

Clear XVBL4B7

Yellow XVBL4B8

Bulb (10 W max)

not included

48–230 Vac

Green XVBL4M3

129.00

Red XVBL4M4

Amber XVBL4M5

Blue XVBL4M6

Clear XVBL4M7

Yellow XVBL4M8

Table 19.331: Illuminated Beacons with 10 Joule Strobe (2.75 in./70 mm diameter) a

Description Light Source and Voltage Color Catalog Number b$ Price

Complete unit, includes:

1 lens unit

1 base unit (direct or tube

mounting)

Strobe

24 Vac/dc

Green XVBL8B3

244.00

Red XVBL8B4

Amber XVBL8B5

Blue XVBL8B6

Clear XVBL8B7

Yellow XVBL8B8

Strobe

120 Vac

Green XVBL8G3

244.00

Red XVBL8G4

Amber XVBL8G5

Blue XVBL8G6

Clear XVBL8G7

Yellow XVBL8G8

Strobe

230 Vac

Green XVBL8M3

244.00

Red XVBL8M4

Amber XVBL8M5

Blue XVBL8M6

Clear XVBL8M7

Yellow XVBL8M8

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

File E164353

CCN NKCR File LR 44087

Class 3211 03

Marked

XVBL3•

XVBL4B•

XVBL6B•

5 Joule

XVBL8B•

10 Joule

XV Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Illuminated Beacons and

Indicating Banks

XVB Components—70 mm Diameter

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Note: For bulbs, see page 19-110.

aFor 5 Joule units, specify XVBC6••, instead of XVBC8•• ($155.00).

Note: There are no replacement lenses units for the XVBC strobe.

Table 19.332: Illuminated Lens Units with Steady Light (2.75 in./70 mm diameter)

Description Light Source and

Volt age Color Catalog Number $ Price

Illuminated lens unit

Bulb (10 W max)

not included

250 Vac/dc max

Green XVBC33

40.40

Red XVBC34

Orange XVBC35

Blue XVBC36

Clear XVBC37

Yellow XVBC38

Table 19.333: Illuminated Lens Unit with Flashing Light (2.75 in./70 mm diameter)

Description Light Source and

Vol tag e Color Catalog Number $ Price

Illuminated lens unit

Bulb (10 W max)

not included

24 Vac

24–48 Vdc

Green XVBC4B3

94.00

Red XVBC4B4

Orange XVBC4B5

Blue XVBC4B6

Clear XVBC4B7

Ye l l o w XVBC4B8

Bulb (10 W max)

not included

48–230 Vac

Green XVBC4M3

94.00

Red XVBC4M4

Orange XVBC4M5

Blue XVBC4M6

Clear XVBC4M7

Ye l l o w XVBC4M8

Table 19.334: Illuminated Lens Units with 10 Joule Strobe (2.75 in./70 mm diameter)

Description Light Source and

Vol tag e Color Catalog Number a$ Price

Illuminated lens units

Strobe

24 Vac/dc

Green XVBC8B3

209.00

Red XVBC8B4

Orange XVBC8B5

Blue XVBC8B6

Clear XVBC8B7

Ye l l o w XVBC8B8

Strobe

120 Vac

Green XVBC8G3

209.00

Red XVBC8G4

Orange XVBC8G5

Blue XVBC8G6

Clear XVBC8G7

Ye l l o w XVBC8G8

Strobe

230 Vac

Green XVBC8M3

209.00

Red XVBC8M4

Orange XVBC8M5

Blue XVBC8M6

Clear XVBC8M7

Yellow XVBC8M8

Table 19.335: Audible Sounder Units (2.75 in./70 mm diameter)

Description Supply Voltage Catalog Number $ Price

Sounder unit

90 dB at 1 m 12–48 Vac/dc XVBC9B 145.00

Adjustable from 75–90 dB

Continuous or intermittent modes 120–230 Vac XVBC9M 228.00

Table 19.336: Base Units + Cover

(for direct or tube mounting, 2.75 in. / 70 mm diameter)

Description For use with Type Catalog Number $ Price

Base unit + cover

for bottom or side cable entry Banks Standard XVBC21 40.40

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

XVBC6

XVB081

XVBC

XVBC9

XVBC1 XVBC07

XVBCY2

XVBC22

XVBC23

XVBZ0

XVBC12

XVB081 +

XVBC07 =

XVBC21

XV Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Illuminated Beacons and

Indicating Banks

XVB Accessories—70 mm

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Wiring Diagrams, Base Units

Table 19.337: Accessories Common to Beacon and Indicating Banks

Description Characteristics Catalog Number $ Price

in. mm

Black tube with integral black plastic mounting base

4.72 120 XVBZ02 XVBZ02A a 12.50

15.75 400 XVBZ03 XVBZ03A a 25.00

31.50 800 XVBZ04 XVBZ04A a 50.00

Support tube concealment cover

3.94 100 XVBC020 7.80

15.75 400 XVBC030 23.00

31.50 800 XVBC040 41.40

Wall mount bracket For direct mounting on base unit or with tulip

XVBC11 + tube XVBC0• XVBC12 32.30

Incandescent bulbs

bayonet type BA 15d, 10 W

12 Vac/dc DL1BLJ

5.40

24 Vac/dc DL1BLB

48 Vac/dc DL1BLE

120 Vac/dc DL1BLG

230 Vac/dc DL1BLM

Incandescent bulbs

bayonet type BA 15d, 7 W

12 Vac/dc DL1BEJ

5.40

24 Vac/dc DL1BEB

48 Vac/dc DL1BEE

120 Vac/dc DL1BEG

230 Vac/dc DL1BEM

LEDs

bayonet type BA 15d

(sold singly)

24 Vac/dc

White DL1BDB1

72.00

Green DL1BDB3

Red DL1BDB4

Blue DL1BDB6

Ye l l o w DL1BDB8

Amber DL1BDB5

120 Vac

White DL1BDG1

72.00

Green DL1BDG3

Red DL1BDG4

Blue DL1BDG6

Ye l l o w DL1BDG8

Amber DL1BDG5

Adapter

for side entry through base unit

With CM12 (p. 13.5) cable gland, for cable size

of 0.4 to 0.55 in. (10 to 14 mm) diameter XVBC14 5.20

Conduit adapter 1/2 in. NPT (for customer supplied tubing) XVBC00 2.10

aAluminum tube.

bFor 240 Vac, replace the B or G in the catalog number with M—for example, DL1BDM1. For flashing LEDs, refer to catalog 9001CT0001.

Table 19.338: Accessories Specific to Indicating Banks

Description Characteristics Catalog Number $ Price

Set of colored markers 6 colors XVBC22 2.10

Set of 5 legend holders Identification of stacked units on base XVBC23 8.30

Sheet of 85 legends for legend holder (XVBC23) Identification of stacked units on base XVBCY1 3.10

Sheet of 52 legends Identification of stacked units on locking ring XVBCY2 3.10

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

XVBC020

XVBC12

XVBZ0

New!

Screw terminals

Torque to 4.4 in-lb (0.5 N•m)

2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2)

1 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm2)

XV Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Illuminated Beacons and

Indicating Banks

XVDLS Mini Beacons, 45 mm Diameter

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

The XVDLS miniature illuminated beacons are designed for short distance signalling applications.

Note: The XVDL miniature illuminated beacon is designed for a maximum 5 W bulb.

aBulb type for use with direct supply: BA 15d base fitting, incandescent. Maximum lamp size is 5 W.

Table 19.339: Environment

Approvals

Standard version, CSA, UL

UL E164353 CCN NKCR, CSA LR 44087 Class 3211-03

Conforming to standards IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14

Degree of protection To UL 50, CSA C22.2 No. 94

To IEC 529 and NF C 20-010

Ty p e 1

IP40

Cable size Maximum wire size 1 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with cable end

Te r m i n a l s Screw and captive cable clamp terminals

Torque to 4.4 in-lb (0.5 N•m)

Table 19.340: Illuminated Beacons with Steady Light (1.75 in./45 mm diameter)

Description Light Source Color Catalog Number $ Price

Complete unit, includes:

1 lens unit

1 base unit (direct mounting)

Incandescent bulb (5 W max) a

not included

250 V max

Green XVDLS33

33.10

Red XVDLS34

Orange XVDLS35

Blue XVDLS36

Clear XVDLS37

Ye l l o w XVDLS38

Table 19.341: Illuminated Beacons with 0.5 Joule Strobe (1.75 in./45 mm diameter)

Description Light Source Color Catalog Number $ Price

Complete unit, includes:

1 lens unit

1 base unit (direct mounting)

Strobe

24 Vac/dc

Green XVDLS6B3

83.00

Red XVDLS6B4

Orange XVDLS6B5

Blue XVDLS6B6

Clear XVDLS6B7

Ye l l o w XVDLS6B8

Strobe

120 Vac

Green XVDLS6G3

83.00

Red XVDLS6G4

Orange XVDLS6G5

Blue XVDLS6G6

Clear XVDLS6G7

Ye l l o w XVDLS6G8

Strobe

230 Vac

Green XVDLS6M3

83.00

Red XVDLS6M4

Orange XVDLS6M5

Blue XVDLS6M6

Clear XVDLS6M7

Ye l l o w XVDLS6M8

Table 19.342: Accessories

Description Supply Voltage Color Catalog Number $ Price

Incandescent bulbs

bayonet type BA 15d

(sold in lots of 10)

24 Vac/dc, 4 watts — DL1BEBS

4.10120 Vac/dc, 5 watts — DL1BEGS

230 Vac/dc, 5 watts — DL1BEMS

LEDs

bayonet type BA 15d

(sold singly)

24 Vac/dc

White DL1BDB1

72.00

Green DL1BDB3

Red DL1BDB4

Blue DL1BDB6

Yellow-orange DL1BDB8

Amber DL1BDB5

120 Vac

White DL1BDG1

72.00

Green DL1BDG3

Red DL1BDG4

Blue DL1BDG6

Yellow-orange DL1BDG8

Amber DL1BDG5

bFor 240 Vac, replace the B or G in the catalog number with M—for example, DL1BDM1. For flashing LEDs, refer to catalog 9001CT0001.

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

XVDLS••

File E164353

CCN NKCR File LR 44087

Class 3211 03

Marked

XV Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Illuminated Beacons and

Indicating Banks

XVR Rotating Lights

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.343: Environment

Approvals Standard version, CSA, UL (Pending)

Degree of protection To IEC 529 and NF C 20-010

To UL 50 and CSA 22.2 No. 94

IP65

Type 4X (indoor)

Consumption

Halogen 24 Vac/dc: < 3100 mA

Incandescent

24 Vac/dc: < 1050 mA

120 Vac: < 210 mA

230 Vac: < 110 mA

Bulb type Halogen H1, maximum power 70 W

Incandescent Bayonet type BA 15d, maximum power 25 W

Wire size Maximum wire size 1 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with cable end

Table 19.344: Rotating Mirror Beacon (6.5 in./165 mm diameter)

Light Source Supply Voltage Color Catalog Number $ Price

Halogen bulb

70 W 24 Vac/dc

Green XVR1B93

185.00

Red XVR1B94

Orange XVR1B95

Blue XVR1B96

Yellow XVR1B98

Incandescent bulb

25 W

24 Vac/dc

Green XVR1B03

168.00

Red XVR1B04

Orange XVR1B05

Blue XVR1B06

Yellow XVR1B08

120 Vac

Green XVR1G03

197.00

Red XVR1G04

Orange XVR1G05

Blue XVR1G06

Yellow XVR1G08

230 Vac

Green XVR1M03

197.00

Red XVR1M04

Orange XVR1M05

Blue XVR1M06

Yellow XVR1M08

Table 19.345: Accessories and Spare Parts

Description Characteristics Catalog Number $ Price

Domed replacement lens unit

Green XVR0153

65.00

Red XVR0154

Orange XVR0155

Blue XVR0156

Yellow XVR0158

Protective grill for domed lens unit — XVR016 21.50

Wall mount bracket for vertical surface — XVR012 21.50

Mounting tulip for tube (1/2" NPT) — XVR013 17.60

Halogen bulbs, H1, 70 W 24 Vac/dc DL1BRBH 39.80

Incandescent bulbs

bayonet type BA 15d, 25 W

(sold in lots of 10)

24 Vac/dc DL1BRB 14.00

120 Vac DL1BRG 14.00

230 Vac DL1BRM 14.10

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

XVR1•••

XV Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Illuminated Beacons and

Indicating Banks

XVE 70 mm Indicating Banks

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0408

The indicating banks of the XVE range are designed for remote signalling of the status of a

machine, equipment or specific application, either visually using illuminated units which are

visible throughout 360° or audibly using an 85 dB buzzer.The XVE range provides efficient

signalling (5 colors available), at medium range distances 98.4 ft (30 m), in indoor

environments.

The standard configuration of the indicating banks is NEMA and UL Type 12 (IP 42) degree

of protection, which is sufficient for the majority of indoor applications. Both pre-configured

beacons and indicating banks can be upgraded to IP 54 by using a sealing kit.

Indicating Bank

Table 19.346: Characteristics

Environment

Degree of protection Conforming to IEC

60529, and UL508

•NEMA and UL Type 12 (IP 42) in vertical position

•For all mounting positions using mounting base XVE Z13,

•Only in vertical position for other heights of mounting base

Product certifications

Approvals e

Conformity to standards IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1

Ambient air

temperature

Storage - 104 to +158 °F (- 40 to +70 °C)

Operation - 75 to +131 °F (- 25 to +55 °C)

New!

File E164353

CCN NKCR

File LR44087

Class 3211 03, and CCC

5 6

The indicating bank is a customer assembled

product using:

1. A snap on cover

2. 1 to 5 colored illuminated units (green, red, orange,

blue or clear) with a choice of 3 types of signalling

(steady, flashing or “strobe”).

3. 1 audible unit.

4. A base unit with terminal block and bottom cable entry.

5. A plastic mounting base, 0.78" (20 mm) high.

6. A plastic mounting base, 3.9" (100 mm) high.

7. An aluminium support tube, black or silver finish,

length: 3.1" (80 mm), 15.7" (400 mm), or 31.5" (800

mm), pre-fitted and glued into a mounting base.

To be ordered separately:

8. Base plate for mounting on vertical support.

XV Discount

Schedule Modified

4/18/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Illuminated Beacons and

Indicating Banks

XVE 70 mm Indicating Banks

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0408

Composition of an indicating bank:

1. Cover and base unit (+)

2. Illuminated or audible units

(5 units max.) (+)

3. Mounting base

Table 19.347: Illuminated Units with Steady Light

Description Light source Supply voltage Color of lens Catalog Number $ Price

Lens units only for

BA 15d base

fitting bulb

Bulb, not included,

5W max. z 240 Vac/dc max.

Green XVEC33

16.00

Red XVEC34

Orange XVEC35

Blue XVEC36

Clear XVEC37

Illuminated units Integral LED

z 24 Vac/dc

Green XVEC2B3

40.00

Red XVEC2B4

Orange XVEC2B5

Blue XVEC2B6

Clear XVEC2B7

a 120 Vac

Green XVEC2G3

Red XVEC2G4

Orange XVEC2G5

Blue XVEC2G6

Clear XVEC2G7

Table 19.348: Illuminated Units with Flashing LED

Illuminated units Integral LED

z 24 Vac/dc

Green XVEC5B3

60.00

Red XVEC5B4

Orange XVEC5B5

Blue XVEC5B6

Clear XVEC5B7

a 120 Vac

Green XVEC5G3

Red XVEC5G4

Orange XVEC5G5

Blue XVEC5G6

Clear XVEC5G7

Table 19.349: Illuminated Units with Strobe Light

Illuminated units Discharge tube,

1Joule

z 24 Vac/dc

Green XVEC6B3

70.00

Red XVEC6B4

Orange XVEC6B5

Blue XVEC6B6

Clear XVEC6B7

a 120 Vac

Green XVEC6G3

Red XVEC6G4

Orange XVEC6G5

Blue XVEC6G6

Clear XVEC6G7

Table 19.350: Audible Sounder Units, Base Units and Covers

Indicating bank usage Composition

NEMA and UL Type 12

(IP 42) Base unit and cover XVEC21 16.00

Additional protection (IP 54)

Base unit with seal

+ screw mounting cover

+ kit comprising 5 seals for lens units and buzzer

+ 1 seal for mounting base XVE Z13

XVEC21P 20.00

Description Supply Voltage Catalog Number Price

Audible Sounder Units 85dB

24 Vac/dc XVEC9B 60.00

120 Vac XVEC9G 60.00

230 Vac XVEC9M 60.00

Table 19.351: Mounting Components and Bulbs

Description Height under base unit

in. (mm) Color

Plastic mounting bases 0.78 (20) Black XVEZ13 8.00

3.93 (100) Black XVDC02 10.00

Mounting bases

comprising:

Ø 25 mm aluminium

support tube +

black plastic

mounting support

3.15 (80)

Black

aluminium XVBZ02 12.50

Aluminium XVBZ02A 12.50

15.7 (400)

Black

aluminium XVBZ03 25.00

Aluminium XVBZ03A 25.00

31.5 (800)

Black

aluminium XVBZ04 50.00

Aluminium XVBZ04A 50.00

Description Electrical characteristics

Clear incandescent bulbs with

BA 15d base fitting

for lens units type XVE C3p

5 W, z 24 Vac/dc DL1BEBS

4.105 W, z 120 Vac/dc DL1BEGS

5 W, z 230 Vac/dc DL1BEMS

2XVE C3p

XVE C2ppp

XVE C5ppp

XVE C6ppp

XVE C21 XVE C21P

XVB Z02XVE Z13 XVD C02 XVB Z03

DL1 BEpS

XV Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Illuminated Beacons and

Indicating Banks

XVP 50 mm Illuminated Indicating Banks—Components

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Components

Table 19.352: Environment

Approvals

UL Listed, CSA Certified

Conforming to standards IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL 508

Protective Treatment “TC”

Degree of protection To IEC 60529 and NF C 20-010

To UL 50 and CSA 22.2 No. 94

IP65

Type 1, 12 and 13

Table 19.353: Electrical Characteristics

Consumption

LED unit 24 Vac/dc: < 60 mA; 120–230 Vac: < 20 mA

Steady incandescent bulb 7 W 24 Vac/dc: < 300 mA; 120–230 Vac: 65–35 mA

Flashing 24 Vac or 24 Vdc: < 250 mA; 120–230 Vac: < 30 mA

Unit with strobe (on energization) 24 Vdc: 0.3 Joules, 40 mA; 120 Vac: 0.6 Joules, 20 mA;

230 Vac: 0.6 Joules, 11 mA

Audible sounder units 24 Vdc, 12 mA; 120 Vac, 15 mA; 230 Vac, 15 mA

Cable size Maximum wire size 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with cable end

Terminals Torque requirement Removable and captive screw terminals: 4.4 in-lb (0.5 N•m)

Table 19.354: Base Units with Cover (for direct or tube mounting)

Description Color For use with Indicating Banks Catalog Number $ Price

50 mm base unit Black 50 mm diameter only XVPC21

32.0050 mm base unit Off-white 50 mm diameter only XVPC21W

50 mm base unit with ring-tongue compatible terminal 50 mm diameter only XVPC21WR

Table 19.355: Illuminated Lens Units

Description Ring Color Light Source and Voltage Lens Color Catalog Number $ Price

Steady or Flashing

50 mm steady lens unit

(See Table 19.358 on page 19-116 to

select steady or flashing mode)

Black

Bulb (7 W max)

not included

250 V max

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Clear

Ye l l o w

XVPC33

XVPC34

XVPC35

XVPC36

XVPC37

XVPC38

29.00

Off-white

Bulb (7 W max)

not included

250 V max

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Clear

Ye l l o w

XVPC33W

XVPC34W

XVPC35W

XVPC36W

XVPC37W

XVPC38W

29.00

Strobe

50 mm strobe lens unit

Black

Strobe 24 Vdc

0.3 Joule

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Clear

Ye l l o w

XVPC6B3

XVPC6B4

XVPC6B5

XVPC6B6

XVPC6B7

XVPC6B8

124.00

Strobe 120 Vac

0.6 Joule

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Clear

Ye l l o w

XVPC6G3

XVPC6G4

XVPC6G5

XVPC6G6

XVPC6G7

XVPC6G8

Off-white

Strobe 24 Vdc

0.3 Joule

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Clear

Ye l l o w

XVPC6B3W

XVPC6B4W

XVPC6B5W

XVPC6B6W

XVPC6B7W

XVPC6B8W

Strobe 120 Vac

0.6 Joule

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Clear

Ye l l o w

XVPC6G3W

XVPC6G4W

XVPC6G5W

XVPC6G6W

XVPC6G7W

XVPC6G8W

Table 19.356: Audible Sounder Units (must be the top unit)

Description Ring Color Supply Voltage Catalog Number $ Price

50 mm sounder unit

(IP40 NEMA 1)

Ten tone selections,

75–85 dB at 1 m

Black

24 Vdc XVPC09B

104.00

120 Vac XVPC09G

230 Vac XVPC09M

Off-white

24 Vdc XVPC09BW

120 Vac XVPC09GW

230 Vac XVPC09MW

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number (if appropriate)

•Type or Catalog Number

File E164353

CCN NKCR File LR 44087

Class 3211 03

File E164353

CCN NKCR 2

Marked

XVPC21

Lens Unit

with Black Ring

XVPC09B

XV Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Illuminated Beacons and

Indicating Banks

XVP 50 mm Illuminated Indicating Banks—Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Wiring Diagram

Cable Connections, Supply line maximum: 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG)

Table 19.358: LEDs

Description Voltage Color Catalog Number $ Price

Steady-On LEDs

24 Vac/dc

White

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Ye l l o w

DL1BDB1

DL1BDB3

DL1BDB4

DL1BDB5

DL1BDB6

DL1BDB8

72.00120 Vac

White

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Ye l l o w

DL1BDG1

DL1BDG3

DL1BDG4

DL1BDG5

DL1BDG6

DL1BDG8

230 Vac

White

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Ye l l o w

DL1BDM1

DL1BDM3

DL1BDM4

DL1BDM5

DL1BDM6

DL1BDM8

Flashing LEDs

24 Vac/dc

White

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Ye l l o w

DL1BKB1

DL1BKB3

DL1BKB4

DL1BKB5

DL1BKB6

DL1BKB8

93.00120 Vac

White

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Ye l l o w

DL1BKG1

DL1BKG3

DL1BKG4

DL1BKG5

DL1BKG6

DL1BKG8

230 Vac

White

Green

Red

Amber

Blue

Ye l l o w

DL1BKM1

DL1BKM3

DL1BKM4

DL1BKM5

DL1BKM6

DL1BKM8

Table 19.359: Incandescent Bulbs

Description Voltage Catalog Number $ Price

Bayonet type BA 15d, 7 W

12 Vac/dc DL1BEJ

5.40

24 Vac/dc DL1BEB

48 Vac/dc DL1BEE

120 Vac/dc DL1BEG

230 Vac/dc DL1BEM

Table 19.360: Accessories

Description Color Characteristics Catalog Number $ Price

IN mm

Threaded tube with bracket Silver

4 100 XVPC02T 21.70

10 250 XVPC03T 26.90

16 400 XVPC04T 32.00

Tube with tulip base

Black

4100 XVPC02 21.70

10 250 XVPC03 32.00

16 400 XVPC04 32.00

Off-white

4100 XVPC02W 26.90

10 250 XVPC03W 26.90

16 400 XVPC04W 32.00

Wall mounting bracket Black — XVPC12 10.40

Off-white — XVPC12W

Bulb mounting and removal tool — — XVPCX13 5.20

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

DL1BDB1

DL1BEJ

XVPC02

XVPC12

XVPC03T

(With Base and Lenses)

Ø 12

0.47

+/5+/4

+/3

+/2

+/1

–/C

wire 5

wire 4

wire 3

wire 2

wire 1

wire 6

green-yellow

XV Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Pendant Stations Type BW

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

The Class 9001 BW70 and BW80 pendant stations are

used for hoist applications, requiring either single speed or

two speed buttons. The thermoplastic enclosure has a

1/2 in. conduit entrance at top to accept a pendant cable

and has internal strain relief provided as standard. The

stations are rated NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4 and 4X. The enclosure

is available in three colors. All universal stations have

double circuit blocks (1 N.O./1 N.C.) on each button and

come without legends so they can be assembled to fit the

application. For convenience, push buttons have

interchangeable legend inserts. The complete line is UL

listed and C.S.A. approved.

aMaintained contact

Note: Order must specify quantity of 10 or multiples of 10.

Contact Symbol

Table 19.361: BW70 and BW80 Pendant Stations

No.

Units

Description Legend Insert

Markings

Mechanical

Interlock

Enclosure Color

$ Price Contact

Symbol

Replacement Interior

Yellow Black Red 9001

Type

Contact

Symbol $ Price

Single

Speed

Up-Down Yes BW72Y BW72B BW72R 84.00 146 BOC368 146 60.00

Forward-Reverse Yes BW73Y BW73B BW73R 84.00 146 BOC368 146 60.00

On-OffaYe s BW74Y BW74B BW74R 113.00 10 BOC358 147 60.00

Start-Stop No BW75Y BW75B BW75R 84.00 145 BOC359 25 60.00

Start-StopaYe s BW76Y BW76B BW76R 113.00 10 BOC358 147 60.00

On-Off No BW77Y BW77B BW77R 84.00 146 BOC359 25 60.00

On-Off No BW79Y BW79B BW79R 84.00 145 BOC359 25 60.00

Up-Down Yes BW78Y BW78B —84.00 100 — — —

without Legend Inserts Yes BW70YU BW70BU BW70RU 80.00 147 BOC366 25 60.00

without Legend Inserts No BW71YU BW71BU BW71RU 80.00 25 BOC359 25 60.00

without Legend InsertsaYe s BW74YU BW74BU BW74RU 108.00 147 BOC358 147 60.00

Two

Speed

without Legend Inserts Yes BW80YU BW80BU BW80RU 123.00 150 BOC367 150 105.00

Up-Down Yes BW82Y BW82B BW82R 128.00 150 BOC367 150 105.00

Table 19.362: Interchangeable Push Button Legend

Inserts

Marking

For NEMA 4X

Type BW70s and

BW80s

Mushroom Button

Inserts for

NEMA 4X

Type BW70s

and BW80s

$ Price

Each

Type Type

Start

Stop

Forward

Reverse

Open

Raise

Lower

Down

Off

Hand

Auto

Blank-Black

Blank-Red

B259

B260

B255

B256

B263

B264

B261

B262

B253

B254

B257

B258

B265

B266

B251

B252

B282

B283

B278

B279

B286

B287

B284

B285

B276

B277

B280

B281

B288

B289

B251

B252

2.40

Table 19.363: Legend Insert Kit

Where Used: Type $ Price

For NEMA 4X

Type BW70s

and BW80s

Push Button B250 (Incl’s 1 each of

B253 thru B266) 68.00

Mushroom

Button

B300 (Incl’s 1 each of

B276 thru B289) 124.00

Table 19.364: Hanger Bracket

Form $ Price

Y236 7.00

Note: Addition of External hanger bracket (similar to the one used on Class

9001 Type SKYP Pendant Stations). Use when polymeric cord

connectors are required. Cannot be field installed.

Note: For Dimensions see catalog 9001CT0001

File E42259

CCN NKCR

FileLR25490

Class32 1103 Marking

Table 19.365: Replacement Enclosures

Description Yellow $ Price Red $ Price Black $ Price

Box & Cover

with 4 screws BWRY 36.00 BWRR 36.00 BWRB 36.00

Table 19.366: Mushroom Button (less button insert)—

For NEMA 4X, Type BW70 and BW80

Color Type $ Price

Red B303 9.50

Table 19.367: Hanger Bracket and Seal Kit

Type $ Price

B350 4.80

Speed 1

Speed 2

Speed 1

Speed 2

25 100

147 150

146

145

Each button has

1 N.O. contact

with 4 terminals.

Table 19.368: Electrical Contact Ratings (BW70s and BW80s)

AC—NEMA B600 DC—NEMA P600)

Volt s b

Inductive

35% Power Factor

Resistive

75% Power Factor

Vol ts

Inductive and Resistive

Make Break Continuous

Carrying

Amperes

Make, Break

and Continuous

Carrying Amperes

Make and Break

Amperes

Continuous

Carrying

Amperes

Amperes VA Amperes VA

120

240

480

600

30.

15.

7.5

3600

1.5

.75

360

120

240

600

1.1

.55

bOSHA Regulation, Section 1910.70 Overhead and Gantry Cranes, limits the voltage at Pendant Push Buttons to 150 Vac or 300 Vdc.

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Pendant Stations XAC Standard Duty Pistol Grips, Enclosures, Contact Blocks

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aThese units are available with factory installed E-stops. Add a “3” to the end of the catalog number for standard E-stop or add a “4” for a trigger action

E-stop. Consult your local Square D sales office for price adder.

bThese units are available with a factory installed E-stop. Use XACD22 ••• for a standard E-stop or XACD24••• for a trigger action E-stop.

cStandard enclosures include internal mounting plate, cable sleeve for 8 to 26 mm, internal cable clamp, suspension ring and cable tie.

dThe top hole accepts the 30 mm diameter mushroom head (E-stop) ZA2BS44.

Table 19.369: Specifications

Electrical ratings NEMA A600, Q600

EnclosureXACAO•NEMA 4, 4X (Indoor/Outdoor), 5

IP65

XACA2O• (Pistol grip) NEMA 4, 4X (Indoor), 5

IP65

Cabling

Screw and captive clamp terminals. Recommended torque 15.62 in-lb. Capacity: minimum 1 x

0.5 mm2 (20 AWG) solid or stranded, maximum with or without cable end: 2 x 1.5 mm2 (16

AWG) or 1 x 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG) or by cable clips conforming to NF C 20-120 (on request).

Approvals For XACA

Table 19.370: Pistol Grip Stations

Description Speeds Function

1 speed/2 speed Catalog Number $ Price

1 N.O. contact per operator

2 Mechanically interlocked operators 1XACA201a136.00

2 N.O. (staggered) contacts per operator

2 Mechanically interlocked operators 2XACA207a202.00

1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

2 Mechanically interlocked operators 1XACA205a170.00

1 N.O. contact per direction

1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 1XACD21A0101b152.00

1 N.O. + 1 N.O. staggered

1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 2XACD21A1231b410.00

1 N.O. & 1 N.C. contact per direction

1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 1XACD21A0105b184.00

1 N.C. + 1 N.O. + 1 N.O. staggered

1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 2XACD21A1241b436.00

Table 19.371: General Purpose Pendantsc

Enclosures Catalog Number $ Price

2 hole enclosure XACA02 192.00

3 hole enclosure XACA03 220.00

4 hole enclosure XACA04 250.00

6 hole enclosure XACA06 306.00

8 hole enclosure XACA08 382.00

12 hole enclosure XACA12 478.00

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

File E 164353

CCN NKCR

File LR 44087

Class 3211 03 Marked

XACA201

XACA06

XACA03

with

operators

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Pendant Stations XAC Standard Duty Pistol Grips, Enclosures, Contact Blocks

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aCannot be used with XACA03 pendant.

Wiring Diagrams

bBooted push buttons are for cover mounting only. All other operators can be mounted on cover or bottom.

cTrigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator.

dNot for use with XEN G contact blocks.

Table 19.372: Contact Blocks for Operators in Cover

Description Wiring Diagram Catalog Number $ Price

1 N.O./spring return/1 speed — ZB2BE101 16.40

1 N.C./spring return/1 speed — ZB2BE102

1 N.O. early close & 1 N.C. & 1 N.O./spring return/2 speed Figure 1 XENG1191

49.00

1 N.C. & 2 N.O./spring return/1 speed Figure 2 XENG1491

1 N.O. & 1 N.O. latching/1 speed/interlocked Figure 3 XENG3781

1 N.O. & 1 N.C. latching/1 speed/interlocked Figure 4 XENG3791

3 N.C.—all direct acting Figure 5 XENT1192

Table 19.373: Contact Blocks for Operators in Base of Enclosure a

1 N.O./1 speed XACS101 28.60

1 N.C./1 speed XACS102 28.60

2 N.O./1 speed XACS103 38.20

2 N.C./1 speed XACS104 38.20

1 N.O. & 1 N.C./1 speed XACS105 38.20

Table 19.374: Operators b

Description Color Catalog Number $ Price

Booted push button

White XACA9411

8.20

Black XACA9412

Green XACA9413

Red XACA9414

Ye l l o w XACA9415

Blue XACA9416

Brown XACA9419

Table 19.375: Mushroom Operators

Description Mushroom Size Color Catalog Number $ Price

Mushroom head, momentary 30 mm Black ZA2BC24 36.80

Red ZA2BC44

Mushroom head, momentary 40 mm Black ZA2BC2 36.80

Red ZA2BC4

Mushroom head, push to maintain/turn-to-release 30 mm Red ZA2BS44 79.00

40 mm Red ZA2BS54 79.00

Mushroom head, push to maintain/turn-to-release

(trigger action)c

30 mm Red ZA2BS834 112.00

40 mm Red ZA2BS844 112.00

Mushroom head, push to maintain/key turn-to-release 30 mm Red ZA2BS74 112.00

40 mm Red ZA2BS14 112.00

Mushroom head, push to maintain/key turn-to-release

(trigger action)c40 mm Red ZA2BS944 112.00

Table 19.376: Selector Switches and Wobble Stick

Description Color Catalog Number $ Price

Selector switch/2 position—maintaineddBlack ZA2BD2 30.00

Selector switch/3 position—maintaineddBlack ZA2BD3 30.00

Selector switch/2 position—maintained key operated—key removal from LT or RT positiondNA ZA2BG4 112.00

Selector switch/3 position—maintained key operated—key removal from LT or RT positiondNA ZA2BG5 112.00

Wobble stick (bottom mounting recommended) Black ZA2BB2 102.00

Red ZA2BB4

Table 19.377: Pilot Light Components

Description Color Catalog Number $ Price

Direct supply base/without lamp (for 6 to 120 V applications) (AC/DC) — ZB2BV006 24.60

Resistor supply base/with 130 V lamp (for 220–240 V applications) (AC/DC) — ZB2BV007 52.00

Pilot light operators for incandescent lamps

Green ZA2BV03

9.60

Red ZA2BV04

Amber ZA2BV05

Blue ZA2BV06

Clear ZA2BV07

Pilot light operators for LED lamps

Green ZA2BV033

9.60Red ZA2BV043

Amber ZA2BV053

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

ZB2BE10 lXENG37l1

XENG1191 XACS10l

1314

21 22

33 34

1314

21 22

33 34

1314 1314 1314

11 12

N/C + N/C + N/C

with positive

opening operation

1112

2122

3132

Figure 1 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 2 Figure 5

Booted Push Button

Mushroom Head

Selector Switch

(key operated)

Wobble Stick

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Pendant Stations XAC Standard Duty Operators—Accessories

Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.378: Enclosure Accessories

Description Catalog Number $ Price

Blank hole plug ZB2SZ3 13.60

Mechanical interlock (momentary). For use with XAC booted operators only XACA009 8.20

Screw adapter for self-supporting cable XACB961 6.80

Low suspension ring for single row station XACA971 19.20

Protective guard for bottom mounted mushroom head XACA982 19.20

Protective guard for bottom mounted selector switch or key switch XACA983 27.40

Table 19.379: Lamps

Type Voltage Watts Catalog Number $ Price

Replacement bulbs

(Type BA9s)

Incandescent

6 Vac/dc 1.2 DL1CB006

11.00

12 Vac/dc 2.0 DL1CE012

24 Vac/dc 2.0 DL1CE024

48 Vac/dc 2.4 DL1CE048

130 Vac/dc 2.6 DL1CE130

Neon

(use with direct supply light

module)

120 Vac/dc — NE51HRT120V

15.20220 Vac/dc — NE51HRT220V

380 Vac/dc — NE51HRT380V

Table 19.380: LED, BA9s Base

Type Color Voltage Catalog Number $ Price

LED, BA9s base for

Direct Supply blocks

Green 6 Vac/dc DL1CJUS0063

25.00

Red 6 Vac/dc DL1CJUS0064

Amber 6 Vac/dc DL1CJUS0065

Green 12 Vac/dc DL1CJUS0123

Red 12 Vac/dc DL1CJUS0124

Amber 12 Vac/dc DL1CJUS0125

Green 24 Vac/dc DL1CJUS0243

Red 24 Vac/dc DL1CJUS0244

Amber 24 Vac/dc DL1CJUS0245

Green 120 Vac/dc DL1CJUS1203

Red 120 Vac/dc DL1CJUS1204

Amber 120 Vac/dc DL1CJUS1205

XACA982

XACA971

XACA983

DL1CE0••

(Incandescent)

DL1CJUS••••

(LED)

XACB961

Table 19.381: PVC Standard Legend Plates 30 x 40 mm

TextaCatalog Number $ Price TextaCatalog Number $ Price TextaCatalog Number $ Price

Bridge Forward ZB2BY2343

4.20

Left ZB2BY2310

4.20

Stop ZB2BY2304

4.20

Bridge Reverse ZB2BY2344 Low ZB2BY2336 Stop Start ZB2BY2366

Close ZB2BY2314 Lower ZB2BY2337 Trolley Right ZB2BY2345

Down ZB2BY2308 Man Auto ZB2BY2372 Trolley Left ZB2BY2346

Emergency Stop ZB2BY2330 Off ZB2BY2312 Up ZB2BY2307

Fast ZB2BY2328 On ZB2BY2311 Up Down ZB2BY2370

Forward ZB2BY2305 Off On ZB2BY2367 Up-O-Down ZB2BY2389

For Rev ZB2BY23 Open ZB2BY2313 North 6516002379

For-O-Rev ZB2BY2384 Open Close ZB2BY2376 South 6516002380

Hand Off Auto ZB2BY2387 Open-O-Close ZB2BY2388 East 6516002381

High ZB2BY2338 Out ZB2BY2339 West 6516002382

High Low ZB2BY2369 Power On ZB2BY2326 Trolley North 6516002383

Hoist Down ZB2BY2342 Raise ZB2BY2335 Troll e y S ou t h 6516002384

Hoist Up ZB2BY2341 ResetaZB2BY2323 Trolley East 6516002385

In ZB2BY2503 Reverse ZB2BY2306 Trolley West 6516002386

Inch ZB2BY2321 Right ZB2BY2309 Bridge North 6516002387

Jog For ZB2BY2381 Run ZB2BY2334 Bridge South 6516002388

Jog Rev ZB2BY2380 Slow ZB2BY2327 Bridge East 6516002389

Jog Run ZB2BY2365 Start ZB2BY2303 Bridge West 6516002390

aAll nameplates are black with white lettering except “Stop”, “Emergency Stop” and “Reset” which are red with white lettering.

For black “Reset” change final digit of catalog number to 2.

Type Description Catalog Number $ Price

PVC blank legend Blank Black or red background—30 mm x 40 mm ZB2BY2101 4.20

Blank Yellow or white background—30 mm x 40 mm ZB2BY4101

PVC custom

engraved

Special engravingbBlack background, white letters—30 mm x 40 mm ZB2BY2002

17.80

Special engravingbRed background, white letters—30 mm x 40 mm ZB2BY2004

Special engravingbWhite background, black letters—30 mm x 40 mm ZB2BY4001

Special engravingbYellow background, black letters—30 mm x 40 mm ZB2BY4005

bPlease specify lettering when ordering. Two lines with 11 characters (including spaces) maximum on each plate.

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Catalog Number

IDiscount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Pendant Stations Application and Ordering Information

Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

aClass 9001 SK push-to-test pilot lights, remote test pilot lights and potentiometers will not fit in these enclosures.

bAssembled pendant stations consist of an enclosure, operators and legend plates. The price of the total station

consists of the prices of the individual components - there is no charge for assembly. Example: 9001 SKYP20 plus

9001 SKRU5 plus 9001 SKN201; total price is $368.70. All custom orders must include pendant key sheet available

from Square D sales offices or distributors.

cTypes SKRU 1, 10 and 11 use Type KA contact blocks. Types SKRU 2 thru 5 are factory enclosed contact blocks.

dFor ring nuts see page 19-86. For protective boots, use 9001KU37 as shown on page 19-83.

eCan be supplied by Square D as Class 9001 Type SKSTS1 at $35.60—includes boot for NEMA 4X rating.

fSee Class 9001 Type SK, pages 19-68 to 19-86.

gIncludes legend plate, gasket and ground plate to be used with toggle switch.

hTri-laminated legend plate having a yellow or red background on a black core.

i19 characters each side max.

Single Speed Contact Symbols

Table 19.382: Enclosures (NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13)

Size Conduit Entrance Size

Enclosure

Onlyb

Enclosure for

Assembled Station a$ Price

Type Type

2 Button

4 Button

6 Button

8 Button

10 Button

.75 in.–14NPT

.74 in.–14 NPT

1 in. –11.5 NPT

1.25 in. –11.5 NPT

1.25 in.–11.5 NPT

SKYP2

SKYP4

SKYP6

SKYP8

SKYP10

SKYP20

SKYP40

SKYP60

SKYP80

SKYP100

126.00

159.00

191.00

237.00

285.00

Table 19.383: Push Button Unitsd

Number of Buttons

per Unit Description Contact Symbol—

See Below Typ e c$ Price

2 Single Speed—Momentary Interlocked 7 SKRU1 86.00

2 Single Speed—Momentary Non-Interlocked 5 SKRU10 71.00

2 Single Speed—Maintained Interlock 10 SKRU11 99.00

2 Two Speed—Momentary Interlocked 87 SKRU2 180.00

2 Three Speed—Momentary Interlocked 88 SKRU3 213.00

2 Four Speed—Momentary Interlocked 89 SKRU4 227.00

2 Five Speed—Momentary Interlocked 90 SKRU5 237.00

Table 19.386: Legend Plates

Where Used Marking Type $ Price

For SKRU1

through

SKRU11

Blank-Blank

Hoist: Up-Down

Trolley: East-West

Trolley: Fwd.-Rev.

Trolley: North-South

Bridge: Fwd.-Rev.

Bridge: East-West

Bridge: North-South

Start-Stop

Reset-Stop

Aux Hoist: Up-Down

Power: On-Off

Specify Marking

SKN200i

SKN201

SKN202

SKN203

SKN204

SKN205

SKN206

SKN207

SKN208

SKN209

SKN210

SKN211

SKN299

5.70

24.80

With Toggle

Switch e in

Top Space of

Enclosure

Blank

Off-On

On-Off

Specify Marking

SKN500g

SKN544g

SKN545g

SKN599g

8.60

18.00

With

Type SK

Operator or

Pilot Light f

in Top Space

of Enclosure

Blank

Off

Emerg. Stop

Run

Power On

Off-On

Specify Marking

SKN100h

SKN103

SKN104

SKN105

SKN124

SKN138

SKN144

SKN199h

2.90

12.30

Table 19.387: Closing Plate

Type $ Price

SK52 9.50

File

CCN

E42259

NKCR

File

Class

LR25490

321103

Marked

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

Threaded conduit hole

Hanger bracket (Part no.

6509106101)

Space for toggle switch, a type SK

operator or pilot light. Use

appropriate legend plates.

Type SKYP enclosure

Type SKRU1 through SKRU11

operators. Any Type SK pilot

lightq or operator shown on

pages 19-68 to 19-86 can be

mounted in this enclosure. The

enclosure depth will

accommodate 1 Type KA1 thru

KA6 (total

of 2) contact blocks.

Type SKN2 legend plate

Multispeed

9001SKRU2

SKRU3

SKRU4

SKRU5

Single Speed

9001SKRU1

SKRU10

SKRU11

Table 19.384: Multispeed Contact

Symbols

Table 19.385: (“X”= Contact Closed)

Speed Position

Off

Terminals Terminals

112

2868-D30

Speed Position

Off

Terminals Terminals

1123

2868-D29

Speed Position

Off

Terminals Terminals

432

11234

2868-D31

Speed Position

Off

Terminals Terminals

1 12345

2868-D32

57 10

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Foot Switches Type A

Class 9002

Heavy Duty Industrial Foot Switches—Oiltight, Watertight, Dusttight and Driptight Enclosure,

NEMA 2, 4 and 13

Foot Switch Selection

Foot switches are used to control many industrial processes, while leaving the operator's hands free to perform other

functions. The type or model of foot switch suitable for each application will vary depending on factors such as the

control function required, degree of protection required, production methods, unusual conditions, government

regulations, etc. In some applications more than one foot switch may be required, as when two or more persons are

operating a machine. In these cases, safe practice and regulations require that the foot switches be wired in series

making it necessary that each operator's foot switch be actuated before the machine will cycle.

Only the user can be aware of all the conditions and factors present during setup, operation and maintenance of the

machine; therefore, only the user can determine which foot switch(es) can be properly used. When selecting a foot

switch for a particular application, the user should refer to the applicable ANSI standards and OSHA regulations. The

National Safety Council's Accident Prevention Manual also provides much useful information.

In some applications, such as power presses, additional operator protection such as point-of-operation guarding must

be provided when a foot switch is used as an actuator. This is necessary since the operator's hands and other parts of

the body are free to enter the pinch point area and serious injury can occur. The shielding provided on foot switches

cannot protect an operator from injury. For this reason the foot switch cannot be substituted for or take the place of

point-of-operation protection.

A Trilingual Danger Sign regarding the need for point-of-operation protection is supplied with each foot switch. The sign

incorporates three languages: English, Spanish and French. Additional copies of the sign are available by contacting

your Square D sales office.

Type AW Fully Shielded Foot Switch with Oversized Pedal Shield, Side Shields and

Safety Door. The Safety Door is interlocked with the pedal to prevent operation due to

shock or vibration. It prevents accidental pedal operation by requiring a simple but

intentional motion to lift the door before inserting the foot.

a2 N.O. and 2 N.C. isolated, direct acting contacts.

bA single pole snap switch that contains two double break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of same polarity.

A double pole snap switch contains two electrically separated sets of contact elements allowing use on circuits of opposite polarity. Each set that contains

two double break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of same polarity.

cFor replacement cover drilled to accept latch. For Series C foot switches order AC9. Price is $182.00 No replacement cover available for Series A or

B devices drilled to accept latch. AC8 is spring return only.

dWARNING: These foot switches must not be used to operate machines or equipment where the possibility of operator injury exists. Typical uses

include Emergency Stop functions, “Dead Man” controls, signal functions (lights, bells, etc.).

For replacement parts for Class 9002 Type AW: See instruction bulletin 65013-010-31.

For contact symbol tables, see page 19-123

HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS

Do not use foot switches on machines without point-of-operation protection.

Failure to follow this precaution will result in serious injury.

Table 19.388: Foot Switches

Description Features

Fully Shielded with

Oversized Pedal

Shield,

Side Shields and

Safety Door

With Oversized

Pedal Shield

and

Side Shields

With Pedal

Shield and

Side Shields

UNSHIELDED

(See Warning noted)

Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

Single Poleb

Double Throw

Spring Return

With Mechanical Latch

AW117

—

500.00

—

AW132

—

500.00

—

AW2

AW7

242.00

351.00

AW1

—

264.00

—

Two Pol e b

Double Throw

Spring Return

With Mechanical Latch

AW124 a

—

602.00

—

AW133

—

602.00

—

AW14

AW15

351.00

461.00

AW13

—

383.00

—

Two Stage b

(One Pole Each

Stage) Table 1

Spring Return

With Mechanical Latch in 1st Stage

With Mechanical Latch in 2nd Stage

AW119

—

620.00

—

AW134

—

620.00

—

AW6

AW9

AW10

362.00

470.00

AW5

—

393.00

—

Four Stage b

(One Pole Each

Stage) Table 2

Spring Return AW123 863.00 ——AW22 608.00 AW21 663.00

Single Pole

Single Throw Maintained Contact—Push On/Push Off — — — — AW12 351.00 AW11 383.00

Replacement

Cover Assembly —AC5 242.00 AC7 242.00 AC8c93.00 AC1 102.00

File

CCN

E42259

NKCR

File

Class

LR25490

184 N 13.1U

DANGER

Type AW Foot Switch with

Top Pedal Shield and Side

Shields

Type AW with Oversized

Pedal Shield and Side

Shields

Type AW Foot Switch

without Pedal Shield

When ordering,

please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

CP1 Discount

Schedule Modified

4/20/09

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Foot Switches Type A

Class 9002

Approximate Dimensions

Note: Double throw switches are rated 250 Vdc maximum.

Note: 0 = Open 1 = Closed

Table 19.389: Maximum Current Ratings For Control Circuit Contacts

Type Volts

AC Amperes

Volt s

DC Amperes

Inductive

35% Power Factor

Resistive

75% Power

Factor

Inductive

and Resistive

Make Break

Make, Break

and

Continuous

Make and Break

Continuous

Single

Throw

Double

Throw

AW1 through AW10,

AW117, AW119,

AW132

120

240

480

600

125

250

600

2.0

0.5

0.1

0.5

0.2

0.02

AW13, AW14, AW15,

AW133

120

240

480

600

7.5

1.5

0.75

0.6

1.5

0.75

0.6

125

250

600

—

1.0

0.3

0.1

—

0.2

0.1

—

AW11, AW12 115

230

—

125

250

2.2

1.1

—

AW21, AW22,

AW123

120

240

480

600

15.0

7.5

3.75

3.0

1.5

0.75

0.375

0.3

—

AW124

120

240

480

600

1.5

1.2

120

240

600

1.1

0.55

0.2

—

Table 19.390: Contact Symbol—Two Stage

Snap Switch Pedal

Unit Circuit Up Half Down Full Down

1A1 0 1 1

B1 1 0 0

2A2 1 1 0

B2 0 0 1

Table 19.391: Contact Symbol—Four Stage

Snap Switch Pedal Position

Unit Circuit Up Down

1A1 00111

1B1 11000

2A1 01111

2B1 10000

1A2 11100

1B2 00011

2A2 11110

2B2 00001

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

3.50

5.81

148

8.56

216

4.50

114

.38

10 .94

2.94

(3) .34 Dia. Mtg. Holes

3/4 14 Pipe Tap

Types AW1, AW5, AW11, AW13 and AW21

3/4-14 NPT

3.50

1.44

6.87

174

.94

9.00

229

5.38

137

4.84

123

(5) .34 Dia. Mtg. Hol

Types AW2, AW6, AW12, AW14 and AW22

3.50

89 5.63

143

5.81

147

5.02

128

.94

2.87

1.25

6.40

163

2.90

1.84

8.56

217

6.62 Typ.

168 11.13

283

(5) .34 Dia. Mtg. Holes

3/4 14 Pipe Tap

4.60

117

5.73

146

6.26

159

Types AW117, AW119, AW123, AW124

Types AW132, AW133 and AW134 (without safety door)

CP1 Discount

Schedule

www.us.schneider-electric.com

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION

19 PUSH BUTTONS AND

OPERATOR INTERFACES

Rotary Cam Switches K2 Custom and K30–K150 Power Switching

Class 9003 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.392: Rotary Cam Switches

K2 Custom Cam Switches

•NEMA, A300, 300 V, 10 A

•Stepping, reversing, changeover

•Mounting by 22 mm or 4 holes

•Fast delivery of custom switches

•XB4 style handle available

K30–K150 Power Switching

•32 to 150 A (40 hp @ 480 V)

•Starting, reversing

•Mounting 48 x 48 or 64 x 64 mm

•Front plates 64 x 64 or 88 x 88 mm

•Fast delivery from global stock

•Complete with handle and legend

When ordering, please specify:

•Quantity

•Class Number

•Type or Catalog Number

17419 1000397655 Catalog

92522-Catalog 92522-Catalog 92522-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation